2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572021-01-012021-12-31iso4217:HKD2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572021-12-312HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572020-01-012020-12-312HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572020-12-312HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572019-12-312HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572020-12-31hbap:IssuedCapitalAndSharePremiumMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572020-12-31ifrs-full:OtherEquityInterestMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572020-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572020-12-31ifrs-full:RevaluationSurplusMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572020-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnFinancialAssetsMeasuredAtFairValueThroughOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572020-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572020-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572020-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572020-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572020-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:RevaluationSurplusMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnFinancialAssetsMeasuredAtFairValueThroughOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572021-12-31hbap:IssuedCapitalAndSharePremiumMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572021-12-31ifrs-full:OtherEquityInterestMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572021-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572021-12-31ifrs-full:RevaluationSurplusMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572021-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnFinancialAssetsMeasuredAtFairValueThroughOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572021-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572021-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572021-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572021-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572021-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572019-12-31hbap:IssuedCapitalAndSharePremiumMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572019-12-31ifrs-full:OtherEquityInterestMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572019-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572019-12-31ifrs-full:RevaluationSurplusMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572019-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnFinancialAssetsMeasuredAtFairValueThroughOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572019-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572019-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572019-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572019-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572019-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:RevaluationSurplusMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnFinancialAssetsMeasuredAtFairValueThroughOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember2HI3YI5320L3RW6NJ9572020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember
  The Hongkong and Shanghai
  Banking Corporation Limited
          Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Contents
Page
Certain defined terms
Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements
Chinese translation
Financial Highlights
Report of the Directors
Financial Review
Risk
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities
Independent Auditor’s Report
Consolidated Financial Statements
Consolidated income statement
73
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
74
Consolidated balance sheet
75
Consolidated statement of cash flows
76
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
77
Notes on the Consolidated Financial
Statements
1
Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies
79
2
Operating profit
89
3
Insurance business
92
4
Employee compensation and benefits
93
5
Tax
96
6
Dividends
97
7
Trading assets
97
8
Derivatives
98
9
Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily
measured at fair value through profit or loss
99
10
Loans and advances to customers
99
11
Financial investments
100
12
Assets pledged, assets transferred and collateral received
101
13
Investments in subsidiaries
102
14
Interests in associates and joint ventures
102
15
Goodwill and intangible assets
105
16
Property, plant and equipment
106
17
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets
107
18
Customer accounts
108
19
Trading liabilities
108
20
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
108
21
Debt securities in issue
108
22
Accruals and deferred income, other liabilities and provisions
108
23
Subordinated liabilities
109
24
Share capital
109
25
Other equity instruments
110
26
Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities
110
27
Analysis of cash flows payable under financial liabilities by
remaining contractual maturities
113
28
Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments and guarantees
114
29
Other commitments
114
30
Offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities
114
31
Segmental analysis
115
32
Related party transactions
117
33
Fair values of financial instruments carried at fair value
119
34
Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value
125
35
Structured entities
126
36
Bank balance sheet and statement of changes in equity
128
37
Legal proceedings and regulatory matters
130
38
Ultimate holding company
130
39
Events after the balance sheet date
131
40
Approval of financial statements
131
Certain defined terms
This document comprises the Annual Report and Accounts 2021
for The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (‘the
Bank’) and its subsidiaries (together ‘the group’). References to
‘HSBC’, ‘the Group’ or ‘the HSBC Group’ within this document
mean HSBC Holdings plc together with its subsidiaries. Within this
document the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the
People’s Republic of China is referred to as ‘Hong Kong’. The
abbreviations ‘HK$m’ and ‘HK$bn’ represent millions and billions
(thousands of millions) of Hong Kong dollars respectively.
Cautionary statement regarding forward-
looking statements
This Annual Report and Accounts contains certain forward-looking
statements with respect to the financial condition, results of
operations and business of the group.
Statements that are not historical facts, including statements
about the Bank’s beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking
statements. Words such as ‘expects’, ‘anticipates’, ‘intends’,
‘plans’, ‘believes’, ‘seeks’, ‘estimates’, ‘potential’ and ‘reasonably
possible’, variations of these words and similar expressions are
intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements
are based on current plans, estimates and projections, and
therefore undue reliance should not be placed on them. Forward-
looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and it
should not be assumed that they have been revised or updated in
the light of new information or future events.
Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and
uncertainties. Readers are cautioned that a number of factors
could cause actual results to differ, in some instances materially,
from those anticipated or implied in any forward-looking
statement.
Chinese translation
A Chinese translation of the Annual Report and Accounts 2021 is
available upon request from: Communications (Asia), Level 32,
HSBC Main Building, 1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong. The
report is also available, in English and Chinese, on the Bank’s
website at www.hsbc.com.hk.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
1
Financial Highlights
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
For the year
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
178,658
189,338
Profit before tax
86,563
90,196
Profit attributable to shareholders
67,348
69,447
At the year-end
Total shareholders’ equity
856,809
845,353
Total equity
923,511
911,531
Total capital1
590,478
614,545
Customer accounts
6,177,182
5,911,396
Total assets
9,903,393
9,416,403
Ratios
%
%
Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity
8.0
8.6
Post-tax return on average total assets
0.7
0.8
Cost efficiency ratio
58.7
50.6
Net interest margin
1.37
1.62
Advances-to-deposits ratio
62.2
62.1
Capital ratios
Common equity tier 1 capital
15.4
17.2
Tier 1 capital
16.8
18.8
Total capital
18.7
20.8
1Capital is calculated in accordance with the Banking (Capital) Rules issued by the Hong Kong Monetary Authority (‘HKMA’) under section 97C(1)
of the Banking Ordinance.
Established in Hong Kong and Shanghai in 1865, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited is the founding member of
the HSBC Group – one of the world’s largest banking and financial services organisations. It is the largest bank incorporated in Hong
Kong and one of Hong Kong’s three note-issuing banks. It is a wholly-owned subsidiary of HSBC Holdings plc, the holding company of
the HSBC Group, which has an international network covering Europe, Asia, the Middle East and North Africa, North America and Latin
America.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
Incorporated in the Hong Kong SAR with limited liability
Registered Office and Head Office: HSBC Main Building, 1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong
Telephone: (852) 2822 1111Web: www.hsbc.com.hk.
Financial Highlights | Report of the Directors
2
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Report of the Directors
Principal Activities
The group provides a comprehensive range of domestic and
international banking and related financial services, principally in
the Asia–Pacific region.
Asia Strategy
Asia’s growth story remains at the heart of HSBC’s future. Based
on the region’s strong and sustained underlying fundamentals of
economic growth, trade, and wealth creation, HSBC’s strategy in
the region remains aligned to the biggest opportunities to create
further shareholder value. We are well positioned to further extend
the strengths of our leading Hong Kong franchise across the
Greater Bay Area, and in other key growth markets, including India
and Southeast Asia. By increasing investment in our people and
technology, we will further grow our leading Asian Wealth
Management business, while maintaining our distinct position as
the leading international bank for our corporate and commercial
clients. We remain focused on connecting Asia to the world
through HSBC’s global network, supporting the ongoing transition
to a low-carbon economy as a Sustainable Finance leader,
continually streamlining our organisation to realise greater
operating efficiencies, and improving service for our domestic,
regional, and global clients through our technology, talent, and
156 years of experience in the region.
Consolidated Financial Statements
The consolidated financial statements of the group are set out on
pages 73 to 131.
Subordinated Liabilities, Share Capital and Other
Equity Instruments
Details on subordinated liabilities issued by the group are set out
in Notes 23 and 32. Details on share capital and other equity
instruments of the Bank are set out in Notes 24 and 25 on the
Consolidated Financial Statements.
Dividends
The interim dividends paid in respect of 2021 are set out in Note 6
on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Directors
The Directors at the date of this report are set out below:
Peter Tung Shun Wong, GBS, JP
Non-executive Chairman (since  7 June 2021)
He is also an advisor to the Group Chairman and the Group Chief
Executive of HSBC Holdings plc, and Chairman and a non-executive
Director of HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited. He holds a Bachelor of
Arts, a Master of Business Administration and a Master of Science from
Indiana University.
Before his retirement as an HSBC employee in June 2021, he was an
executive Director, Chief Executive and Deputy Chairman of the Bank. He
was also a non-executive Director of Hang Seng Bank Limited.
David Gordon Eldon, GBS, CBE, JP
Non-executive Deputy Chairman (Director since 4 June 2021; Deputy
Chairman since 7 June 2021)
He is also non-executive Chairman and a Director of Octopus Holdings
Limited, Octopus Cards Limited and Octopus Cards Client Funds Limited. 
He holds an Honorary Doctor of Business Administration from City
University of Hong Kong and is a Fellow of the UK Chartered Institute of
Bankers and the Hong Kong Institute of Bankers.
Before his retirement as an HSBC employee in 2005 after 37 years of
service, he was an executive Director, Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Bank. He was also non-executive Chairman of Hang Seng
Bank Limited and a Director of HSBC Holdings plc.
David Yi Chien Liao
Co-Chief Executive Officer (since 7 June 2021)
He is also a member of the Group Executive Committee of HSBC Holdings
plc. He is also a non-executive Director of Hang Seng Bank Limited and
Bank of Communications Co., Ltd. He holds a Bachelor of Arts (major in
Japanese and Economics) from the University of London.
He has previously held a number of senior positions within the Group,
including the Head of Global Banking Coverage for Asia-Pacific and a
Director and Chief Executive Officer of HSBC Bank (China) Company
Limited.
Surendranath Ravi Rosha
Co-Chief Executive Officer (since 7 June 2021)
He is also a member of the Group Executive Committee of HSBC Holdings
plc and a non-executive Director of HSBC Bank Australia Limited. He
holds a Bachelor of Commerce from Sydenham College of Commerce &
Economics, Bombay University and a Master of Business Administration
from the Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad.
He has previously held a number of senior positions within the Group,
including the Chief Executive Officer of HSBC India and Regional Head of
Financial Institutions Group, Asia-Pacific.
Graham John Bradley
Independent non-executive Director
He is also non-executive Chairman and a Director of Volt Bank Limited,
Volt Corporation Limited, United Malt Group Limited and Shine Justice
Ltd.; and Chairman and a Director of EnergyAustralia Holdings Limited,
Infrastructure New South Wales and Virgin Australia International
Holdings Limited. He holds a Bachelor of Arts and a Bachelor of Laws
(Hons I) from Sydney University and a Master of Laws from Harvard
University.
He was non-executive Chairman and a Director of HSBC Bank Australia
Limited from 2004 to 2020.  Before this, he was Managing Director and
Chief Executive Officer of Perpetual Limited from 1995 until his retirement
in 2003.
Dr Christopher Wai Chee Cheng, GBS, OBE
Independent non-executive Director
He is also Chairman of Wing Tai Properties Limited; and an independent
non-executive Director of NWS Holdings Ltd. and Eagle Asset
Management (CP) Limited. He holds a Bachelor of Business
Administration from University of Notre Dame; a Master of Business
Administration from Columbia University; a Doctorate in Social Sciences
honoris causa from The University of Hong Kong; and an Honorary Degree
of Doctor of Business Administration from The Hong Kong Polytechnic
University.
Sonia Chi Man Cheng
Independent non-executive Director
She is also the Chief Executive Officer of Rosewood Hotel Group. She is
also an executive Director of New World Development Company Limited
and Chow Tai Fook Jewellery Group Limited; and a Director of New World
China Land Limited. She holds a Bachelor of Arts degree with a field of
concentration in Applied Mathematics from Harvard University.
Yiu Kwan Choi
Independent non-executive Director
He is also an independent non-executive Director of HSBC Bank (China)
Company Limited. He holds a higher certificate in Accountancy from The
Hong Kong Polytechnic University and is a fellow member of The Hong
Kong Institute of Bankers.
He was Deputy Chief Executive of the Hong Kong Monetary Authority
(‘HKMA’) in charge of Banking Supervision when he retired in January
2010. Before this, he was Deputy Chief Executive of the HKMA in charge
of Monetary Policy and Reserves Management from June 2005 to August
2007 and held various senior positions in the HKMA including Executive
Director (Banking Supervision), Head of Administration, and Head of
Banking Policy from 1993 to 2005.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
3
Rajnish Kumar
Independent non-executive Director (since 26 August 2021)
He is also non-executive Chairman of Resilient Innovations Pvt. Ltd.; an
independent Director of Larsen & Toubro Infotech Limited; an adviser to
Kotak Investment Advisors Ltd.; a Director of Lighthouse Communities
Foundation; and a member of the Board of Governors of the Management
Development Institute in India. He is also a senior adviser to Baring Private
Equity Asia Pte Ltd. in Singapore. He holds a Master of Science in Physics
from Meerut University and a Post Graduate Certificate in Business
Management from XLRI Jamshedpur in India, and is a Certified Associate
of the Indian Institute of Bankers.
He was formerly Chairman of the State Bank of India until he retired in
October 2020. 
Beau Khoon Chen Kuok
Independent non-executive Director
He is also Chairman and Managing Director of Kerry Group Limited. He
holds a Bachelor of Economics from Monash University. He was
previously Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Shangri-La Asia
Limited; Chairman of Kerry Properties Limited; and Non-Executive Director
of Wilmar International Limited. 
Irene Yun-lien Lee
Independent non-executive Director
She is also an independent non-executive Director of HSBC Holdings plc
and independent non-executive Chairman of the Board of Hang Seng Bank
Limited. She is also executive Chairman of Hysan Development Company
Limited. She holds a Bachelor of Arts (Distinction) in History of Art from
Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts, USA. She is also a member
of the Honourable Society of Gray’s Inn, UK and a Barrister-at-Law in
England and Wales.
Victor Tzar Kuoi Li
Non-executive Director
He is also Chairman and Managing Director of CK Asset Holdings Limited;
Chairman and a Group Co-Managing Director of CK Hutchison Holdings
Limited; Chairman of CK Infrastructure Holdings Limited and CK Life
Sciences Int’l., (Holdings) Inc.; a non-executive Director of Power Assets
Holdings Limited and HK Electric Investments Manager Limited; and a
non-executive Director and Deputy Chairman of HK Electric Investments
Limited. He is also Deputy Chairman of Li Ka Shing Foundation Limited, Li
Ka Shing (Global) Foundation and Member Deputy Chairman of Li Ka
Shing (Canada) Foundation. He holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Civil
Engineering, a Master of Science degree in Civil Engineering, both
received from Stanford University; and a degree of Doctor of Laws,
honoris causa (LL.D.) from The University of Western Ontario.
Ewen James Stevenson
Non-executive Director (since 5 October 2021)
He is also the Group Chief Financial Officer and an executive Director of
HSBC Holdings plc. He holds a Bachelor of Commerce and Administration
and a Bachelor of Law from Victoria University of Wellington, New
Zealand.
He was Chief Financial Officer of Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc from
2014 to 2018. He held a number of roles at Credit Suisse, including co-
Head of the Europe, the Middle East and Africa Investment Banking
Division and co-Head of the Global Financial Institutions Group.
Kevin Anthony Westley, BBS
Independent non-executive Director
He is also an independent non-executive Director of Fu Tak Iam
Foundation Limited and a member of the investment committee of the
West Kowloon Cultural District Authority. He holds a Bachelor of Arts
(Hons) from the University of London (LSE) and is a Fellow of the Institute
of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales. 
He was Chairman (from 1996) and Chief Executive (from 1992) of HSBC
Investment Bank Asia Limited (formerly named as Wardley Limited) until
his retirement in 2000 and subsequently acted as an advisor to the Bank
and the Group in Hong Kong.
Tan Sri (Sir) Francis Sock Ping Yeoh, KBE, CBE
Independent non-executive Director
He is also executive Chairman of YTL Corporation Berhad, YTL Land &
Development Berhad, YTL Power International Berhad, YTL Cement
Berhad, Malayan Cement Berhad and YTL E-Solutions Berhad. He holds a
Bachelor of Science (Hons) in Civil Engineering and an Honorary Doctorate
of Engineering from the University of Kingston.
During the year, David Gordon Eldon was appointed as a non-
executive Director with effect from 4 June 2021. At the conclusion
of the 2021 Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’) held on 7 June 2021:
Laura May Lung Cha, Jennifer Xinzhe Li, Zia Mody and Bin Hwee
Quek (née Chua) stepped down as Directors; Peter Tung Shun
Wong, the former Deputy Chairman and Chief Executive, was re-
designated as a non-executive Director and was appointed
Chairman; David Gordon Eldon was appointed as Deputy
Chairman; and David Yi Chien Liao and Surendranath Ravi Rosha
were appointed as executive Directors and co-Chief Executive
Officers. Rajnish Kumar was appointed as an independent non-
executive Director with effect from 26 August 2021. Ewen James
Stevenson was appointed as a non-executive Director with effect
from 5 October 2021. Save for the above, all the Directors served
throughout the year.
A list of the directors of the Bank’s subsidiary undertakings
(consolidated in the financial statements) during the period from
1 January 2021 to the date of this report will be available on the
Bank’s website www.hsbc.com.hk/legal/regulatory-disclosures/.
Secretary
Paul Stafford is the Corporation Secretary.
Permitted Indemnity Provision
The Bank’s Articles of Association provide that the Directors and
other officers of the Bank shall be indemnified out of the Bank’s
assets against any liability incurred by them or any of them as the
holder of any such office or appointment to a person other than
the Bank or an associated company of the Bank in connection
with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in
relation to the Bank or associated company. In addition, the
Bank’s ultimate holding company, HSBC Holdings plc, has
maintained directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing
appropriate cover for the directors and officers within the Group,
including the Directors of the Bank and its subsidiaries.
Directors’ Interests in Transactions,
Arrangements or Contracts
Save as disclosed in Note 32 on the Consolidated Financial
Statements, no transactions, arrangements or contracts that were
significant in relation to the Bank’s business and in which a
Director or his or her connected entities had, directly or indirectly,
a material interest were entered into by or subsisted with the
Bank, its holding companies, its subsidiaries or subsidiaries of its
holding companies during the year.
Directors’ Rights to Acquire Shares or Debentures
To help align the interests of employees with shareholders,
executive Directors of the Bank and HSBC Holdings plc are eligible
to be granted conditional awards over ordinary shares in HSBC
Holdings plc by that company (being the ultimate holding
company) under the HSBC Share Plan 2011 and the HSBC
International Employee Share Purchase Plan. 
Executive Directors of the Bank and HSBC Holdings plc are eligible
to receive an annual incentive award based on the outcome of the
performance measures (financial and non-financial) set out in their
annual performance scorecard. Annual incentive awards are
normally delivered in cash and/or shares, and these generally have
a deferral rate of 60% or 40% if the annual incentive award is
below GBP500,000. The period over which annual incentive
awards would be deferred is determined in accordance with the
requirements of the Prudential Regulation Authority (‘PRA’)
Remuneration Rules, i.e. seven years for Senior Managers
(individuals in PRA and Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’)
designated Senior Management Functions), five years for Risk
Managers, and four years for other Material Risk Takers (‘MRTs’).
From January 2017 onwards, all share awards granted to MRTs
are subject to a minimum retention period of one year as opposed
to six months previously. However, for certain individuals whose
variable pay awards will be deferred for at least five years and who
are not considered to be members of senior management, their
retention period may be kept at six months.
Report of the Directors
4
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
All unvested deferred awards made under the HSBC Share Plan
2011 are subject to the application of malus, i.e. the cancellation
and reduction of unvested deferred awards. All paid or vested
variable pay awards made to identified staff and MRTs will be
subject to clawback for a period of seven years from the date of
award. For Senior Managers, this may be extended to 10 years in
the event of an ongoing internal or regulatory investigation at the
end of the seven-year period.
Executive Directors and other senior executives of HSBC Holdings
plc are subject to Group minimum shareholding requirements.
Individuals are given five years from 2014 or (if later) their
appointment to build up the recommended levels of shareholding.
HSBC operates an anti-hedging policy for Group, sectorial and
local MRTs including executive Directors in accordance with the
PRA Rules, who are required to certify each year via the Bank's
Global Personal Account Dealing system that they have not
entered into any personal hedging strategies in relation to their
holdings of HSBC shares as part of the Global Personal Account
Dealing Certification.
The HSBC International Employee Share Purchase Plan is an
employee share purchase plan offered to employees in Hong Kong
since 2013 and has been extended to further countries in the
HSBC Group from 2014. For every three shares in HSBC Holdings
plc purchased by an employee (‘Investment Shares’), a conditional
award to acquire one share is granted (‘Matching Shares’). The
employee becomes entitled to the Matching Shares subject to
continued employment with HSBC and retention of the Investment
Shares until the third anniversary of the start of the relevant plan
year. HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan (UK) is an
all employee share plan under which eligible employees may be
granted options to acquire HSBC Holdings ordinary shares.
Employees may make monthly contributions, up to a maximum
defined limit, over a period of three or five years and shares are
exercisable within six months following either the third or fifth
anniversary of the commencement. The exercise price is set at a
20% discount to the market value immediately preceding the date
of invitation.
During the year, Peter Wong, Ewen Stevenson, Surendra Rosha
and David Liao acquired or were awarded shares of HSBC
Holdings plc under the terms of the HSBC Share Plan 2011.
Apart from these arrangements, at no time during the year was
the Bank, its holding companies, its subsidiaries or any fellow
subsidiaries a party to any arrangements to enable the Directors to
acquire benefits by means of the acquisition of shares in or
debentures of the Bank or any other body corporate.
Donations
Donations made by the Bank and its subsidiaries during the year
amounted to HK$380m (2020: HK$345m).
Compliance with the Banking (Disclosure) Rules
The Directors are of the view that the Annual Report and Accounts
2021 and Banking Disclosure Statements 2021 fully comply with
the Banking (Disclosure) Rules made under section 60A of the
Banking Ordinance and the Financial Institutions (Resolution)
(Loss-absorbing Capacity Requirements – Banking Sector) Rules
(‘LAC Rules’) made under section 19(1) of the Financial Institutions
(Resolution) Ordinance ('FIRO').
Auditor
The Consolidated Financial Statements have been audited by
PricewaterhouseCoopers (‘PwC’). A resolution to reappoint PwC
as auditor of the Bank will be proposed at the forthcoming AGM.
Corporate Governance
The Bank is committed to high standards of corporate governance. 
As an Authorised Institution, the Bank is subject to and complies
with the HKMA Supervisory Policy Manual CG-1 ‘Corporate
Governance of Locally Incorporated Authorised Institutions’ ('SPM
CG-1') except that following Board and Committee changes on.
7 June 2021 the membership of the Bank’s Nomination
Committee has not comprised a majority of independent non-
executive Directors. The Bank’s Nomination Committee currently
comprises an equal number of independent non-executive
Directors and non-executive Directors.
As a principal subsidiary of the HSBC Group, the Bank complies
with the Group’s subsidiary accountability framework including its
responsibility for overseeing the implementation of the framework
for all Group companies in Asia-Pacific. The principles of the
subsidiary accountability framework, which were refreshed in
2021, set out high-level principles to promote effective governance
and improve communications and connectivity between HSBC
Holding plc and its subsidiaries.
Board of Directors
The Board, led by the Chairman, provides entrepreneurial
leadership of the Bank within a framework of prudent and
effective controls which enables risks to be assessed and
managed. The Board is collectively responsible for the long-term
success of the Bank and delivery of sustainable value to
shareholders. The Board sets the strategy and risk appetite for the
group and approves capital and operating plans presented by
management for the achievement of the strategic objectives it has
set.
Directors
The Bank has a unitary Board. The authority of each Director is
exercised in Board meetings where the Board acts collectively. As
at the date of this report, the Board comprises: the non-executive
Chairman; the non-executive Deputy Chairman; two executive
Directors who are the co-Chief Executive Officers; two other non-
executive Directors; and nine independent non-executive
Directors.
Independent non-executive Directors
Independent non-executive Directors do not participate in the daily
business management of the Bank. They bring an external
perspective, constructively challenge and help develop proposals
on strategy, scrutinise the performance of management in
meeting agreed goals and objectives, and monitor the risk profile
and reporting of performance of the Bank. The independent non-
executive Directors bring experience from a number of industries
and business sectors, including the leadership of large complex
multinational enterprises. The Board has determined that there are
nine independent non-executive Directors. In making this
determination, it was agreed that there are no relationships or
circumstances likely to affect the judgement of the independent
non-executive Directors, with any relationships or circumstances
that could appear to do so not considered to be material.
Chairman and co-Chief Executive Officers
The roles of the Chairman and co-Chief Executive Officers are
separate and held respectively by an experienced non-executive
Director and two full-time employees of the HSBC Group. There is
a clear division of responsibilities between leading the Board and
the executive responsibility for running the Bank’s business.
The Chairman provides leadership to the Board in promoting the
overall effectiveness of the Bank, in particular the development of
strategy and monitoring of the execution and delivery of Board
approved strategies and plans by the co-Chief Executive Officers
and management. The Chairman’s role includes promoting an
open and inclusive culture on the Board to facilitate open and
critical discussion and challenge and leading the Board in setting
an appropriate ‘tone from the top’ and in the oversight of the
Bank’s corporate culture. The Chairman also leads an annual
evaluation of the performance of the Board, its Committees and
individual Directors, including contributing to consideration of
succession planning of the Board, its Committees and senior
executive management. The role also involves maintaining
external relationships with key stakeholders and communicating
their views to the Board.
The co-Chief Executive Officers are responsible for ensuring
implementation of the strategy and policy as established by the
Board and the day-to-day running of operations. The co-Chief
Executive Officers are co-Chairmen of the Executive Committee.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
5
The Asia-Pacific heads of Global Businesses and Global Functions
report to the co-Chief Executive Officers.
Deputy Chairman
The role of the non-executive Deputy Chairman is to deputise
formally for the Chairman of the Board in his absence and support
the Chairman in the exercise of his responsibilities. The Deputy
Chairman also acts as an intermediary for other non-executive
Directors when necessary and leads the non-executive directors in
the annual performance evaluation of the Chairman and in
ensuring a clear division of responsibility between the Chairman
and co-Chief Executive Officers. The role involves maintaining
external relationships with key stakeholders and communicating
their views to the Board.
Board Committees
The Board has established various committees consisting of
Directors and senior management. The committees include the
Executive Committee, Audit Committee, Risk Committee,
Nomination Committee, Remuneration Committee and Chairman's
Committee. The Chairmen of the Executive Committee and of each
Board committee that includes independent non-executive
Directors report to each subsequent Board meeting on the relevant
committee’s proceedings.
The Board has also established an Asset, Liability and Capital
Management Committee and a Risk Management Meeting. The
Executive Committee has the delegated authority to approve any
changes in the membership and terms of reference of the Asset,
Liability and Capital Management Committee and the Risk
Management Meeting.
To align with the revised Group Financial Crime Risk Governance
Framework, the former Financial Crime Risk Management
Committee was demised and its responsibility to oversee financial
crime risks was integrated into the Risk Management Meeting in
the first quarter of 2021.
The Board and each Board committee have terms of reference to
document their responsibilities and governance procedures. The
key roles of the committees are described in the paragraphs
below.
Executive Committee
The Executive Committee is responsible for the exercise of all of
the powers, authorities and discretions of the Board in so far as
they concern the management, operations and day-to-day running
of the group, in accordance with such policies and directions as
the Board may from time to time determine, with power to sub-
delegate. A schedule of items that require the approval of the
Board is maintained.
The Bank’s co-Chief Executive Officers, David Liao and
Surendranath Rosha, are co-Chairmen of the Committee. The
current members of the Committee are: Justin Chan (Head of
Markets & Securities Services, Greater China); Hitendra Dave
(Chief Executive Officer, India); Frank Fang (Head of Commercial
Banking, Hong Kong); Philip Fellowes (Chief of Staff, Asia-Pacific);
Darren Furnarello (Chief Compliance Officer, Asia-Pacific); David
Grimme (Chief Operating Officer, Asia-Pacific); Martin Haythorne
(Chief Risk Officer, Asia-Pacific); Gregory Hingston (Chief
Executive Officer, HSBC Global Insurance and Partnerships and
Interim Head of Wealth and Personal Banking, South Asia); Ming
Lau (Chief Financial Officer, Asia-Pacific and Global Commercial
Banking); Stuart Lea (Head of Global Banking, South-Asia); Kaber
Mclean (Chief Executive Officer Australia); Stuart Milne (Chief
Executive Officer Malaysia); Amanda Murphy (Head of
Commercial Banking, Southeast Asia and South Asia); Susan
Sayers (Regional General Counsel, Asia-Pacific); Monish
Tahilramani (Global Head of Markets & Securities Services
Emerging Markets, Japan, Australia); David Thomas (Regional
Head of Human Resources, Asia-Pacific); Mark Wang (President
and Chief Executive Officer China) and Kee Joo Wong (Chief
Executive Officer, Singapore). Paul Stafford (Corporation
Secretary) is the Committee Secretary. In attendance are: Daisuke
Kitamura (Interim Head of Global Banking, North-Asia); Astor Law
(Head of Global Internal Audit, Asia-Pacific); Jessica Lee (Regional
Head of Communications Asia-Pacific); Luanne Lim (Interim Chief
Executive Officer, Hong Kong) and Philip Miller (Deputy
Corporation Secretary). The Committee met eleven times in 2021.
In between Committee meetings, there were periodic ‘check-in’
sessions held by the Committee Co-Chairmen with members to
discuss urgent or important matters and to support effective
communication.
Asset, Liability and Capital Management
Committee
The Asset, Liability and Capital Management Committee (‘ALCO’) 
is chaired by the Chief Financial Officer and is an advisory
committee to provide recommendations and advice to support the
Chief Financial Officer's individual accountability for the efficient
management of the Bank’s assets, liabilities and capital within the
constraints of liquidity and funding ratios, capital ratios, and key
balance sheet risks such as interest rate risk, market risk and
equity risk. The Committee also has responsibilities for the Bank's
resolution planning activities.
The Committee consists of Ming Lau (Chief Financial Officer, Asia-
Pacific and Global Commercial Banking), David Liao and
Surendranath Rosha (co-Chief Executive Officers), the Regional
Treasurer, Asia Pacific, the Regional Head of Asset and Liability
Management, Asia-Pacific, the Regional Head of Capital
Management, Asia-Pacific, the Head of Markets Treasury, Asia-
Pacific, and other senior executives of the Bank most of whom are
members of the Executive Committee. The Committee met ten
times in 2021.
Risk Management Meeting
The Risk Management Meeting is chaired by the Chief Risk Officer
and is a formal governance committee established to support the
Chief Risk Officer’s individual accountability for the oversight of
enterprise risk and provide recommendations and advice to the
Chief Risk Officer on enterprise-wide management of all risks,
including key policies and frameworks for the management of risk
within the Bank. The Risk Management Meeting consists of Martin
Haythorne (Chief Risk Officer, Asia-Pacific), David Liao and
Surendranath Rosha (co-Chief Executive Officers), the Head of
Global Internal Audit, Asia-Pacific and other senior executives of
the Bank most of whom are members of the Executive Committee.
The Risk Management Meeting met ten times in 2021.
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee has non-executive responsibility for
oversight of and advice to the Board on matters relating to
financial reporting and internal financial controls. The current
members of the Committee are Kevin Westley (Chairman of the
Committee), Graham Bradley, Yiu Kwan Choi, David Eldon, Rajnish
Kumar and Irene Lee. Except David Eldon who is a non-executive
Director, all members are independent non-executive Directors.
The Committee met four times in 2021.
The Audit Committee monitors the integrity of the Consolidated
Financial Statements and disclosures relating to financial
performance, the effectiveness of the internal audit function and
the external audit process, and the effectiveness of internal
financial control systems. The Committee reviews the adequacy of
resources and expertise as well as succession planning for the
finance function. It reviews, and considers changes to, the Bank’s
accounting policies. The Committee advises the Board on the
appointment, re-appointment, or removal of the external auditor
and reviews and monitors the external auditor’s independence and
objectivity. The Committee reviews matters escalated for its
attention by subsidiaries’ audit committees and receives minutes
of meetings of the ALCO.
Report of the Directors
6
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Risk Committee
The Risk Committee has non-executive responsibility for oversight
of and advice to the Board on risk-related matters impacting the
Bank and its subsidiaries, including risk governance and internal
control systems (other than internal controls over financial
reporting). The current members of the Committee are Graham
Bradley (Chairman of the Committee), Christopher Cheng, Sonia
Cheng, Yiu Kwan Choi, David Eldon, Rajnish Kumar, Irene Lee and
Kevin Westley. Except David Eldon who is a non-executive
Director, all members are independent non-executive Directors.
The Committee met five times in 2021.
All of the Bank’s activities involve, to varying degrees, the
identification, assessment, monitoring and management of risk or
combinations of risks. The Board, advised by the Risk Committee,
requires and encourages a strong risk culture which shapes the
Bank’s attitude to risk. The Bank’s risk governance is supported by
the Group’s risk management framework which provides a clear
policy of risk ownership and accountability of all staff for
identifying, assessing and managing risks within the scope of their
assigned responsibilities. This personal accountability, reinforced
by clear and consistent employee communication on risk that sets
the tone from senior leadership, the governance structure,
mandatory learning and remuneration policy, helps to foster a
disciplined and constructive culture of risk management and
control throughout the group.
The Board and the Risk Committee oversee the maintenance and
development of a strong risk management framework by
continually monitoring the risk environment, top and emerging
risks facing the group and mitigating actions planned and taken.
The Risk Committee reviews the Group risk management policies
and procedures at least annually and advises the Board if these are
appropriate for the circumstances of the Bank. It also reviews local
risk management policies at least annually, and approves or
recommends any changes to the Board for approval.
The Committee reviews any revisions to the group’s risk appetite
statement twice a year and recommends any proposed changes to
the Board for approval. The Committee reviews management’s
assessment of risk against the risk appetite statement and
provides scrutiny of management’s proposed mitigating actions.
The Committee monitors the risk profiles for all of the risk
categories within the group’s business. The Committee also
monitors the effectiveness of the Bank’s risk management and
internal controls other than those over financial reporting. Regular
reports from the Risk Management Meeting are also presented at
each Risk Committee meeting to report on the ongoing
monitoring, assessment and management of the risk environment
and the effectiveness of the risk management framework. The
Committee reviews matters escalated for its attention by
subsidiaries’ risk committees and receives minutes of meetings of
the Risk Management Meeting.
Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee is responsible for leading the process
for Board appointments and for identifying and approving, or
nominating for the approval of the Board, candidates for
appointment to the Board and certain senior management roles.
Appointments to the Board and certain senior management roles
are subject to the approval of the HKMA. The Committee
considers plans for orderly succession to the Board and the
appropriate balance of skills, knowledge and experience on the
Board. The Committee also reviews the board succession plans of
certain subsidiaries of the Bank and considers and endorses
appointments to boards of directors of those subsidiaries.
The current members of the Committee are Christopher Cheng
(Chairman of the Committee), Peter Wong (Chairman of the
Board), David Eldon (Deputy Chairman of the Board) and Beau
Kuok. Christopher Cheng and Beau Kuok are independent non-
executive Directors and Peter Wong and David Eldon are non-
executive Directors. The Committee met eight times in 2021.
A rigorous selection process, overseen by the Nomination
Committee and based upon agreed requirements using an external
search consultancy when appropriate, is followed in relation to the
appointment of non-executive Directors. Before recommending an
appointment of a Director to the Board, the Committee evaluates
the Board composition including the balance of skills, knowledge
and experience, as well as diversity and the role and capabilities
required. In identifying suitable Board candidates, the Committee
considers candidates’ backgrounds, knowledge and experience to
promote diversity of views, and takes into account the required
time commitment and any potential conflicts of interest.
Chairman’s Committee
The Chairman’s Committee acts on behalf of the Board either in
accordance with authority delegated by the Board from time to
time or as specifically set out within its terms of reference. The
Committee meets with such frequency and at such times as it may
determine and can implement previously agreed strategic
decisions by the full Board, approve specified matters subject to
their prior review by the full Board, and act exceptionally on urgent
matters within its terms of reference.
The current members of the Committee comprise the Chairman of
the Board, the Deputy Chairman of the Board, the co-Chief
Executive Officers  and the Chairmen of the Audit and Risk
Committees. The Committee met three times in 2021.
Remuneration Committee
The Group Remuneration Committee is responsible for setting the
principles, parameters and governance framework for the Group‘s
remuneration strategy applicable to all Group employees, which is
adopted by the Bank. The Remuneration Committee of the Bank is
responsible for the oversight of matters related to remuneration
impacting the Bank and its subsidiaries, in particular, overseeing
the implementation and operation of the Group’s remuneration
strategy and satisfying itself that the remuneration framework
complies with local laws, rules or regulations; is in line with the
risk appetite, business strategy, culture and values, and long-term
interests of the Bank; and is appropriate to attract, retain and
motivate employees to support the success of the Bank. The
Committee annually reviews the effectiveness and compliance of
the Group's remuneration strategy as adopted by the Bank
alongside the submission of the Bank's HKMA Supervisory Policy
Manual CG-5 'Guideline on a Sound Remuneration System' Self-
Assessment as conducted by Deloitte LLP. The current members
of the Committee, all being independent non-executive Directors,
are Irene Lee (Chairman of the Committee), Christopher Cheng,
Beau Kuok, Sonia Cheng and Francis Yeoh. The Committee met
eight times in 2021.The following is a summary of the
Committee's key activities during 2021:
Details of the Committee’s key activities
Senior Management*
Reviewed and approved senior management's remuneration and pay
proposals
Reviewed and approved the performance scorecards for the Co-Chief
Executive and  Executive Committee members of the Bank
All employees
Approved 2020/2021 performance year pay review matters
Reviewed remuneration framework effectiveness
Received updates on notable events and regulatory and corporate
governance matters
Reviewed and approved 2021 Material Risk Taker (‘MRT’) identification
approaches and outcomes
Reviewed attrition data and plans to address area of concerns
Approved 2021 remuneration related regulatory submissions
*    Senior Management includes the Chief Executive of the Bank, Chief
Executive of Hang Seng Bank Limited, Executive Committee
members, Alternate Chief Executives and Managers as registered
with HKMA.
Remuneration Strategy
Our performance and pay strategy underpinned by our Group’s
Remuneration Strategy and principles aims to competitively
reward long-term sustainable performance. We aim to do this by
attracting, motivating and retaining the very best people,
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
7
regardless of gender, ethnicity, age, disability or any other factor
unrelated to performance or experience.
The strategy supports the long-term interests of our stakeholders,
which includes the customers and the communities we serve, our
shareholders and our regulators. The strategy is underpinned by
the below principles designed to support a fair and appropriate
pay and performance approach, whilst recognizing the need for
flexibility in a hybrid workplace. These include:
Ensuring that the decisions made are fair, appropriate and free
from bias. Managers are encouraged to challenge their
assessment by questioning whether they were objective and
based on facts;
Rewarding and recognizing our people for sustainable
performance and values aligned behavior upholding our
refreshed purpose and values. As such, subject to local law,
employee receive a behavior rating as well as a performance
rating to ensure performance is assessed not only on what is
achieved, but also on how it is achieved;
Supporting a culture of continuous feedback through manager
and employee empowerment and creating a culture where
employees can fulfil their potential, gain new skills and develop
their careers for the future;
To deliver a balanced, simple and transparent total reward
package that supports employee well-being; and
Compliance with relevant regulation across all of our countries
and territories.
More details of the Bank’s remuneration strategy are contained
within the Annual Report and Accounts 2021 of HSBC Holdings
plc.
The Bank as an authorised institution under the Banking
Ordinance is required by HKMA Supervisory Policy Manual CG-5
'Guideline on a Sound Remuneration System' ('the Guideline') to
assess whether their existing remuneration systems and policy are
in line with the principles in the Guideline, independently of
management and at least annually. The annual review for 2020
was commissioned externally to Deloitte LLP and the results were
approved by the Remuneration Committee in April 2021. The
review confirmed that the Bank’s remuneration strategy as
adopted from the Group is consistent with the principles set out in
the Guideline.
Recovery and Resolution Planning
The group is subject to recovery and resolution requirements in
many of the jurisdictions in which it operates.
Recovery
The group maintains creditable and executable recovery plans that
are designed to present clear and tested strategies and recovery
actions to restore capital to a stable and viable position, thus
lowering the probability of failure. The Bank typically submits
recovery plans on an annual basis to the HKMA and to other
regulators that have implemented recovery planning requirements.
The Bank’s recovery plans are continually re-appraised, and this
involves stress testing and ‘fire drill’ tests.
Resolution
Resolution refers to the exercise of statutory powers where a
financial institution and/or its parent or other group company is
deemed by its regulators to be failing, or likely to fail and it is not
reasonably likely that action could be taken that would result in
the institution recovering.
The group continues to engage with the HKMA and the other
principal Asian regulators in addressing any identified
impediments to resolvability of the group, ensuring resolvability
capabilities being developed are in line with the local requirements
and regulatory expectations.
The Financial Institutions (Resolution) (Loss-absorbing Capacity
Requirements–Banking Sector) Rules (‘LAC Rules’) require the
group to have sufficient loss-absorbing capacity (‘LAC’) which can
be written down or converted into equity at an intermediate
holding company in Hong Kong to recapitalise the group as a
whole in the event of failure. HSBC Asia Holdings Limited, a
wholly-owned subsidiary of HSBC Holdings plc and the
intermediate holding company of the group, is designated as the
resolution entity for the group, where adequate LAC has to be
available in a form that will be bailed-in at the point of resolution.
As part of the Resolvability Assessment Framework (‘RAF’) issued
by the Bank of England and Prudential Regulation Authority
(‘PRA’) which places the onus on firms to demonstrate their own
resolvability, HSBC Group is required to have capabilities as of.
1st January 2022 to achieve the resolvability outcomes: (i) have
adequate resources in resolution; (ii) be able to continue business
through resolution and restructuring; and (iii) be able to co-
ordinate its resolution and communicate effectively with
stakeholders. The group is part of the HSBC Group-wide RAF
implementation. The RAF requires HSBC to prepare a report on the
HSBC Group’s assessment of its preparedness for resolution,
which must be submitted to the PRA on a biennial basis. HSBC
submitted its first such report to the PRA in October 2021 and will
publish a public summary of the report in June 2022. The BoE will
similarly publish a statement concerning the resolvability of HSBC
at the same time.
Environmental, Social and Governance
We are committed to building a business for the long term,
developing relationships that last. We maintain high standards of
governance and meet our responsibilities to society.
Environmental matters
Continuing our Sustainable Finance leadership in Asia
As part of the Group’s Climate Strategy, the Group has committed
to align its business to net-zero by 2050. In the fourth quarter of
2020, the Group announced an ambitious plan to prioritise
financing and investment that supports the transition to a net zero
global economy – this reinforces our global sustainable finance
commitments made in 2017. In early 2021, the Group proposed a
Climate Resolution on actions to take in connection with our
ambition to align our provision of finance with a net zero outcome
by 2050, and has published our thermal-coal phase-out policy as
well as an update on our approach to financed emissions in
December 2021.
Our net zero ambition represents a material step up in our support
for customers as we collectively work towards building a thriving
low carbon economy. We have made strong progress in
undertaking greater sustainable finance business in Asia. In 2021,
the group was awarded ‘Asia’s Best Bank of Sustainable Finance’
by Euromoney for the fourth consecutive year since award
inception. Throughout the year, we continued to expand our
sustainable finance market leadership, product and service
offerings across our Commercial Banking ('CMB'), Wealth and
Personal Banking ('WPB'), Global Banking ('GB') and Markets and
Securities Services ('MSS') businesses.
GB and MSS’s ESG Solutions Unit continues to lead the business’s
effort in providing advice, expertise and financing ideas to clients
in Asia and around the world. We have fronted the building of the
Asian market on Sustainability Linked Loans ('SLLs') and Green
Loans. We have continued our leadership in the Green/ Social/
Sustainable and Sustainability-Linked issuances space, and have
arranged the world’s first government Global Medium Term Note
Programme dedicated to green bond issuances and the first 30-
year green bond being issued by an Asian government for the
HKSAR Government, the first ever transition bonds issuance
aligned to the ICMA Climate Transition Finance Handbook, as well
as ASEAN’s first green SRI Sukuk through HSBC Amanah.
In CMB, we have expanded SLL and Sustainable/Green Trade
Facilities to clients in Asia. We have launched a SLL Programme to
support corporates in the services sector in Hong Kong by
encouraging and linking environmental and social performance
targets through the financing product, and have arranged
numerous SLLs across Asian markets. We have also developed
green liability product solutions in Asia, namely green deposits for
our corporate clients in Hong Kong, Thailand and India.
Report of the Directors
8
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
In WPB, we continue to support clients’ sustainable aspirations by
embedding ESG across client engagement and investment
solutions. We focus on product development, thought leadership,
developing an ESG culture and embedding ESG throughout the
business. We offer a comprehensive suite of sustainable
investment products to help clients to fulfil their sustainability
preferences while delivering financial goals. These include ESG
funds, green, social and sustainability bonds, structured products
and green certificate of deposits.
More information about our assessment of climate risk can be
found in ‘Areas of special interest' on pages 23 to 26.
Employee matters
We are opening up a world of opportunity for our colleagues
through building an inclusive organisation that values difference,
takes responsibility, and seeks different perspectives for the
overall benefit of our customers.
We want to encourage a dynamic culture where our colleagues
can expect to be treated with dignity and respect. We are an
organisation that takes action where we find behaviours that fall
short of this aspiration. We monitor our progress through metrics
that we value and have benchmarked against peers.
Listening to our colleagues is critical to the business we conduct,
and is reflected in our purpose and values, which were established
through an enterprise-wide engagement activity.
We continue to seek innovative ways that encourage and provide
opportunities for our people to speak up. We recognise that at
times people may not feel comfortable speaking up through the
usual channels. HSBC Confidential is our global whistleblowing
channel, open to colleagues past and present as an anonymous
channel through which they can raise concerns confidentially at
their discretion.
Social matters
We have a responsibility to invest in the long-term prosperity of
the communities where we operate. We recognise that technology
is developing at a rapid pace and that a range of new and different
skills are now needed to succeed in the workplace. For this
reason, much of our focus is on programmes that develop
employability and financial capability. We also back initiatives that
support responsible business, and contribute to disaster relief
efforts based on need. More details on customer relief
programmes can be found on pages 46 to 47.
Human rights
Our commitment to respecting human rights, principally as they
apply to our employees, our suppliers and through our financial
services lending, is aligned to that of the Group, the details of
which are set out in the HSBC's Statement on Human Rights,
which is available on www.hsbc.com/our-approach/measuring-
our-impact.
Anti-corruption and anti-bribery
We require compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and
corruption laws in all markets and jurisdictions in which we
operate. We have a global anti-bribery and corruption policy,
which gives practical effect to these laws and regulations, but also
requires compliance with the spirit of laws and regulations to
demonstrate our commitment to ethical behaviours and conduct
as part of our environmental, social and corporate governance.
Business Review
The Bank is exempt from the requirement to prepare a business
review under section 388(3) of the Companies Ordinance Cap. 622
since it is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of HSBC Holdings
plc.
On behalf of the Board
Peter Wong, Chairman
22 February 2022
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
9
Financial Review
Results for 2021
(Unaudited)
Profit before tax for 2021 reported by The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (‘the Bank’) and its subsidiaries
(together ‘the group’) decreased by HK$3,633m, or 4%, to HK$86,563m.
Consolidated income statement and balance sheet data by reportable segments
(Audited)
Wealth and
Personal
Banking1
Commercial
Banking1
Global
Banking1,2
Markets and
Securities
Services2
Corporate
Centre3
Other (GBM-
other)2
Total
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Year ended 31 Dec 2021
Net interest income
50,632
29,106
15,070
3,497
(2,640)
2,448
98,113
Net fee income/(expense)
23,827
9,828
5,746
5,730
243
(78)
45,296
Net income from financial instruments measured at fair value
through profit or loss
22,195
3,551
39
19,363
214
513
45,875
Gains less losses from financial investments
956
368
343
1,667
Net insurance premium income/(expense)
58,645
3,499
(422)
61,722
Other operating income
202
39
237
1,113
599
(157)
2,033
Total operating income
156,457
46,391
21,092
29,703
(2,006)
3,069
254,706
Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in
liabilities to policyholders
(72,658)
(3,743)
353
(76,048)
Net operating income before change in expected credit
losses and other credit impairment charges
83,799
42,648
21,092
29,703
(1,653)
3,069
178,658
–  of which:  external
80,570
43,398
20,539
29,644
(2,284)
6,791
178,658
                  inter-segment
3,229
(750)
553
59
631
(3,722)
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment
charges
(1,224)
(3,295)
(2,013)
(10)
(6)
9
(6,539)
Net operating income
82,575
39,353
19,079
29,693
(1,659)
3,078
172,119
Operating expenses
(49,429)
(20,839)
(10,152)
(14,629)
(7,332)
(2,495)
(104,876)
Operating profit
33,146
18,514
8,927
15,064
(8,991)
583
67,243
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
137
19,183
19,320
Profit before tax
33,283
18,514
8,927
15,064
10,192
583
86,563
Balance sheet data at 31 Dec 2021
Loans and advances to customers (net)
1,544,449
1,315,961
927,542
49,887
1,540
1,560
3,840,939
Customer accounts
3,407,789
1,659,464
891,994
211,621
28
6,286
6,177,182
Year ended 31 Dec 2020
Net interest income
59,783
34,192
16,993
3,389
(5,357)
2,513
111,513
Net fee income/(expense)
22,174
9,002
5,382
4,973
162
(23)
41,670
Net income from financial instruments measured at fair value
through profit or loss
18,927
2,985
(140)
20,544
2,067
884
45,267
Gains less losses from financial investments
772
450
(15)
417
1,624
Net insurance premium income/(expense)
58,261
3,627
(325)
61,563
Other operating income
5,056
66
303
1,250
(372)
(691)
5,612
Total operating income
164,973
50,322
22,538
30,156
(3,840)
3,100
267,249
Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in
liabilities to policyholders
(74,394)
(3,700)
183
(77,911)
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses
and other credit impairment charges
90,579
46,622
22,538
30,156
(3,657)
3,100
189,338
– of which: external
77,669
49,975
25,868
33,633
(4,711)
6,904
189,338
              inter-segment
12,910
(3,353)
(3,330)
(3,477)
1,054
(3,804)
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment
charges
(4,441)
(12,145)
(1,089)
(16)
(5)
(23)
(17,719)
Net operating income
86,138
34,477
21,449
30,140
(3,662)
3,077
171,619
Operating expenses
(47,292)
(19,391)
(9,261)
(12,317)
(5,132)
(2,435)
(95,828)
Operating profit
38,846
15,086
12,188
17,823
(8,794)
642
75,791
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
6
14,399
14,405
Profit before tax
38,852
15,086
12,188
17,823
5,605
642
90,196
Balance sheet data at 31 Dec 2020
Loans and advances to customers (net)
1,463,558
1,206,857
966,765
24,998
3,402
3,101
3,668,681
Customer accounts
3,333,360
1,472,646
899,564
204,431
449
946
5,911,396
1  In 2021, the cards acquiring business has been transferred from Commercial Banking ('CMB') and Global Banking ('GB') to Wealth and Personal
Banking ('WPB') to align with the business model. Comparatives have been re-presented to conform to the current year's presentation.
2  In the second half of 2021, the reportable segments have been changed to reflect the change in the management of the Global Banking and
Markets ('GBM') business, with the splitting out of GB and Markets and Securities Services ('MSS') as separate reportable segments, whilst GBM-
Other (previously reported within GBM) is now reported under 'Other (GBM-other)'. Comparatives have been re-presented to conform to the
current year's presentation. Further details on the change in reportable segments are set out in Note 31 'Segmental analysis' in the Annual Report
and Accounts 2021.
3  Includes inter-segment elimination.
Financial Review
10
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Financial Review
Effective from the second half of 2021, the operating segment of
GBM has been expanded into Global Banking (‘GB’), Markets and
Securities Services (‘MSS’) and Global Banking and Markets –
Other (‘GBM–other’) to reflect changes to both the management
structure and internal reporting to the Chief Operating Decision
Maker to execute the Group’s GBM strategy in Asia. GB and MSS
are separate reportable segments. GBM–other, which mainly
comprises of business activities which are jointly managed by GB
and MSS, is reported under ‘Other (GBM–other)’. MSS includes
revenues for products and services sold to GB clients that are not
necessarily reflected on a shared basis in the GB segment. MSS
and GB comprise certain costs and cost allocations that are split
for internal reporting purposes but are shared in nature and not
wholly directly attributable to any one segment. GBM-other mainly
comprises of distinct business activities that are jointly managed
by GB and MSS. The new reporting structure does not change the
Group’s management of its global GBM strategy.
The commentary that follows compares the group's financial
performance for the year ended 2021 with 2020.
Results Commentary
(Unaudited)
The group reported profit before tax of HK$86,563m, a decrease of
HK$3,633m, or 4%. Net operating income before change in
expected credit losses and other credit risk provisions decreased
by HK$10,680m, or 6%, driven by lower net interest income, while
operating expenses increased by HK$9,048m, or 9%, from
investments in technology and our wealth businesses. As a result,
the cost efficiency ratio increased from 50.6% in 2020 to 58.7% in
2021.
Net interest income decreased by HK$13,400m, or 12%.
Excluding the favourable foreign exchange impact, net interest
income decreased by HK$15,010m, or 13%, driven by Hong Kong
primarily due to narrower customer deposit spreads and lower
reinvestment yields as market interest rates decreased, partly
offset by balance sheet growth. Net interest income in India and
Malaysia also decreased, reflecting the same impact from the
lower interest rate environment.
Net fee income increased by HK$3,626m, or 9%. Excluding the
favourable foreign exchange impact, net fee income increased by
HK$3,114m, or 7%, driven by WPB in Hong Kong from an increase
in unit trust income due to an increase in sales volumes, coupled
with higher funds under management fees due to increased fund
size, reflecting improved market sentiment compared to 2020. Net
fee income in MSS also increased, mainly from higher global
custody and securities brokerage fees due to increased equities
turnover, coupled with higher funds under management fees. To a
lesser extent, an increase was also noted in CMB, mainly from
higher trade-related fees as global trade volumes recovered during
2021, coupled with higher remittance fees as customer activity
increased.
Net income from financial instruments measured at fair
value through profit or loss increased by HK$608m, or 1%.
Net income from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses,
including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit
or loss increased by HK$5,052m, or 38%, mainly in WPB in Hong
Kong, driven by higher revaluation gains on the equity portfolio
held to support insurance and investment contracts due to
improved market conditions. To the extent that these gains are
attributable to policyholders, there is an offsetting movement
reported under ‘Net insurance claims and benefits paid and
movement in liabilities to policyholders’.
Net income from financial instruments held for trading or
managed on a fair value basis decreased by HK$3,813m, or 12%,
driven by Hong Kong from lower trading income in Global Debt
Markets, Global Foreign Exchange and Securities Financing
businesses, partly offset by higher Equities trading income. The
decrease was partly offset by an increase in mainland China from
the favourable movement in foreign exchange translation of
balance sheet exposures and from the favourable revaluation on
structured deposits.
Net insurance premium income increased by HK$159m,
remained flat. Gross insurance premium income increased by 3%,
mainly in Singapore and mainland China, reflecting higher sales
volumes, largely offset by increased reinsurance arrangements in
Hong Kong.
Other operating income decreased by HK$3,579m, or 64%,
driven by the unfavourable movement in the present value of in-
force long-term insurance business ('PVIF'), partly offset by the
non-recurrence of revaluation losses on investment properties in
Hong Kong in 2020.
The unfavourable movement in PVIF reflected adverse assumption
changes and experience variances in Hong Kong and Singapore,
primarily due to interest rates movements, partly offset by an
increase in the value of new business written, mainly in Hong
Kong.
The movement in PVIF was partly offset by a corresponding
movement in ‘Net insurance claims and benefits paid and
movement in liabilities to policyholders’.
Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in
liabilities to policyholders decreased by HK$1,863m, or 2%, 
driven by the unfavourable movement in PVIF, partly offset by
higher investment returns to policyholders due to the more
favourable equity market performance compared with the prior
year.
Change in expected credit losses and other credit risk
provisions decreased by HK$11,180m, or 63%, notably in CMB,
mainly reflecting the non-recurrence of charges in relation to the
unfavourable forward economic outlook as impacted by
Coronavirus Disease 2019 ('Covid-19') in 2020, and also from
lower specific charges due to the non-recurrence of a significant
charge in the prior year. A decrease was also noted in WPB,
reflecting the same impact from the forward economic outlook
update in the prior year. The decreases in CMB and WPB were
partly offset by an increase in GB, mainly due to an increase in
allowance relating to mainland China's commercial real estate
sector.
Total operating expenses increased by HK$9,048m, or 9%.
Excluding the unfavourable foreign exchange impact, operating
expenses increased by HK$7,719m, or 8%, reflecting an increase
in investments in technology, including investments in our digital
capabilities, and in our Asia wealth business. Employee
compensation and benefits also increased, mainly from higher
performance-related pay and wage inflation, partly offset by lower
average headcount across the region.
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures increased by
HK$4,915m, or 34%. Excluding the favourable foreign exchange
impact, the share of profit in associates and joint ventures
increased by HK$3,857m, or 25%, mainly from Bank of
Communications Co., Limited.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
11
Net interest income
(Unaudited)
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Net interest income
98,113
111,513
Average interest-earning assets
7,173,973
6,882,970
%
%
Net interest spread
1.32
1.53
Contribution from net free funds
0.05
0.09
Net interest margin
1.37
1.62
Net interest income (‘NII’) decreased by HK$13,400m, or 12%.
Excluding the favourable foreign exchange impact, net interest
income decreased by HK$15,010m, or 13%, driven by Hong Kong
primarily due to narrower customer deposit spreads and lower
reinvestment yields as market interest rates decreased, partly
offset by balance sheet growth. To a lesser extent, net interest
income in India and Malaysia also decreased.
Average interest-earning assets  increased by HK$291bn, or
4%, driven by Hong Kong, mainland China and India, mainly
reflecting growth in the commercial surplus as customer deposits
increased.
Net interest margin ('NIM') dropped by 25 basis points ('bps'),
with decreases noted across the region, primarily in Hong Kong
and mainland China, as market interest rates decreased
significantly compared to the prior year. This resulted in narrower
customer deposit spreads and lower reinvestment yields. The
increase in commercial surplus, which was primarily deployed into
reverse repurchase agreements and other short-term funds, also
contributed to lower yields.
Insurance manufacturing
(Unaudited)
The following table shows the results of our insurance manufacturing operations by income statement line item, and separately the
insurance distribution income earned by the group's bank channels.
Results of insurance manufacturing operations and insurance distribution income earned by the group's bank channels
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Insurance manufacturing operations1
Net interest income
16,527
15,654
Net fee expense
(3,617)
(2,923)
Net income from financial instruments measured at fair value
18,036
13,812
Net insurance premium income
62,135
61,874
Change in present value of in-force long-term insurance business
(1,294)
3,840
Other operating income/(expense)
719
(364)
Total operating income
92,506
91,893
Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders
(76,361)
(78,093)
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
16,145
13,800
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
(216)
(440)
Net operating income
15,929
13,360
Total operating expenses
(3,464)
(2,595)
Operating profit
12,465
10,765
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
137
6
Profit before tax
12,602
10,771
Annualised new business premiums of insurance manufacturing operations
19,136
15,749
Distribution income earned by the group's bank channels
4,135
4,092
1The results presented for insurance manufacturing operations are shown before elimination of intercompany transactions with the group's non-
insurance operations.
Financial Review
12
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Insurance manufacturing
Profit before tax from the insurance manufacturing operations
increased by HK$1,831m, or 17%, driven by more favourable
equity markets compared to 2020, together with higher new
business volumes.
Net interest income increased by 6% from growth in invested
funds, reflecting net new business and renewal premium inflows
on life insurance contracts.
Net income from financial instruments measured at fair value
increased, mainly from gains on the equity portfolio held to
support insurance and investment contracts in Hong Kong, due to
more favourable equity market performance.
Net insurance premium income increased from higher sales
volumes mainly in Singapore and mainland China, partly offset by
increased reinsurance arrangements in Hong Kong.
The unfavourable movement in PVIF reflected adverse assumption
changes and experience variances in Hong Kong and Singapore
primarily due to interest rates movements, partly offset by an
increase in the value of new business written, mainly in Hong
Kong.
To the extent that the above gains or losses are attributable to
policyholders, there is an offsetting movement reported under ‘Net
insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to
policyholders'.
Annualised new business premiums increased by HK$3,387m, or
22%, mainly in Hong Kong reflecting new business initiatives,
product launches and marketing promotions to support domestic
sales. New business levels in 2020 were impacted by the onset of
Covid-19.
Balance sheet commentary compared with 31
December 2020
(Unaudited)
The consolidated balance sheet at 31 December 2021 is set out in
the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Gross loans and advances to customers increased by
HK$175bn, or 5%. Excluding the unfavourable foreign exchange
translation effects of HK$13bn, gross loans and advances to
customers increased by HK$188bn, driven by an increase in
residential mortgages of HK$77bn, mainly in Hong Kong and
Australia. In addition, corporate and commercial lending and non-
bank financial institution lending increased by HK$62bn and
HK$37bn respectively, mainly in Hong Kong, mainland China and
India.
Overall credit quality remained strong, with total gross impaired
loans and advances as a percentage of gross loans and advances
standing at 1.11% at the end of 2021 (2020: 0.99%). The change in
expected credit losses as a percentage of average gross customer
advances was 0.18% for 2021 (2020: 0.44%).
Interests in associates and joint ventures
At 31 December 2021, an impairment review on the group’s
investment in Bank of Communications Co., Ltd (‘BoCom’) was
carried out and it was concluded that the investment was not
impaired based on our value-in-use calculation (see Note 14 on the
Consolidated Financial Statements for further details). As
discussed in that note, in future periods, the value in use may
increase or decrease depending on the effect of changes to model
inputs. It is expected that the carrying amount will continue to
increase due to retained profits earned by BoCom. At the point
where the carrying amount exceeds the value in use, impairment
would be recognised. The group would continue to recognise its
share of BoCom’s profit or loss, but the carrying amount would be
reduced to equal the value in use, with a corresponding reduction
in the income statement. An impairment review would continue to
be performed at each subsequent reporting period, with the
carrying amount and income adjusted accordingly.
Customer deposits rose by HK$266bn, or 4%, to HK$6,177bn.
The advances-to-deposits ratio was 62.2% at the end of the year
(2020: 62.1%).
Shareholders’ equity grew by HK$11bn to HK$857bn at
31 December 2021, mainly reflecting the current year’s profit, net
of dividend payments.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
13
Risk
Our approach to risk
(Unaudited)
Our risk appetite
We recognise the importance of a strong culture, which refers to
our shared attitudes, values and standards that shape behaviours
related to risk awareness, risk taking and risk management. All our
people are responsible for the management of risk, with the
ultimate accountability residing with the Board.
We seek to build our business for the long term by balancing
social, environmental and economic considerations in the
decisions we make. Our strategic priorities are underpinned by our
endeavour to operate in a sustainable way. This helps us to carry
out our social responsibility and manage the risk profile of the
business. We are committed to managing and mitigating climate-
related risks, both physical and transition, and  continue to
incorporate consideration of these into how we manage and
oversee risks internally and with our customers.
The following principles guide the group’s overarching appetite for
risk and determine how our businesses and risks are managed.
Financial position
We aim to maintain a strong capital position, defined by
regulatory and internal capital ratios.
We carry out liquidity and funding management for each
operating entity, on a stand-alone basis.
Operating model
We seek to generate returns in line with our risk appetite and
strong risk management capability.
We aim to deliver sustainable and diversified earnings and
consistent returns for shareholders.
Business practice
We have zero tolerance for any of our people knowingly
engaging in any business, activity or association where
foreseeable reputational risk or damage has not been
considered and/or mitigated.
We have no appetite for deliberately or knowingly causing
detriment to consumers, or incurring a breach of the letter or
spirit of regulatory requirements.
We have no appetite for inappropriate market conduct by any
member of staff or by any group business.
We are committed to managing the climate risks that have an
impact on our financial position, and delivering on our net zero
ambition.
Enterprise-wide application
Our risk appetite encapsulates the consideration of financial and
non-financial risks. We define financial risk as the risk of a
financial loss as a result of business activities. We actively take
these types of risks to maximise shareholder value and profits.
Non-financial risk is the risk to achieving our strategy or objectives
as the result of failed internal processes, people and systems or
from external events.
Our risk appetite is expressed in both quantitative and qualitative
terms and applied at the global business level and to material
operating entities. It continues to evolve and expand its scope as
part of our regular review process.
The Board reviews and approves the group’s risk appetite twice a
year to make sure it remains fit for purpose. The group’s risk
appetite is considered, developed and enhanced through:
an alignment with our strategy, purpose, values and customer
needs;
trends highlighted in other group risk reports;
communication with risk stewards on the developing risk
landscape;
strength of our capital, liquidity and balance sheet;
compliance with applicable laws and regulations;
effectiveness of the applicable control environment to mitigate
risk, informed by risk ratings from risk control assessments;
functionality, capacity and resilience of available systems to
manage risk; and
the level of available staff with the required competencies to
manage risks.
We formally articulate our risk appetite through our risk appetite
statement (‘RAS’), which is approved by the Board on the
recommendation of the group Risk Committee ('RC'). Setting out
our risk appetite ensures that we agree a suitable level of risk for
our strategy. In this way, risk appetite informs our financial
planning process and helps senior management to allocate capital
to business activities, services and products.
The RAS consists of qualitative statements and quantitative
metrics, covering financial and non-financial risks. It is applied to
the development of business line strategies, strategic and business
planning, and remuneration. At a group level, performance against
the RAS is reported to the group Risk Management Meeting
(‘RMM’) alongside key risk indicators to support targeted insight
and discussion on breaches of risk appetite and associated
mitigating actions. This reporting allows risks to be promptly
identified and mitigated, and informs risk-adjusted remuneration
to drive a strong risk culture.
Most global businesses and strategically important entities are
required to have their own RAS, which is monitored to help ensure
it remains aligned with the group’s RAS. Each RAS and business
activity is guided and underpinned by qualitative principles and/or
quantitative metrics.
Risk management
We recognise that the primary role of risk management is to
protect our customers, business, colleagues, shareholders and the
communities that we serve, while ensuring we are able to support
our strategy and provide sustainable growth. This is supported
through our three lines of defence model described on page 16.
The implementation of our business strategy, which include a
major transformation programme, remains a key focus. As we
implement change initiatives, we actively manage the execution
risks. We also perform periodic risk assessments, including
against strategies to help ensure retention of key personnel for our
continued safe operation.
We aim to use a comprehensive risk management approach
across the organisation and across all risk types, underpinned by
the group's culture and values. This is outlined in our risk
management framework, including the key principles, policies and
practices that we employ in managing material risks, both
financial and non-financial.
The framework fosters continual monitoring, promotes risk
awareness and encourages a sound operational and strategic
decision making and escalation process. It also supports a
consistent approach to identifying, assessing, managing and
reporting the risks we accept and incur in our activities, with clear
accountabilities. We continue to actively review and develop our
risk management framework and enhance our approach to
managing risk, through our activities with regard to: people and
capabilities; governance; reporting and management information;
credit risk management models; and data.
Our risk management framework
The following diagram and descriptions summarise key aspects of
the risk management framework, including governance, structure, 
risk management tools and our culture, which together help align
employee behaviour with risk appetite.
Risk
14
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Key components of our risk management framework
HSBC Values and risk culture
Risk governance
Non-executive risk governance
The Board approves the group's risk appetite, plans and performance
targets. It sets the ‘tone from the top’ and is advised by the group's Risk
Committee.
Executive risk governance
Our executive risk governance structure is responsible for the enterprise-
wide management of all risks, including key policies and frameworks for
the management of risk within the group.
Roles and
responsibilities
Three lines of defence model
Our ‘three lines of defence’ model defines roles and responsibilities for
risk management. An independent Risk function helps ensure the
necessary balance in risk/return decisions.
Processes and tools
Risk appetite
The group has processes in place to identify/assess, monitor, manage
and report risks to help ensure we remain within our risk appetite.
Enterprise-wide risk management tools
Active risk management:
identification/assessment,
monitoring, management and reporting
Internal controls
Policies and procedures
Policies and procedures define the minimum requirements for the
controls required to manage our risks.
Control activities
Operational and resilience risk management defines minimum standards
and processes for managing operational risks and internal controls.
Systems and infrastructure
The group has systems and/or processes that support the identification,
capture and exchange of information to support risk management
activities.
Risk governance
The Board has ultimate responsibility for the effective
management of risk and approves our risk appetite. It is advised
on risk-related matters by the RC.
The group's Chief Risk Officer, supported by the RMM, holds
executive accountability for the ongoing monitoring, assessment
and management of the risk environment and the effectiveness of
the risk management framework.
The management of regulatory compliance risk and financial crime
risk resides with the group's Chief Compliance Officer. Oversight is
maintained by the group's Chief Risk Officer, in line with his
enterprise risk oversight responsibilities, through the RMM.
Day-to-day responsibility for risk management is delegated to
senior managers with individual accountability for decision
making. All our people have a role to play in risk management.
These roles are defined using the three lines of defence model,
which takes into account the group’s business and functional
structures as described in the following commentary, 'Our
responsibilities’.
We use a defined executive risk governance structure to help
ensure there is appropriate oversight and accountability of risk,
which facilitates reporting and escalation to the RMM. This
structure is summarised in the following table.
Governance structure for the management of risk
Authority
Membership
Responsibilities include:
Risk Management
Meeting of the group
group Chief Risk Officer
group General Counsel
group Co-Chief Executives
group Chief Financial Officer
group heads of global business and global
functions
Supporting the group Chief Risk Officer in exercising Board-delegated risk
management authority.
Overseeing the implementation of risk appetite and the risk management
framework.
Forward-looking assessment of the risk environment, analysing possible risk
impacts and taking appropriate action.
Monitoring all categories of risk and determining appropriate mitigating
action.
Promoting a supportive group culture in relation to risk management and
conduct.
Global business/Site
risk management
meetings
Global business/Site Chief Risk Officer
Global business/Site Chief Executive
Global business/Site Chief Financial Officer
Global business/Site heads of global functions
Supporting the Chief Risk Officer in exercising Board-delegated risk
management authority.
Forward-looking assessment of the risk environment, analysing the possible
risk impact and taking appropriate action.
Implementation of risk appetite and the risk management framework.
Monitoring all categories of risk and determining appropriate mitigating
actions.
Embedding a supportive culture in relation to risk management and controls.
The Board committees with responsibility for oversight of risk-related matters are set out on page 6.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
15
Our responsibilities
All our people are responsible for identifying and managing risk
within the scope of their roles. Roles are defined using the three
lines of defence model, which takes into account our business and
functional structures as described below.
Three lines of defence
To create a robust control environment to manage risks, we use
an activity-based three lines of defence model. This model
delineates management accountabilities and responsibilities for
risk management and the control environment.
The model underpins our approach to risk management by
clarifying responsibility and encouraging collaboration, as well as
enabling efficient coordination of risk and control activities.
The three lines of defence are summarised below:
The first line of defence owns the risks and is responsible for
identifying, recording, reporting and managing them in line
with risk appetite, and ensuring that the right controls and
assessments are in place to mitigate them.
The second line of defence challenges the first line of defence
on effective risk management, and provides advice and
guidance in relation to the risk.
The third line of defence is our Global Internal Audit function,
which provides independent assurance that our risk
management approach and processes are designed and
operating effectively.
Risk function
The group’s Risk function, headed by the group’s Chief Risk
Officer, is responsible for the group’s risk management
framework. This responsibility includes establishing and
monitoring of risk profiles, and identifying and managing forward-
looking risk. The group’s Risk function is made up of sub-functions
covering all risks to our business. Forming part of the second line
of defence, the group's Risk function is independent from the
global businesses, including sales and trading functions, to
provide challenge, appropriate oversight and balance in risk/return
decisions.
Responsibility for minimising both financial and non-financial risk
lies with our people. They are required to manage the risks of the
business and operational activities for which they are responsible.
We maintain adequate oversight of our risks through our various
specialist risk stewards as well as the collective accountability held
by our Chief Risk Officers at sites and global businesses. 
We have continued to strengthen the control environment and our
approach to the management of non-financial risk, as broadly set
out in our risk management framework. The management of non-
financial risk focuses on governance and risk appetite, and
provides a single view of the non-financial risks that matter the
most and the associated controls. It incorporates a risk
management system designed to enable the active management
of non-financial risk. Our ongoing focus is on simplifying our
approach to non-financial risk management, while driving more
effective oversight and better end-to-end identification and
management of non-financial risks. This is overseen by the
Operational and Resilience Risk function, headed by the group
Head of Operational and Resilience Risk.
Stress testing and recovery planning
The group operates a wide-ranging stress testing programme that
is a key part of our risk management and capital and liquidity
planning. Stress testing provides management with key insights
into the impact of severely adverse events on the group, and
provides confidence to regulators on the group’s financial stability.
Our stress testing programme assesses our capital and liquidity
strength through a rigorous examination of our resilience to
external shocks. As well as undertaking regulatory-driven stress
tests, we conduct our own internal stress tests, in order to
understand the nature and level of all material risks, quantify the
impact of such risks and develop plausible business-as-usual
mitigating actions.
Many of our regulators – including the Hong Kong Monetary
Authority (‘HKMA’) – use stress testing as a prudential regulatory
tool, and the group has focused significant governance and
resources to meet their requirements.
Internal stress tests
Our internal capital assessment uses a range of stress scenarios
that explore risks identified by management. They include
potential adverse macroeconomic, geopolitical and operational
risk events, as well as other potential events that are specific to
the group.
The selection of stress scenarios is based upon the output of our
identified top and emerging risks and our risk appetite. Stress
testing analysis helps management understand the nature and
extent of vulnerabilities to which the group is exposed. Using this
information, management decides whether risks can or should be
mitigated through management actions or, if they were to
crystallise, be absorbed through capital and liquidity. This in turn
informs decisions about preferred capital and liquidity levels and
allocations.
In addition to the group-wide stress testing scenarios, each major 
subsidiary and branch conducts regular macroeconomic and
event-driven scenario analyses specific to its region. They also
participate, as required, in the regulatory stress testing
programmes of the jurisdictions in which they operate, and the
stress tests of the HKMA. Global functions and businesses also
perform bespoke stress testing to inform their assessment of risks
to potential scenarios.
We also conduct reverse stress tests each year at a group level
and, where required, at subsidiary entity level to understand
potential extreme conditions that would make our business model
non-viable. Reverse stress testing identifies potential stresses and
vulnerabilities we might face, and helps inform early warning
triggers, management actions and contingency plans designed to
mitigate risks.
The group stress testing programme is overseen by the RC and
results are reported, where appropriate, to the RMM and RC.
Recovery and resolution plans
Recovery and resolution plans form part of the integral framework
safeguarding the group’s financial stability. The group's recovery
plan, together with stress testing, helps us understand the likely
outcomes of adverse business or economic conditions and in the
identification of mitigating actions.
Risk
16
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Key developments in 2021
In 2021, it was announced that Mark McKeown was retiring from
his role of the group's Chief Risk Officer in late October 2021.
Martin Haythorne, who was the Global Head of Wholesale Credit
and Lending, has been appointed as the group's Chief Risk Officer
with effect from 2 August 2021.
We continued to actively manage the risks resulting from the
Covid-19 pandemic and its impacts on our customers and
operations during 2021, as well as other key risks described in this
section.
In addition, we enhanced our risk management in the following
areas:
We streamlined the articulation of our risk appetite framework,
providing further clarity on how risk appetite interacts with
strategic planning and recovery planning processes.
We continued to simplify our approach to non-financial risk
management, with the implementation of more effective
oversight tools and techniques to improve end-to-end
identification and management of these risks.
We accelerated the transformation of our approach to
managing financial risks across the businesses and risk
functions, including initiatives to enhance portfolio monitoring
and analytics, credit risk management, traded risk
management, treasury risk management and models used to
manage financial risks.
We are progressing with a comprehensive regulatory reporting
programme to strengthen our global processes, improve
consistency, and enhance controls.
We launched an enhanced approach to Conduct for all
colleagues, businesses and geographies, establishing the
outcomes to be achieved for customers and markets in all risk
disciplines, operations and technologies and integrating it into
our approach to culture and our risk management
arrangements.
We continued to enhance our approach to portfolio risk
management, through clearly defined roles and responsibilities,
and improving our data and management information reporting
capabilities.
We established a dedicated Climate Risk Oversight Forum to
oversee our approach to climate risk. Globally, the Group has
appointed a Group Head of Climate Risk in support of our
climate change strategy and to oversee the development of our
climate risk management capabilities. We leveraged on the
Group climate risk programme, which continues to drive the
delivery of our enhanced climate risk management approach.
We continued to improve the effectiveness of our financial
crime controls with a targeted update of our fraud controls. We
refreshed our financial crime policies, ensuring they remained
up-to-date and addressed changing and emerging risks, and we
continued to meet our regulatory obligations.
Top and emerging risks
(Unaudited)
We use a top and emerging risks process to provide a forward-
looking view of issues with the potential to threaten the execution
of our strategy or operations over the medium to long term.
We proactively assess the internal and external risk environment,
as well as review the themes identified across our region and
global businesses, for any risks that may require global escalation,
updating our top and emerging risks as necessary.
Our current top and emerging risks are as follows:
Externally driven
Geopolitical and macroeconomic risks
(Unaudited)
Our operations and portfolios are exposed to risks associated with
political instability, civil unrest and military conflict, which could
lead to disruption of our operations, physical risk to our staff and/
or physical damage to our assets.
Global tensions over trade, technology and ideology are
manifesting themselves in divergent regulatory standards and
compliance regimes, presenting long-term strategic challenges for
multinational businesses.
The Covid-19 pandemic brought supply chain issues into focus,
with shortages appearing across several regions and products
throughout 2020 and 2021, and it is not expected that these issues
will ease significantly before mid-2022.
The pandemic has also heightened geopolitical tensions, which
could have implications for the group and its customers.
The group will increasingly need to consider potential regulatory,
reputational and market risks arising from the evolving geopolitical
landscape. In 2021, there was an escalation of tensions between
China and the US, and increasingly extending to the UK, the EU,
India and other countries.
The US-China relationship in particular remains complex, with
divisions over a number of critical issues. The US, the UK, the EU,
Canada and other countries have imposed various sanctions and
trade restrictions on Chinese persons and companies, and the US
continues to develop its approach to perceived strategic
competition with China.
Certain US measures are particularly relevant. The US Hong Kong
Autonomy Act authorises secondary sanctions against non-US
financial institutions found to be knowingly conduct significant
transactions with individuals and entities that are determined by
the US to have undermined Hong Kong’s autonomy. In addition,
the US has imposed restrictions on US persons’ ability to buy or
sell certain publicly traded securities of certain Chinese companies
linked to China’s defence and related material or surveillance
sectors.
There are also increasing discussions between the US and other
governments on multilateral efforts to address certain issues with
China, which are likely to create a more complex operating
environment for the group and its customers. Notably, with its
traditional allies including the EU, UK, and Canada, the US has
increasingly instituted sanctions in response to allegations of
human rights abuses in Xinjiang.
China in turn has announced a number of its own sanctions and
trade restrictions that target foreign individuals and companies.
These have been imposed mainly against certain public officials
associated with the implementation of foreign sanctions against
China. China has promulgated new laws that provide a legal
framework for imposing further sanctions and export restrictions,
including a law prohibiting the implementation of, or compliance
with, foreign sanctions against China and which also creates a
private right of action in the Chinese courts for damages caused
by third parties implementing foreign sanctions or other
discriminatory measures. These and any future measures and
countermeasures that may be taken by the US, China and other
countries may affect the group, its customers, and the markets in
which we operate.
As the geopolitical landscape evolves, compliance by multinational
corporations with their legal or regulatory obligations in one
jurisdiction may be seen as supporting the law or policy objectives
of that jurisdiction over another, creating additional compliance,
reputational and political risks for the group. We maintain an open
dialogue with our regulators on the impact of legal and regulatory
obligations on our business and customers.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
17
Expanding data privacy and cybersecurity laws in a number of
markets could pose potential challenges to intra-group data
sharing. These developments could increase financial institutions’
compliance burdens in respect of cross-border transfers of
personal information.
Monetary and fiscal policies in developed markets will likely
remain broadly accommodative for some time owing to
uncertainty over the economic outlook. However, rising global
inflation – partly on the back of higher energy prices – is putting
pressure on central banks to tighten monetary policy. The US
Federal Reserve Board began tapering its asset purchases from
November 2021 and financial markets currently expect it to raise
the Federal Funds rate over the next year. The European Central
Bank is on course to end its extraordinary asset purchase
programme in March 2022.
Persistent supply issues or further increases in energy prices – for
instance as a result of escalation in the Russia-Ukraine crisis –
could keep inflation high and force central banks to tighten
monetary policies faster than currently envisaged. Conversely,
monetary policy tightening may be constrained by the emergence
and spread of new Covid-19 variants that dampen economic
recovery. We continue to monitor our risk profile closely in the
context of uncertainty over monetary policies.
Market concerns remain about repercussions for the Chinese
domestic economy from the recent instability in the commercial
real estate sector. Such repercussions may occur directly through
financial exposures to the Chinese commercial real estate sector,
or indirectly through the effect of a slowdown in economic activity
in China and in the supply chain to the real estate sector. While at
31 December 2021 we had no direct credit exposure to developers
classified as falling within the 'red' category of the ‘three red lines’
framework used by the Chinese government in its governance of
the real estate sector, deteriorating operating performance and
challenging liquidity conditions were more broadly seen across the
sector. We continue to monitor the situation closely, including
potential indirect impacts, and seek to take mitigating actions as
required.
The global economic recovery in 2021 eased financial difficulties
for some of our customers, which contributed to a reduction in
ECL charges.
For further details on customer relief programmes, see pages 46 to
47.
Mitigating actions
We closely monitor geopolitical and economic developments in
key markets and sectors and undertake scenario analysis where
appropriate. This helps us to take portfolio actions where
necessary, including enhanced monitoring, amending our risk
appetite and/or reducing limits and exposures.
We stress test portfolios of particular concern to identify
sensitivity to loss under a range of scenarios, with management
actions to rebalance exposures and manage risk appetite where
necessary.
We regularly review key portfolios to help ensure that individual
customer or portfolio risks are understood and our ability to
manage the level of facilities offered through any downturn is
appropriate.
We have taken steps to enhance physical security in those
geographical areas deemed to be at high risk from terrorism
and military conflicts.
Environmental, social and governance risk
(Unaudited)
We are subject to financial and non-financial risks associated with
environmental, social and governance ('ESG') risk. Our main ESG
risks are climate risk, nature-related risks and human rights risks.
These can impact us both directly and indirectly through our
customers.
Climate-related risk increased over 2021, owing to the pace and
volume of policy and regulatory changes globally particularly on
climate risk management, stress testing and scenario analysis and
disclosures. If we fail to meet evolving regulatory expectations or
requirements on climate risk management, this could have
regulatory compliance and reputational impacts for the group.
We face increased reputational, legal and regulatory risks as we
make progress towards our net zero ambition, with stakeholders
likely to place a greater focus on our actions such as the
development of climate-related policies, our disclosures and
investment decisions relating to our ambition. To track and report
on progress towards achieving our ambition, we rely on internal
and external data, guided by certain industry standards. While
emissions reporting has improved over time, data remain of
limited quality and consistency. Methodologies we have used may
develop over time in line with market practice and regulation as
well as owing to developments in climate science. Any
developments in data and methodologies could result in revisions,
meaning that reported figures may not be reconcilable or
comparable year-on-year. We may also have to re-evaluate our
progress towards our climate-related targets in future and this
could result in reputational, legal and regulatory risks.
Climate risk will also have an impact on model risk, as models play
an important role in risk management and the financial reporting
of climate-related risks. The uncertain impacts of climate change
and data limitations, present challenges to creating reliable and
accurate model outputs.
We could also face increased resilience, retail credit and wholesale
credit risks owing to the increase in frequency and severity of
weather events and chronic shifts in weather patterns. These risks
could impact our own critical operations resulting in customer
detriment and operational losses for HSBC. Our customers’
operations and assets could also be affected, reducing their ability
to afford mortgage or loan repayments, leading to credit risk
impacts for the group.
There is increasing evidence that a number of nature-related risks
beyond climate change - which include risks that can be
represented more broadly by the economic dependency on nature
– can and will have significant economic impact. These risks arise
when the provision of natural services – such as water availability,
air quality, and soil quality – is compromised by overpopulation,
urban development, natural habitat and ecosystem loss, and other
environmental stresses beyond climate change. They can show
themselves in various ways, including through macroeconomic,
market, credit, reputational, legal and regulatory risks, for both
HSBC and its customers. In 2021, we added nature-related risks as
a new emerging risk driver, under the umbrella theme of ESG
Risks and continue to engage with investors, regulators and
customers on nature-related risks to evolve our approach and
understand best practice risk mitigation.
Regulation and disclosure requirements in relation to human
rights, and to Modern Slavery in particular, are increasing.
Businesses are expected to explain more about their efforts to
identify and respond to the risk of negative human rights impacts
arising from the actions of their employees, suppliers, customers
and those in whom they invest.
Risk
18
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Mitigating actions
We continue to deepen our understanding of the drivers of
climate risk as well as manage our exposure. We have
established a dedicated Climate Risk Oversight Forum for
overseeing our approach and providing support in managing
climate risk.
Our climate risk programme continues to accelerate the
development of our climate risk management capabilities
across four key pillars – governance and risk appetite, risk
management, stress testing and scenario analysis, and
disclosures. We are also enhancing our approach to
greenwashing risk.
In December 2021, the Group published our Thermal Coal
Phase-Out Policy committing to phase out the financing of
coal-fired power and thermal coal mining in EU/OECD markets
by end 2030, and globally by end 2040. The policy helps us
chart the path to net zero and is a component of our approach
towards managing the climate risk of our lending portfolio.
We have started to incorporate the outcomes and insights from
the Bank of England’s Climate Biennial Exploratory Scenario
and HKMA Climate Risk Stress Test into climate risk
management.
We are undertaking training and adding additional roles with
specialist skills to manage climate-related risks.
We have delivered climate risk training to our legal entity
boards and wider target audiences.
With the help of external stakeholders, we continued to review
and improve our approach to human rights issues, following
the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights.
In 2021, the Group joined several industry working groups
dedicated to helping us assess and manage nature-related
risks, such as the Taskforce on Nature-Related Financial
Disclosure (‘TNFD’). The Group's asset management business
also published its biodiversity policy to publicly explain how our
analysts address nature-related issues.
We continue to engage with our customers, investors and
regulators proactively on the management of ESG risks. The
Group also engages with initiatives, including the Climate
Financial Risk Forum, Equator Principles, Taskforce on Climate-
related Financial Disclosures and CDP (formerly the Carbon
Disclosure Project) to drive best practice for climate risk
management.
Ibor transition
(Unaudited)
Interbank offered rates (‘Ibors’) have historically been used
extensively to set interest rates on different types of financial
transactions and for valuation purposes, risk measurement and
performance benchmarking.
Following the UK’s Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’)
announcement in July 2017 that it would no longer continue to
persuade or require panel banks to submit rates for the London
interbank offered rate (‘Libor’) after 2021, we have been actively
working to transition legacy contracts from Ibors and meet client
needs for products linked to new near risk-free replacement rates
('RFRs') or alternative reference rates. In March 2021, in
accordance with the 2017 FCA announcement, ICE Benchmark
Administration Limited (‘IBA’) announced that it would cease
publication of 26 of the 35 main Libor currency interest rate
benchmark settings from the end of 2021, but that the most
widely used US dollar Libor settings would cease from 30 June
2023. As a result, our focus during 2021 was on the transition of
legacy contracts referencing the Euro Overnight Index average
(‘Eonia’) and the Libor settings that demised from the end of 2021.
During 2021, we continued the development of IT and RFR
product capabilities, implemented supporting operational
processes, and engaged with our clients to discuss options for the
transition of their legacy contracts. The successful implementation
of new processes and controls, as well as the transition of
contracts away from Ibors, reduced the heightened financial and
non-financial risks to which we were exposed. However, while all
but exceptional new Libor contract issuance ceased during 2021,
and from the end of 2021 for US dollar, we remain exposed to
risks, including from a small population of so-called ‘tough legacy’
contracts, which reference Ibors that demised from the end of
2021, and have not been able to be transitioned to a new rate or
do not have clear fallback language in place, and from legacy
contracts that reference US dollar Libor and other regional rates
demising at later dates ('demising regional rates'), which are
expected to demise from June 2023.
Financial risks have been largely mitigated as a result of the
implementation of model and pricing changes. However,
differences in US dollar Libor and its replacement RFR, Secured
Overnight Funding Rate (‘SOFR’), create a basis risk in the trading
book and banking book due to the asymmetric adoption of SOFR
across assets, liabilities and products that we need to actively
manage through appropriate financial hedging. Such basis risk is
also created for other demising regional rates. Additionally, the
comparatively limited use of SOFR in financial markets to date
could result in insufficient liquidity to transition legacy US dollar
contracts during 2022. This could potentially delay transition of
some US dollar contracts into 2023, compressing the amount of
time for transition, which could lead to heightened operational and
conduct related risks as a result.
Additional non-financial risks, including financial reporting risks
relating to potential mis-statements due to the complexity in
applying accounting reliefs relating to amendments of legacy
contracts and legal risk continue to exist.
These risks are present in different degrees across our product
offering.
Transition legacy contracts
During 2021, we either successfully transitioned or confirmed
appropriate fallback for over 99% of legacy Ibor contracts in
sterling, Swiss franc, euro and Japanese yen Libor interest rates,
as well as Eonia, with only a very small proportion of ‘tough
legacy’ contracts remaining. Our approach to transition ‘tough
legacy’ and US dollar Libor and other demising regional rates
legacy contracts will differ by product and business area, but will
be based on the lessons learned from the successful transition of
contracts during 2021. We will continue to communicate with our
clients and investors in a structured manner and be client led in
the timing and nature of the transition.
For derivatives, all of our sterling, Swiss franc, euro and Japanese
yen Libor interest rate exposure at year-end has rates determined
by fallback mechanisms, or had no further such rate fixings post
year end. We anticipate our US dollar Libor and demising regional
rates exposures will continue to reduce through 2022 as a result of
contract maturities, active transition and the cessation of new US
dollar Libor issuance and that of demising regional rates. We will
continue to look to actively reduce our US dollar and demising
regional rates exposures by transitioning trades ahead of the
demise date of 30 June 2023, by working with our clients to
determine their needs and alternative approaches. Additionally, we
are working with market participants, including clearing houses, to
ensure we are able to transition contracts as the US dollar Libor
and demising regional rates cessation dates approach.
For our loan book, over 90% of our reported exposure at the end
of 2021 relates to sterling, Swiss franc, euro and Japanese yen
Libor interest rate contracts that required no further client
negotiation. The remaining exposure relates to a small number of
‘tough legacy’ contracts where discussions with our clients and
other market participants, for syndicated transactions, have
continued in early 2022, and this has led to further transitions
being completed. Contracts that are unable to transition prior to
their first interest payment date in 2022 are expected to use an
alternative rate determined by the contractual language and
governing law. For the remaining demising Ibors, notably US
dollar Libor and demising regional rates, we have implemented
new products and processes and updated our systems in
readiness for transition. Global Banking, Commercial Banking and
Global Private Banking have begun to engage with clients who
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
19
have upcoming contract maturities with a view to refinancing
using an appropriate replacement rate. Further communications
and outreach to customers with US dollar Libor and demising
regional rates contracts with later maturities will occur in due
course.
For the group’s non-derivative financial liabilities at 31 December
2021, there were three Japanese Yen Total Loss Absorbing
Capacity (‘TLAC’) instruments at fixed to floating rate where the
JPY Libor benchmark will be used to reset the coupon rate if the
bank chooses not to redeem these instruments on the respective
call date, or dates, for each series. The interest rate for these
instruments is currently at fixed rate and the earliest call date
before the coupon rate reset among these instruments is in
September 2023.
We remain mindful of the various factors that impact on Ibor
remediation strategy for our regulatory capital and TLAC
instruments, including – but not limited to – timescales for
cessation of relevant Ibor rates, constraints relating to the
governing law of outstanding instruments, and the potential
relevance of legislative solutions. We remain committed in seeking
to remediate or mitigate relevant risks relating to Ibor-demise, as
appropriate, on our outstanding regulatory capital and TLAC
instruments before the relevant calculation, which may occur post-
cessation of the relevant Ibor rate or rates.
Where we hold bonds issued by other institutions, we have
remained dependent on the issuer’s agents to engage in the
transition process, although analysis will be undertaken of the
issuers in US dollar Libor and other demising regional rate bonds
to reduce our exposure, as occurred through 2021.
The completion of an orderly transition from the remaining Ibors,
notably US dollar Libor and other demising regional rates,
continues to be our programme’s key objective through 2022 and
2023, with the aim of putting systems and processes in place to
help achieve this.
Mitigating actions
Our global Ibor transition programme, which is overseen by the
Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, will continue to
deliver IT and operational processes to meet its objectives.
We carry out extensive training, communication and client
engagement to facilitate appropriate selection of new rates and
products and we have dedicated teams in place to support the
transition.
We actively transition legacy contracts and ceased new
issuance of Libor and demising regional rate based contracts,
in line with regulatory expectations and with associated
monitoring and controls.
We assess, monitor and dynamically manage risks arising from
Ibor transition, and implement specific mitigating controls
when required.
We continue to actively engage with regulatory and industry
bodies to mitigate risks relating to 'tough legacy' contracts.
Financial instruments impacted by Ibor reform
(Audited)
Amendments to HKFRSs issued in October 2020 (Interest Rate
Benchmark Reform Phase 2) represents the second phase of the
project on the effects of interest rate benchmark reform,
addressing issues affecting financial statements when changes are
made to contractual cash flows and hedging relationships as a
result of reform.
Under these amendments, changes made to a financial instrument
measured at other than fair value through profit or loss that are
economically equivalent and required by interest rate benchmark
reform, do not result in the derecognition or a change in the
carrying amount of the financial instrument. Instead, they require
the effective interest rate to be updated to reflect the change in
the interest rate benchmark. In addition, hedge accounting will not
be discontinued solely because of the replacement of the interest
rate benchmark if the hedge meets other hedge accounting
criteria.
(Audited)
Financial instruments yet to transition to alternative benchmarks, by main
benchmark
USD Libor
Japanese Yen
Libor
Sibor
GBP Libor
Others1
At 31 Dec 2021
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Non-derivative financial assets2
206,508
2,846
56,291
22,197
4,779
Non-derivative financial liabilities
147,198
10,930
Derivative notional contract amount
8,547,665
798,921
88,218
715,439
At 31 Dec 2020
Non-derivative financial assets2
253,239
2,688
63,100
33,797
15,724
Non-derivative financial liabilities
119,269
12,192
4,125
Derivative notional contract amount
6,252,168
3,281,539
299
82,902
1,383,582
1Comprises financial instruments referencing other significant benchmark rates yet to transition to alternative benchmarks (Euro Libor, Swiss Franc
Libor, Eonia, SGD Swap Offer Rate ('SOR') and Thai Baht Interest Rate Fixing ('THBFIX')).
2Gross carrying amount excluding allowances for expected credit losses.
The amounts in the above table relate to the group's main operating entities1 and provide an indication of the extent of the group's
exposure to the Ibor benchmarks which are due to be replaced. Amounts are in respect of financial instruments that:
contractually reference an interest rate benchmark that is planned to transition to an alternative benchmark;
have a contractual maturity date beyond the date by which the reference interest rate benchmark is expected to cease; and
are recognised on the group's consolidated balance sheet.
1Entities where we have material exposures impacted by Ibor reform in countries/territories comprising of Hong Kong, Singapore, Thailand,
Australia and Japan.
In March 2021, the administrator of Libor, IBA, announced that the
publication date of most US dollar Libor tenors is extended from
31 December 2021 to 30 June 2023. Publication of one-week and
two-month tenors will cease after 31 December 2021. This
change, together with the extended publication dates of Sibor,
SOR and THBFIX, reduce the amounts presented at 31 December
2021 in the above table as some financial instruments included at
31 December 2020 will reach their contractual maturity date prior
to the extended publication dates. Comparative data have not
been re-presented.
For further details on our approach to Ibor transition, see ‘Top and
emerging risks – Ibor transition’ (unaudited) above.
Risk
20
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Financial crime risk environment
(Unaudited)
Financial institutions remain under considerable regulatory
scrutiny regarding their ability to prevent and detect financial
crime. The financial crime threats we face have continued to
evolve, often in tandem with broader geopolitical, socioeconomic
and technological shifts in our markets, leading to challenges such
as managing conflicting laws and approaches to legal and
regulatory regimes.
Financial crime risk evolved during the Covid-19 pandemic,
notably with the manifestation of fraud risks linked to the
economic slowdown and the resulting deployment of government
relief measures. The accelerated digitisation of financial services
has fostered significant changes to the payments ecosystem,
including a multiplicity of providers and new payment
mechanisms, not all of which are subject to the same level of
regulatory scrutiny or regulations as financial institutions. This is
presenting increasing challenges to the industry in terms of
maintaining required levels of transparency, notably where
institutions serve as intermediaries. Developments around digital
assets and currencies, notably the role of stablecoins and central
bank digital currencies, have continued at pace, with an increasing
regulatory and enforcement focus on financial crimes linked to
these types of assets.
Expectations with respect to intersection of ESG issues and
financial crime as our organisation, customers and suppliers
transition to net zero, are increasing, not least with respect to
potential ‘greenwashing’. Companies also face as a heightened
regulatory focus on both human rights issues and environmental
crimes, from a financial crime perspective. We also continue to
face increasing challenges presented by national data privacy
requirements, which may affect our ability to manage financial
crime risks holistically and effectively. 
Mitigating actions
We are strengthening our fraud and surveillance controls, and
investing in next generation capabilities to fight financial crime
through the application of advanced analytics and artificial
intelligence.
We are looking at the impact of a rapidly changing payments
ecosystem to ensure our financial crime controls remain
appropriate for changes in customer behaviour and gaps in
regulatory coverage, including the development of procedures
and controls to manage the risks associated with direct and
indirect exposure to digital assets and currencies.
We are assessing our existing policies and control framework
to ensure that developments in the ESG space are considered
and the risks mitigated.
We work with jurisdictions and relevant international bodies to
address data privacy challenges through international
standards, guidance, and legislation to help enable effective
management of financial crime risk.
We work closely with our regulators and engage in public-
private partnerships, playing an active role in shaping the
industry’s financial crime controls for the future, notably with
respect to the enhanced, and transparent, use of technology.
Regulatory compliance risk environment including
conduct
(Unaudited)
We keep abreast of the emerging regulatory compliance and
conduct agenda, which currently include, but are not limited to:
ESG matters; operational resilience; how digital and technology
changes, including payments, are impacting financial institutions;
how we are ensuring good customer outcomes, including
addressing customer vulnerabilities; regulatory reporting; and
employee compliance. We monitor regulatory developments
closely and engage with regulators, as appropriate, to help ensure
new regulatory requirements are implemented effectively and in a
timely way.
Mitigating actions
We monitor for regulatory developments to understand the
evolving regulatory landscape and respond with changes in a
timely way.
We engage, wherever possible, with governments and
regulators to make a positive contribution to regulations and
ensure that new requirements are considered properly and can
be implemented effectively.
We hold regular meetings with relevant authorities to discuss
strategic contingency plans, including those arising from
geopolitical issues.
We launched our simplified conduct approach to align to our
new purpose and values, in particular the value ‘we take
responsibility’.
Cyber threat and unauthorised access to systems
(Unaudited)
Together with other organisations, we continue to operate in an
increasingly hostile cyber threat environment, which requires
ongoing investment in business and technical controls to defend
against these threats.
Key threats include unauthorised access to online customer
accounts, advanced malware attacks, attacks on our third-party
suppliers, and security vulnerabilities being exploited.
Mitigating actions
We continually evaluate threat levels for the most prevalent
attack types and their potential outcomes. To further protect
the group and our customers and help ensure the safe
expansion of our global business lines, we strengthen our
controls to reduce the likelihood and impact of advanced
malware, data leakage, exposure through third parties and
security vulnerabilities.
We continue to enhance our cybersecurity capabilities,
including Cloud security, identity and access management,
metrics and data analytics, and third-party security reviews. An
important part of our defence strategy is ensuring our
colleagues remain aware of cybersecurity issues and know how
to report incidents.
We report and review cyber risk and control effectiveness at
executive and non-executive Board level. We also report across
our global businesses, functions and regions to help ensure
appropriate visibility and governance of the risk and mitigating
actions.
The Group participates globally in several industry bodies and
working groups to share information about tactics employed by
cyber-crime groups and to collaborate in fighting, detecting and
preventing cyber-attacks on financial organisations.
Digitalisation and technological advances
(Unaudited)
Developments in technology and changes in regulation are
enabling new entrants to the industry. This challenges the group
to continue to innovate and optimise in order to take advantage of
new digital capabilities to best serve our customers.
Mitigating actions
We continue to monitor this emerging risk, as well as the
advances in technology to understand how changes may
impact our customers and business.
We closely monitor and assess impacts to financial crime and
the impact on payment transparency and architecture.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
21
Internally driven
Data management
(Unaudited)
We use a large number of systems and growing quantities of data
to support our customers. Risk arises if data is incorrect,
unavailable, or misused, or if the privacy of our customers and
colleagues are unprotected. Along with other banks and financial
institutions, we need to meet external regulatory obligations and
laws that cover data, such as the Basel Committee on Banking
Supervision's guidelines 239 ‘Principles for effective risk data
aggregation and risk reporting’ and the General Data Protection
Regulation (‘GDPR’).
Mitigating actions
Through our global data management framework, we monitor
proactively the quality, availability and security of data that
supports our customers and internal processes. We resolve any
identified data issues in a timely manner.
We have made improvements to our data policies and are
implementing an updated control framework to enhance the
end-to-end management of data risk by our global businesses,
global functions and markets.
We protect customer data via our data privacy framework,
which establishes practices, design principles and guidelines
that enable us to demonstrate compliance with data privacy
laws and regulations.
We continue to modernise our data and analytics infrastructure
through investments in Cloud technology, data visualisation,
machine learning and artificial intelligence.
We delivered global mandatory training on the importance of
protecting data and managing data appropriately.
IT systems infrastructure and resilience
(Unaudited)
We operate an extensive technology landscape, which must
remain resilient in order to support customers, the organisation
and markets globally. Technology risks arise where technology is
not understood, maintained and development of technology is not
controlled.
Mitigating actions
We continue to invest in transforming how software solutions
are developed, delivered and maintained. We concentrate on
improving system resilience and service continuity testing. We
continue to ensure security is built into our software
development life cycle and improved our testing processes and
tools.
We continue to upgrade many of our IT systems, simplify our
service provision and replace older IT infrastructure and
applications. These enhancements supported global
improvements in service availability during 2021 for both our
customers and colleagues.
Risks arising from the receipt of services from third
parties
(Unaudited)
We use third parties to provide a range of services, in common
with other financial service providers. Risks arising from the use of
third party service providers and their supply chain are less
transparent. It is critical that we ensure we have appropriate risk
management policies, processes and practices over the selection,
governance and oversight of third parties and their supply chain,
particularly for key activities that could affect our operational
resilience. Any deficiency in the management of risks associated
with our third parties could affect our ability to meet customer,
strategic or regulatory expectations.
Mitigating actions
We have enhanced our control framework for external supplier
arrangements to ensure the risks associated with third-party
arrangements are understood and managed effectively by our
global businesses, global functions and markets.
We have applied the same control standards to intra-group
arrangements as we have for external third party arrangements
to ensure we are managing them effectively.
We are implementing the changes required by the new global
third-party risk policy to comply with new regulations as
defined by our regulators.
Risks associated with workforce capability, capacity
and environmental factors with potential impact on
growth
(Unaudited)
Our success in delivering our strategic priorities and managing the
regulatory environment proactively depends on the development
and retention of our leadership and high-performing employees. A
very competitive employment market will continue to test our
ability to attract and retain talent. Changed working arrangements,
local Covid-19 restrictions and health concerns during the
pandemic have also impacted employee mental health and well-
being.
Mitigating actions
We have put in place measures to help support our people so
they are able to work safely during the Covid-19 pandemic.
While our approach to workplace recovery around the world is
consistent, the measures we take in different locations are
specific to their environment.
We promote a diverse and inclusive workforce and provide
active support across a wide range of health and well-being
activities. We continue to build our speak-up culture through
active campaigns.
We monitor people risks that could arise due to organisational
restructuring, helping to ensure we manage redundancies
sensitively and support impacted employees. We encourage
our people leaders to focus on talent retention at all levels, with
an empathetic mindset and approach, while ensuring the whole
proposition of working at HSBC is well understood.
Our Future Skills curriculum helps provide critical skills that will
enable employees and HSBC to be successful in the future.
We continue to develop succession plans for key management
roles, with actions agreed and reviewed on a regular basis by
the group Executive Committee.
Change execution risk
(Unaudited)
We have continued our increased investment in strategic change
to support the delivery of our strategic priorities and regulatory
commitments. This requires change to be executed safely and
efficiently.
Mitigating actions
A Global Transformation Programme is progressing with the
delivery of strategic change commitments made in February
2020 to restructure our business, reallocate capital into higher
growth and higher return businesses and markets, and to
simplify our organisation to improve operational resilience and
reduce costs.
The remit of the Transformation Oversight Executive
Committee established in 2020 to oversee the Global
Transformation Programme was expanded in 2021 to oversee
the prioritisation, strategic alignment and management of
execution risk for all change portfolios and initiatives.
We continue to work to strengthen our change management
practices to deliver sustainable change, increased adoption of
Agile ways of working and a more consistent standard of
delivery. The Transformation Oversight Executive Committee
oversees the continued embedding of our improved Group-
wide change framework released in May 2021, which sets out
the mandatory principles and standards relating to leading and
delivering change.
Risk
22
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Areas of special interest
(Unaudited)
During 2021, a number of areas were identified and considered as
part of our top and emerging risks because of the effect they may
have on the group. While considered under the themes captured
under top and emerging risks, in this section we have placed a
particular focus on the Covid-19 pandemic and climate-related
risks.
Risks related to Covid-19
Despite the successful roll-out of vaccines around the world, the
Covid-19 pandemic and its effect on the global economy have
continued to impact our customers and organisation. The global
vaccination roll-out in 2021 helped reduce the social and economic
impact of the Covid-19 pandemic, although there has been
significant divergence in the speed at which vaccines have been
deployed around the world. Most developed countries have now
vaccinated a large proportion of their populations, but many less
developed countries have struggled to secure supplies and are at
an earlier stage of their roll-out. By the end of 2021, high
vaccination rates had ensured that many Covid-19-related
restrictions on activity in developed markets had been lifted and
travel constraints were easing. However, the emergence of the
Omicron variant in late 2021 demonstrated the continued risk new
variants pose.
The pandemic necessitated governments to respond at
unprecedented levels to protect public health, and to support local
economies and livelihoods. The resulting government support
measures and restrictions created additional challenges, given the
rapid pace of change and significant operational demands.
Renewed outbreaks, particularly those resulting from the
emergence of variants of the virus, emphasise the ongoing threat
of Covid-19 and could result in further tightening of government
restrictions. There remains a divergence in approach taken by
countries to the level of restrictions on activity and travel. Such
diverging approaches to future pandemic waves could prolong or
worsen supply chain and international travel disruptions.
We continue to support our personal and business customers
through market-specific measures initiated during the Covid-19
pandemic, and by supporting national government schemes that
focus on the parts of the economy most impacted by the
pandemic. For further details of our customer relief programmes,
see pages 46 to 47.
The rapid introduction and varying nature of the government
support schemes introduced throughout the Covid-19 pandemic
has led to increased operational risks, including complex conduct
considerations, increased reputational risk and increased risk of
fraud. These risks are likely to be heightened further as and when
those remaining government support schemes are unwound.
These events have also led to increased litigation risk.
The impact of the pandemic on the long-term prospects of
businesses in the most vulnerable sectors of the economy – such
as retail, hospitality, travel and commercial real estate – remains
uncertain and may lead to significant credit losses on specific
exposures, which may not be fully captured in ECL estimates. In
addition, in times of stress, fraudulent activity is often more
prevalent, leading to potentially significant credit or operational
losses.
As economic conditions improve, and government support
measures come to an end, there is a risk that the outputs of
HKFRS 9 models may have a tendency to underestimate loan
losses. To help mitigate this risk, model outputs and management
adjustments are closely monitored and independently reviewed at
the group and country level for reliability and appropriateness. 
Despite the ongoing economic recovery, significant uncertainties
remain in assessing the duration and impact of the Covid-19
pandemic, including whether any subsequent outbreaks result in a
reimposition of government restrictions. There is a risk that
economic activity remains below pre-pandemic levels for a
prolonged period increasing inequality across markets, and it will
likely be some time before societies return to pre-pandemic levels
of social interactions. As a result, there may still be a requirement
for additional mitigating actions including further use of
adjustments, overlays and model redevelopment.
Governments and central banks in major economies have
deployed extensive measures to support their local populations.
This is expected to reverse partially in 2022. Central banks in
certain markets are expected to raise interest rates, but such
increases are expected to be gradual and monetary policy is
expected to remain accommodative overall. Policy tightening in
emerging markets has already begun in order to counteract rising
inflation and the risk of capital outflows. Some governments are
also expected to reduce the level of fiscal support they offer
households and business as the appetite for broad lockdowns and
public health restrictions decreases. Government debt has risen in
many economies, and is expected to remain high into the medium
term. High government debt burdens have raised fiscal
vulnerabilities, increasing the sensitivity of debt service costs to
interest rate increases and potentially reducing the fiscal space
available to address future economic downturns.
Our Central scenario used to calculate impairment assumes that
economic activity will continue to recover through 2022,
surpassing peak pre-pandemic levels of GDP in all our key
markets. It is assumed that the private sector growth accelerates,
ensuring strong recovery is sustained even as pandemic-related
fiscal support is withdrawn. However, there is a high degree of
uncertainty associated with economic forecasts in the current
environment and there are significant risks to our Central scenario.
The degree of uncertainty varies by market, driven by territory-
specific trends in the evolution of the pandemic and associated
policy responses. As a result, our Central scenario for impairment
has not been assigned an equal likelihood of occurrence across
our key markets. For further details of our Central and other
scenarios, see ‘Measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis
of ECL estimates’ on pages 35 to 39.
We continue to monitor the situation closely, and given the novel
and prolonged nature of the pandemic, additional mitigating
actions may be required.
Climate-related risks
Climate change can have an impact across HSBC’s risk taxonomy
through both transition and physical channels. Transition risk can
arise from the move to a low-carbon economy, such as through
policy, regulatory and technological changes. Physical risk can
arise through increasing severity and/or frequency of severe
weather or other climatic events, such as rising sea levels and
flooding. These have the potential to cause both idiosyncratic and
systemic risks, resulting in potential financial and non-financial
impacts for HSBC. Financial impacts could materialise if transition
and physical risks impact the ability of our customers to repay
their loans. Non-financial impacts could materialise if our own
assets or operations are impacted by extreme weather or chronic
changes in weather patterns, or as a result of business decisions
to achieve our climate ambition.
How climate change is impacting our customers
Climate change could impact our customers in two main ways.
Firstly, customer business models may fail to align to a low-carbon
economy, which could mean that new climate-related regulation
would have a material impact on their business. Secondly,
extreme weather events or chronic changes in weather patterns
may damage our customers’ assets leaving them unable to
operate their business or live in their home.
One of the most valuable ways we can help our customers
navigate the transition challenges and to become more resilient to
the physical impacts of climate change is through financing and
investment. To do this effectively, we must understand the risks
they are facing.
The table below summarises the key categories of transition,
physical risk, with examples of how our customers might be
affected financially by climate change and the shift to a low-
carbon economy.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
23
Transition
Policy and legal
Mandates on, and regulation of,
existing products and services
Litigation from parties who have
suffered from the effects of climate
change.
Technology
Replacement of existing products with
lower emission options.
End-demand
(market)
Changing consumer behaviour.
Reputational
Increased scrutiny following a change
in stakeholder perceptions of climate-
related action or inaction.
Physical
Acute
Increased frequency and severity of
weather events.
Chronic
Changes in precipitation patterns
Rising temperatures.
Climate risk
Main causes of financial impact on customers
Integrating climate risk into enterprise-wide risk
management
Our approach to climate risk management is aligned to our Group-
wide risk management framework and three lines of defence
model, which sets out how we identify, assess and manage our
risks. This approach ensures the Board and senior management
have visibility and oversight of our key climate risks.
Climate risk appetite
Our climate risk appetite metrics aim to support the oversight and
management of the financial and non-financial risks from climate
change, meet regulatory expectations and support the business to
deliver our climate ambition in a safe and sustainable way. Our
measures are focused on the oversight and management of our
key climate risks – wholesale credit risk, retail credit risk,
reputational risk, resilience risk and regulatory compliance risk.
Our future ambition for our climate risk appetite is to:
adapt the risk appetite metrics to incorporate forward looking
transition plans and net zero commitments;
expand metrics to consider other financial and non-financial
risks; and
use enhanced scenario analysis capabilities.
Climate risk policies, processes and controls
We have also integrated climate risk into the supporting policies,
processes and controls for our key climate risks. We have updated
our policy on product management, and developed the first
version of a climate risk scoring tool for our corporate portfolios. In
addition, we published and started to implement our new Thermal
Coal Phase-out Policy.
Climate risk governance and reporting
Our key climate risks are reported and governed through our
climate risk governance structure. Our Climate Risk Oversight
Forum is responsible for the oversight, management and
escalation of climate risks across the group. Our Climate Risk
management information dashboard includes metrics relating to
our key climate risks, and is reported to the Climate Risk Oversight
Forum. In addition, our key wholesale credit exposures are
included as part of our broader ESG management information
dashboard, which is presented to the group Executive Committee
each quarter. The group RMM and the RC receive scheduled
updates on climate risk, and receive regular updates on our
climate risk appetite and top and emerging climate risks.
To ensure climate risk is appropriately managed and governed,
climate related measures covering risk responsibilities relating to
the four pillars of governance, risk management, stress testing and
scenario analysis and disclosures were included in the group Chief
Risk Officer’s scorecard in 2021.
Climate risk programme
Our dedicated programme continues to accelerate the
development of our climate risk management capabilities. The key
achievements in 2021 include:
We delivered tailored training sessions to our legal entity
boards.
We delivered training to colleagues across the three lines of
defence so they can understand climate risk as part of their
role. and we also included an introduction to our climate
ambition in our global mandatory training.
We developed our climate risk scoring tool for corporate
customers for use in priority regions, which builds on our
corporate transition questionnaire.
We have continued to develop our stress test and scenario
analysis capabilities, including model development and
delivered regulatory climate stress tests. These are being used
to further improve our understanding of our risk exposures for
use in risk management and business decision making.
We will continue to enhance our climate risk management
capabilities throughout 2022. This will include the further roll-out
of training, refinement of our risk appetite, enhancement of our
climate risk scoring tool and increasing the availability and quality
of data so that new metrics can be developed.
How climate risk can impact HSBC
Below, we provide detail on how climate risk impacts to our
customers might manifest across our key climate risks, and the
potential time frames involved using the Task Force on Climate-
related Financial Disclosures four main drivers of transition climate
risk – policy and legal, technology, end-demand (market) and
reputational – and two physical risk drivers – acute and chronic.
Risk management framework
Financial risks
Non-financial risks
Risk type
Wholesale credit
Retail credit
Strategic risk
(reputational)
Resilience risk
Regulatory
compliance risk
Timescale1
All term
periods
Medium–long
term
All term
periods
All term
periods
Short–medium
term
Transition risk drivers
–  Policy and legal
l
l
l
–  Technology
l
–  End-demand (market)
l
–  Reputational
l
l
l
Physical risk drivers
–  Acute – increased frequency and severity of weather events
l
l
l
–  Chronic – changes in weather patterns
l
l
1  Short term: less than one year; medium term: period to 2030; long term: period to 2050.
Risk
24
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Wholesale credit risk
Identification and assessment
We have identified six key sectors where our wholesale credit
customers have the highest climate risk, based on their carbon
emissions. These are oil and gas, building and construction,
chemicals, automotive, power and utilities, and metals and
mining.
We continue to roll out our transition and physical risk
questionnaire to our largest customers in high-risk sectors, with
the addition of four more sectors: agriculture, manufacturing, real
estate and transportation. The questionnaires will help us to
assess and improve our understanding of the impact of climate
change on our customers’ business models and any related
transition strategies. It also helps us to identify potential business
opportunities to support the transition. In 2022, we intend to
increase the scope of the questionnaire by adding more countries
and territories to the scope.
Management
In 2021 we developed a scoring tool, which provides a climate risk
score for each customer based on questionnaire responses. The
climate risk score will then be used in portfolio level management
information to assess and compare clients. The scoring tool will be
enhanced and refined over time as more data becomes available.
The results of the tool have been provided to business and risk
management teams. During 2021, we also performed a climate-
related stress test. In 2022 we aim to further embed climate risk
considerations in our credit risk management processes.
Aggregation and reporting
We currently report our transition risk exposure and RWAs
consumed by the six high risk sectors in the wholesale portfolio. 
We also report the proportion of questionnaire responses that
reported either having a board policy or management plan for
transition risk.
We will continue to report these metrics in 2022 and will aim to
cascade these measures to global businesses and to provide
insight on the climate risk profile of our portfolio and customers.
Retail credit risk
Identification and assessment
We manage retail credit risk under a framework of controls that
enable the identification and assessment of credit risk, across the
retail portfolio.
In 2021, we completed a Group-wide climate scenario analysis
stress testing exercise. This enabled us to enhance our
understanding and assess the impact of physical risk to our
mortgage portfolio under three potential future climate scenarios,
with a focus on Hong Kong.
Understanding the impact of future climate risk relies heavily upon
the availability of quality data, as well as on the evolution of
climate risk modelling expertise. As this matures, we plan to
expand our approach to additional markets.
Management
We are focusing on embedding climate risk into retail risk
management, prioritising exposure in the largest residential
mortgage portfolios.
We continue to update our risk management framework and
policy to reflect lessons learnt.
Aggregation and reporting
We manage and monitor the integration of climate risk across
Wealth and Personal Banking ('WPB') through the RMM.
We have also developed and are implementing metrics to support
active risk management, which will be tracked and monitored
through relevant Credit Risk meetings.
Reputational risk
Identification and assessment
We implement sustainability risk policies, including the Equator
Principles as part of our broader reputational risk framework. We
focus on sensitive sectors that may have a high adverse impact on
people or the environment, and in which we have a significant
number of customers. A key area of focus is high-carbon sectors,
which include power generation, mining, agricultural commodities
and forestry. During 2021, the Group published its thermal coal
phase-out policy.
Management
As the primary point of contact for our customers, our relationship
managers are responsible for checking that our customers meet
policies aimed at reducing carbon impacts. The Group's global
network of more than 75 sustainability risk managers provides
local policy support and expertise to relationship managers. A
central Sustainability Risk team provides a higher level of guidance
and is responsible for the oversight of policy compliance and
implementation over wholesale banking activity. During 2021, we
introduced a refreshed assurance framework, which took a risk-
based approach focusing on higher risks.
Aggregation and reporting
The Group's Sustainability Risk Oversight Forum provides a Group-
wide forum for senior members of our Global Risk and Compliance
team and global businesses affected by sustainability risk. It also
oversees the development and implementation of sustainability
risk policies. Cases involving complex sustainability risk issues
related to customers, transactions or third parties are managed
through the reputational risk and client selection governance
process. The Group reports annually on its implementation of the
Equator Principles and the corporate loans, project-related bridge
loans and advisory mandates completed under the principles. With
the introduction of Equator Principles IV, a training programme
was delivered to raise the awareness of the changes and
obligations therein.
Regulatory compliance risk
Identification and assessment
Compliance continues to prioritise the identification and
assessment of compliance risks that may arise from increased
focus more generally on climate risk. Although not an exhaustive
list, key Regulatory Compliance risks under consideration include
those related to product management, mis-selling, marketing,
conflicts of interest and regulatory change.
An area of particular focus is the risk of greenwashing. We regard
greenwashing as the act of knowingly or unknowingly misleading
stakeholders regarding our climate strategy, the climate impact/
benefits of a product or service or regarding the climate
commitments of our customers. For the Compliance function,
product-based greenwashing is a key area of focus. When
considering product-based greenwashing, we seek to:
effectively and consistently consider climate risk factors in the
development and ongoing governance of new, changed or
withdrawn products and services through the enhancement of
existing risk management frameworks utilised within the
Group’s operating entities and lines of business, enabling
climate risks to be identified and assessed in a timely manner;
ensure that climate-related products and services offered to
customers are appropriately designed and that related sales
practices and marketing materials are clear, fair and not
misleading; and
develop climate-related products and services consistent with
the evolving expectations of the Group’s regulators and other
relevant authorities.
Management
We continue to develop our compliance policies and underlying
measurement capability to enhance the management of climate
risks in line with our climate ambitions and risk appetite.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
25
As such, we have integrated and are continuing to enhance
climate risk considerations within our product and customer life-
cycle policies. This includes specific climate risk requirements
relating to new product approvals and ongoing product
management. Our policies set the minimum standards that are
required to manage the risk of breaches of our regulatory duty to
customers, including those related to climate risk, ensuring fair
customer outcomes are achieved.
In addition, we have placed significant focus this year on
supporting and improving the capability of our Compliance
colleagues through specific climate risk training, communications
and guidance materials to ensure the robust identification,
assessment and management of climate risks.
Aggregation and reporting
We continue to operate an ESG and Climate Risk Working Group
at Group level. This working group tracks and monitors the
integration and embedding of climate risk within the management
of Regulatory Compliance risks and controls more generally, and
monitors ongoing regulatory and legislative changes across the
sustainability and climate risk agenda.
We have also developed and implemented climate risk metrics
and indicators aligned to wider Regulatory Compliance risks. .
The Compliance function is also represented at the group’s
Climate Risk Oversight Forum.
Resilience risk
Identification and assessment
Our assessment of climate risk identified building unavailability,
workplace safety, information technology and cybersecurity risk,
transaction processing risk, and third-party risk, as the key risks
facing our operational resilience.
We are currently working with industry partners to repeat and
extend the 2020 stress testing, given developments in industry
understanding of climate risk. We will continue to work with our
partners to identify and assess emerging climate risks.
Management
In 2021, we reviewed existing policies, processes and controls,
which were then revised as required. This work will continue in
subsequent years.
Identification of new tooling, both internally and through
collaboration with business partners, for the management of
climate risk is ongoing with new tooling being introduced as
appropriate.
Our stress test results will continue to inform our approach to
climate risk management.
Aggregation and reporting
Our exposure to climate risk will continue to be aggregated and
reported to the Non-Financial Risk Management Board and other
relevant formal governance forums.
Risk
26
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Our material banking risks
(Unaudited)
The material risk types associated with our banking and insurance manufacturing operations are described in the following tables:
Description of risks – banking operations
Risks
Arising from
Measurement, monitoring and management of risk
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss if a
customer or counterparty fails to meet an
obligation under a contract.
Credit risk arises principally from
direct lending, trade finance and
leasing business, but also from
certain other products such as
guarantees and derivatives.
Credit risk is:
measured as the amount that could be lost if a customer or
counterparty fails to make repayments;
monitored using various internal risk management measures and
within limits approved by individuals within a framework of
delegated authorities; and
managed through a robust risk control framework, which outlines
clear and consistent policies, principles and guidance for risk
managers.
Treasury risk
Treasury risk is the risk of having
insufficient capital, liquidity or funding
resources to meet financial obligations
and satisfy regulatory requirements,
including the risk of adverse impact on
earnings or capital due to structural
foreign exchange exposures and changes
in market interest rates, together with
pension and insurance risk.
Treasury risk arises from changes to
the respective resources and risk
profiles driven by customer
behaviour, management decisions, or
pension plan fiduciary decisions. It
also arises from the external
environment, including changes to
market parameters such as interest
rates or foreign exchange rates,
together with updates to the
regulatory requirements.
Treasury risk is:
measured through risk appetite and more granular limits, set to
provide an early warning of increasing risk, minimum ratios of
relevant regulatory metrics, and metrics to monitor the key risk
drivers impacting treasury resources;
monitored and projected against appetites and by using operating
plans based on strategic objectives together with stress and scenario
testing; and
managed through control of  resources in conjunction with risk
profiles, strategic objectives and cash flows.
Market risk
Market risk is the risk of adverse financial
impact on trading activities arising from
changes in market parameters such as
interest rates, foreign exchange rates,
asset prices, volatilities, correlations and
credit spreads.
Exposure to market risk is separated
into two portfolios: trading and non-
trading. Market risk exposures arising
from our insurance operations are
discussed on the following page.
Market risk is:
measured using sensitivities, value at risk (‘VaR’) and stress testing,
giving a detailed picture of potential gains and losses for a range of
market movements and scenarios, as well as tail risks over specified
time horizons;
monitored using value at risk, stress testing and other measures; and
managed using risk limits approved by the Board for the group and
the various global businesses.
Resilience risk
Resilience risk is the risk that we are
unable to provide critical services to our
customers, affiliates and counterparties
as a result of sustained and significant
operational disruption.
Resilience risk arises from failures or
inadequacies in processes, people,
systems or external events.
Resilience risk is:
measured through a range of metrics with defined maximum
acceptable impact tolerances, and against our agreed risk appetite;
monitored through oversight of enterprise processes, risks, controls
and strategic change programmes; and
managed by continual monitoring and thematic reviews.
Regulatory compliance risk
Regulatory compliance risk is the risk
associated with breaching our duty to
clients and other counterparties,
inappropriate market conduct and
breaching related financial services
regulatory standards.
Regulatory compliance risk arises
from the risks associated with
breaching our duty to our customers,
inappropriate market conduct and
breaching other regulatory
requirements.
Regulatory compliance risk is:
measured by reference to risk appetite, identified metrics, incident
assessments, regulatory feedback and the judgement and
assessment of our regulatory compliance teams;
monitored against the first line of defence risk and control
assessments, the results of the monitoring and control assurance
activities of the second line of defence functions, and the results of
internal and external audits and regulatory inspections; and
managed by establishing and communicating appropriate policies
and procedures, training employees in them, and monitoring activity
to help ensure their observance. Proactive risk control and/or
remediation work is undertaken where required.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
27
Description of risks – banking operations (continued)
Risks
Arising from
Measurement, monitoring and management of risk
Financial crime risk
Financial crime risk is the risk of
knowingly or unknowingly helping parties
to commit or to further illegal activity
through HSBC, including money
laundering, fraud, bribery and corruption,
tax evasion, sanctions breaches, and
terrorist and proliferation financing.
Financial crime risk arises from day-
to-day banking operations involving
customers, third parties and
employees. Exceptional
circumstances which impact day to
day operations may additionally
increase financial crime risk.
Financial crime risk is:
measured by reference to risk appetite, identified metrics, incident
assessments, regulatory feedback and the judgement and
assessment of our financial crime risk teams;
monitored against the first line of defence risk and control
assessments, the results of the monitoring and control assurance
activities of the second line of defence functions, and the results of
internal and external audits and regulatory inspections; and
managed by establishing and communicating appropriate policies
and procedures, training employees in them, and monitoring activity
to help ensure their observance. Proactive risk control and/or
remediation work is undertaken where required.
Model risk
Model risk is the potential for adverse
consequences from business decisions
arising from the use of models that have
been inadequately designed,
implemented or used or that model does
not perform in line with expectations and
predictions.
Model risk arises in both financial and
non-financial contexts whenever
business decision making includes
reliance on models.
Model risk is:
measured by reference to model performance tracking and the
output of detailed technical reviews, with key metrics including
model review statuses and findings;
monitored against model risk appetite statements, insight from the
independent review function, feedback from internal and external
audits, and regulatory reviews; and
managed by creating and communicating appropriate policies,
procedures and guidance, training colleagues in their application,
and supervising their adoption to ensure operational effectiveness.
Our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries are regulated separately
from our banking operations. Risks in the insurance entities are
managed using methodologies and processes that are subject to
oversight at group level. Our insurance operations are also subject
to some of the same risks as our banking operations, and these
are covered by the group's risk management processes. There are
specific risks inherent to the insurance operations as noted below.
Description of risks – insurance manufacturing operations
Risks
Arising from
Measurement, monitoring and management of risk
Financial risk
For insurance entities, financial risk
includes the risk of not being able  to 
match liabilities arising under insurance
contracts with appropriate investments
and that the expected sharing of
financial performance with
policyholders under certain contracts is
not possible.
Exposure to financial risks arises from:
market risk affecting the fair values
of financial assets or their future
cash flows;
credit risk; and
liquidity risk of entities being unable
to make payments to policyholders
as they fall due.
Financial risk is:
measured (i) for credit risk, in terms of economic capital and the
amount that could be lost if a counterparty fails to make repayments;
(ii) for market risk, in terms of economic capital, internal metrics and
fluctuations in key financial variables; and (iii) for liquidity risk, in
terms of internal metrics including stressed operational cash flow
projections;
monitored through a framework of approved limits and delegated
authorities; and
managed through a robust risk control framework, which outlines
clear and consistent policies, principles and guidance. This includes
using product design, asset liability matching and bonus rates.
Insurance risk
Insurance risk is the risk that, over time,
the cost of insurance policies written,
including claims and benefits, may
exceed the total amount of premiums
and investment income received.
The cost of claims and benefits can
be influenced by many factors,
including mortality and morbidity
experience, as well as lapse and
surrender rates.
Insurance risk is:
measured in terms of life insurance liabilities and economic capital
allocated to insurance underwriting risk;
monitored through a framework of approved limits and delegated
authorities; and
managed through a robust risk control framework which outlines
clear and consistent policies, principles and guidance. This includes
using product design, underwriting, reinsurance and claims-
handling procedures.
Risk
28
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Credit risk
Overview
(Audited)
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss if a customer or counterparty
fails to meet an obligation under a contract. Credit risk arises
principally from direct lending, trade finance and leasing business,
but also from other products, such as guarantees and credit
derivatives.
Credit risk management
Key developments in 2021
(Unaudited)
There were no material changes to the policies and practices
for the management of credit risk in 2021. We continued to apply
the requirements of HKFRS 9 'Financial Instruments' within the
Credit Risk sub-function.
Due to the Covid-19 pandemic and its continued effects on the
global economy, we provided short-term support to customers
through market-specific measures under the current credit policy
framework. We have also implemented the guidance provided by
regulators on managing the credit portfolio as required throughout
the course of the customer relief life cycle.
The extent of our support depends on the degree of country-
specific government support measures, restrictions, associated
policy responses, and the effects of new Covid-19 variants.
The majority of the customer relief programmes that we provided
during the Covid-19 pandemic ended by 31 December 2021 and
will not be reassessed under the revised definition of default. For
further details of market-specific measures to support our personal
and business customers, see pages 46 to 47.
In 2022, we will adopt the EBA ‘Guidelines on the application of
definition of default . There is expected to be no material impact
on our retail and wholesale portfolios.
Governance and structure
(Unaudited)
We have established credit risk management and related HKFRS 9
processes throughout the group. We continue to assess the
impact of economic developments in key markets on specific
customers, customer segments or portfolios. As credit conditions
change, we take mitigating action, including the revision of risk
appetites or limits and tenors, as appropriate. In addition, we
continue to evaluate the terms under which we provide credit
facilities within the context of individual customer requirements,
the quality of the relationship, local regulatory requirements,
market practices and our local market position.
Credit risk sub-function
(Audited)
Credit approval authorities are delegated by the Board to the
group Co-Chief Executives together with the authority to sub-
delegate them. The Credit Risk sub-function in Global Risk is
responsible for the key policies and processes for managing credit
risk, which include formulating group credit policies and risk rating
frameworks, guiding the group’s appetite for credit risk exposures,
undertaking independent reviews and objective assessment of
credit risk, and monitoring performance and management of
portfolios.
The principal objectives of our credit risk management are:
to maintain across HSBC a strong culture of responsible
lending, and robust risk policies and control frameworks;
to both partner and challenge our businesses in defining,
implementing and continually re-evaluating our risk appetite
under actual and scenario conditions; and
to ensure there is independent, expert scrutiny of credit risks,
their causes and their mitigation.
Key risk management processes
HKFRS 9 'Financial Instruments' process
(Unaudited)
The HKFRS 9 process comprises three main areas: modelling and
data; implementation; and governance.
Modelling and data
(Unaudited)
We have established HKFRS 9 modelling and data processes in
various geographies, which are subject to internal model risk
governance including independent review of significant model
developments.
Implementation
(Unaudited)
A centralised impairment engine performs the expected credit
losses calculation using data, which is subject to a number of
validation checks and enhancements, from a variety of client,
finance and risk systems. Where possible, these checks and
processes are performed in a globally consistent and centralised
manner.
Governance
(Unaudited)
Management review forums are established in key sites and at
group level in order to review and approve the impairment results.
Management review forums have representatives from Credit Risk
and Finance, and the group's ECL is approved by the group's Chief
Risk Officer and Chief Financial Officer in the forum. Other key
members of the management review forums are the group heads
of Wholesale Credit and Wealth and Personal Banking Risk, as
well as the group head of Loan Management Unit and the group
financial controller. The key site and group level approvals are
subsequently reported up to the global business impairment
committee for final approval of the Group’s ECL for the period.
Required members of the committee are the global heads of
Wholesale Credit, Market Risk, and Wealth and Personal Banking
Risk, as well as the relevant Global business Chief Financial Officer
and the Global Financial controller.
Concentration of exposure
(Audited)
Concentrations of credit risk arise when a number of
counterparties or exposures that have comparable economic
characteristics, or such counterparties are engaged in similar
activities or operate in the same geographical areas or industry
sectors so that their collective ability to meet contractual
obligations is uniformly affected by changes in economic, political
or other conditions. We use a number of controls and measures to
minimise undue concentration of exposure in our portfolios across
industries, countries and global businesses. These include portfolio
and counterparty limits, approval and review controls, and stress
testing.
Credit quality of financial instruments
(Audited)
Our risk rating system facilitates the internal ratings-based
approach under the Basel framework adopted by the group to
support the calculation of our minimum credit regulatory capital
requirement. The five credit quality classifications encompass a
range of granular internal credit rating grades assigned to
wholesale and retail customers, and the external ratings attributed
by external agencies to debt securities.
For debt securities and certain other financial instruments, external
ratings have been aligned to the five quality classifications based
upon the mapping of related customer risk rating (‘CRR’) to
external credit rating.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
29
Wholesale lending
(Unaudited)
The CRR 10-grade scale summarises a more granular underlying
23-grade scale of obligor probability of default (‘PD’). All corporate
customers are rated using the 10 or 23-grade scale, depending on
the degree of sophistication of the Basel approach adopted for the
exposure.
Each CRR band is associated with an external rating grade by
reference to long-run default rates for that grade, represented by
the average of issuer-weighted historical default rates. This
mapping between internal and external ratings is indicative and
may vary over time.
Retail lending
(Unaudited)
Retail lending credit quality is based on a 12-month point-in-time
probability-weighted PD.
Credit quality classification
(Unaudited)
Sovereign debt
securities
and bills
Other debt
securities
and bills
Wholesale lending
and derivatives
Retail lending
External credit
rating
External credit
rating
Internal credit
rating
12-month Basel
probability of
default %
Internal credit
rating
12 month
probability-
weighted PD %
Quality classification1, 2
Strong
BBB and above
A- and above
CRR 1 to CRR 2
0 – 0.169
Band 1 and 2
0.000 – 0.500
Good
BBB- to BB
BBB+ to BBB-
CRR 3
0.170 – 0.740
Band 3
0.501 – 1.500
Satisfactory
BB- to B and
unrated
BB+ to B and
unrated
CRR 4 to CRR 5
0.741 – 4.914
Band 4 and 5
1.501 – 20.000
Sub-standard
B- to C
B- to C
CRR 6 to CRR 8
4.915 – 99.999
Band 6
20.001 – 99.999
Credit impaired
Default
Default
CRR 9 to CRR 10
100
Band 7
100
1Customer risk rating (‘CRR’).
212-month PIT PD.
Quality classification definitions
‘Strong’ exposures demonstrate a strong capacity to meet financial commitments, with negligible or low probability of default and/or low levels of
expected loss.
‘Good’ exposures require closer monitoring and demonstrate a good capacity to meet financial commitments, with low default risk.
‘Satisfactory’ exposures require closer monitoring and demonstrate an average-to-fair capacity to meet financial commitments, with moderate default risk.
‘Sub-standard’ exposures require varying degrees of special attention and default risk is of greater concern.
‘Credit-impaired’ exposures have been assessed as described in Note 1.2(i) on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Renegotiated loans and forbearance
(Audited)
‘Forbearance’ describes concessions made on the contractual
terms of a loan in response to an obligor’s financial difficulties.
A loan is classed as ‘renegotiated’ when we modify the
contractual payment terms on concessionary terms because we
have significant concerns about the borrowers’ ability to meet
contractual payments when due. Non-payment-related
concessions (e.g. covenant waivers), while potential indicators of
impairment, do not trigger identification as renegotiated loans
under our existing disclosures.
Loans that have been identified as renegotiated retain this
designation until maturity or derecognition under our existing
disclosures.
For details of our policy on derecognised renegotiated loans, see
Note 1.2(i) on the financial statements.
Credit quality of renegotiated loans
(Unaudited)
On execution of a renegotiation, a loan will also be classified as
credit impaired if it is not already so classified. In wholesale
lending, all facilities with a customer, including loans that have not
been modified, are considered credit impaired following the
identification of a renegotiated loan under our existing disclosures.
Wholesale renegotiated loans are classified as credit-impaired until
there is sufficient evidence to demonstrate a significant reduction
in the risk of non-payment of future cash flows, observed over a
minimum one-year period, and there are no other indicators of
impairment. Personal renegotiated loans generally remain credit
impaired until repayment, write-off or derecognition.
Renegotiated loans and recognition of expected credit losses
(Audited)
For retail lending, unsecured renegotiated loans are generally
segmented from other parts of the loan portfolio. Renegotiated
expected credit loss assessments reflect the higher rates of losses
typically encountered with renegotiated loans. For wholesale
lending, renegotiated loans are typically assessed individually.
Credit risk ratings are intrinsic to the impairment assessments. The
individual impairment assessment takes into account the higher
risk of the future non-payment inherent in renegotiated loans.
Customer Relief Programmes and renegotiated loans
(Unaudited)
In response to the Covid-19 pandemic, governments and
regulators around the world encouraged a range of customer relief
programmes including payment deferrals. In determining whether
a customer is experiencing financial difficulty for the purposes of
identifying renegotiated loans a payment deferral requested under
such schemes, or an extension thereof, is not automatically
determined to be evidence of financial difficulty and would
therefore not automatically trigger identification as renegotiated
loans. Rather, information provided by payment deferrals is
considered in the context of other reasonable and supportable
information. The HKFRS 9 treatment of customer relief
programmes is explained on pages 46 to 47. 
Impairment assessment
(Audited)
For details of our impairment policies on loans and advances and
financial investments, see Note 1.2(i) on the financial statements.
Risk
30
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Write-off of loans and advances
(Audited)
For details of our policy on the write-off of loans and advances,
see Note 1.2(i) on the financial statements.
Unsecured personal facilities, including credit cards, are generally
written off at between 150 and 210 days past due. The standard
period runs until the end of the month in which the account
becomes 180 days contractually delinquent. However, in
exceptional circumstances to achieve a fair customer outcome and
in line with regulatory expectations, they may be extended further.
For secured facilities, write-off should occur upon repossession of
collateral, receipt of proceeds via settlement, or determination that
recovery of the collateral will not be pursued.
Any secured assets maintained on the balance sheet beyond 60
months of consecutive delinquency-driven default require
additional monitoring and review to assess the prospect of
recovery.
There are exceptions in a few countries and territories where local
regulation or legislation constrains earlier write-off, or where the
realisation of collateral for secured real estate lending takes more
time. Write-off, either partially or in full, may be earlier when there
is no reasonable expectation of further recovery, for example, in
the event of a bankruptcy or equivalent legal proceedings.
Collection procedures may continue after write-off.
Summary of credit risk
The following disclosure presents the gross carrying/nominal amount of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in
HKFRS 9 are applied and the associated allowance for expected credit losses ('ECL').
Summary of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in HKFRS 9 are applied
(Audited)
2021
2020
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance for
ECL1
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance for
ECL1
At 31 Dec
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
3,872,956
(32,017)
3,697,568
(28,887)
Loans and advances to banks
432,286
(39)
403,908
(24)
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost
2,114,301
(639)
1,869,268
(713)
–  cash and balances at central banks
276,857
347,999
–  items in the course of collection from other banks
21,632
21,943
–  Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness
332,044
313,404
–  reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
803,775
520,344
–  financial investments
502,997
(433)
475,553
(527)
–  prepayments, accrued income and other assets2
176,996
(206)
190,025
(186)
Amounts due from Group companies
99,604
82,849
Total gross carrying amount on-balance sheet
6,519,147
(32,695)
6,053,593
(29,624)
Loans and other credit related commitments
1,826,335
(580)
1,725,963
(825)
Financial guarantee
34,302
(44)
32,358
(124)
Total nominal amount off-balance sheet3
1,860,637
(624)
1,758,321
(949)
8,379,784
(33,319)
7,811,914
(30,573)
Fair value
Allowance for
ECL
Fair value
Allowance for
ECL
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
At 31 Dec
Debt instruments measured at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (‘FVOCI’)4
1,541,909
(121)
1,689,820
(167)
1The total ECL is recognised in the loss allowance for the financial asset unless the total ECL exceeds the gross carrying amount of the financial
asset, in which case the ECL is recognised as a provision.
2Includes only those financial instruments that are subject to the impairment requirements of HKFRS 9. 'Prepayments, accrued income and other
assets', as presented within the consolidated balance sheet on page 75, which includes both financial and non-financial assets.
3Represents the maximum amount at risk should the contracts be fully drawn upon and client defaults.
4Debt instruments measured at FVOCI continue to be measured at fair value with the allowance for ECL as a memorandum item. Change in ECL is
recognised in 'Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges' in the consolidated income statement.
The following table provides an overview of the group’s credit risk by stage and industry, and the associated ECL coverage. The financial
assets recorded in each stage have the following characteristics:
Stage 1: These financial assets are unimpaired and without significant increase in credit risk on which a 12-month allowance for ECL
is recognised.
Stage 2: A significant increase in credit risk has been experienced on these financial assets since initial recognition for which a lifetime
ECL is recognised.
Stage 3: There is objective evidence of impairment and the financial assets are therefore considered to be in default or otherwise
credit impaired on which a lifetime ECL is recognised.
POCI: Financial assets that are purchased or originated at a deep discount are seen to reflect the incurred credit losses on which a
lifetime ECL is recognised.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
31
Summary of credit risk (excluding debt instruments measured at FVOCI) by stage distribution and ECL coverage by industry sector
(Audited)
Gross carrying/nominal amount1
Allowance for ECL
ECL coverage %
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
%
%
%
%
%
Loans and
advances to
customers
3,349,434
480,632
41,332
1,558
3,872,956
(2,603)
(9,426)
(19,654)
(334)
(32,017)
0.1
2.0
47.6
21.4
0.8
–  personal
1,461,358
60,795
10,158
1,532,311
(1,236)
(2,965)
(1,765)
(5,966)
0.1
4.9
17.4
0.4
–  corporate2
1,626,514
398,273
31,068
1,556
2,057,411
(1,131)
(6,384)
(17,859)
(332)
(25,706)
0.1
1.6
57.5
21.3
1.2
–  financial
institutions3
261,562
21,564
106
2
283,234
(236)
(77)
(30)
(2)
(345)
0.1
0.4
28.3
100.0
0.1
Loans and
advances to
banks
431,079
1,207
432,286
(36)
(3)
(39)
0.0
0.2
0.0
Other
financial
assets
2,092,847
21,164
289
1
2,114,301
(482)
(140)
(17)
(639)
0.0
0.7
5.9
0.0
Loan and
other credit-
related
commitments
1,782,353
43,711
271
1,826,335
(260)
(295)
(25)
(580)
0.0
0.7
9.2
0.0
–  personal
1,245,694
6,976
154
1,252,824
–  corporate2
417,349
30,978
117
448,444
(247)
(288)
(25)
(560)
0.1
0.9
21.4
0.1
–  financial
institutions3
119,310
5,757
125,067
(13)
(7)
(20)
0.0
0.1
0.0
Financial
guarantee
30,214
4,048
40
34,302
(14)
(14)
(16)
(44)
0.0
0.3
40.0
0.1
–  personal
4,000
1
4,001
(1)
(1)
(2)
0.0
100.0
0.0
–  corporate2
22,995
4,011
39
27,045
(13)
(14)
(15)
(42)
0.1
0.3
38.5
0.2
–  financial
institutions3
3,219
37
3,256
At 31 Dec
2021
7,685,927
550,762
41,932
1,559
8,280,180
(3,395)
(9,878)
(19,712)
(334)
(33,319)
0.0
1.8
47.0
21.4
0.4
The above table does not include balances due from Group companies.
1Represents the maximum amount at risk should the contracts be fully drawn upon and clients default.
2Includes corporate and commercial.
3Includes non-bank financial institutions.
Unless identified at an earlier stage, all financial assets are deemed to have suffered a significant increase in credit risk when they are 30
days past due ('DPD') and are transferred from stage 1 to stage 2. The following disclosure presents the ageing of stage 2 financial assets
by those less than 30 and greater than 30 days past due and therefore presents those amounts classified as stage 2 due to ageing (30
DPD) and those identified at an earlier stage (less than 30 DPD).
Stage 2 days past due analysis for loans and advances to customers
(Audited)
Gross carrying amount
Allowance for ECL
ECL coverage %
of
which:
of
which:
of
which:
of
which:
of
which:
of
which:
of
which:
of
which:
of
which:
Stage 2
Up-to-
date
1 to 29
DPD1,2
30 and >
DPD1,2
Stage 2
Up-to-
date
1 to 29
DPD1,2
30 and >
DPD1,2
Stage 2
Up-to-
date
1 to 29
DPD
30 and
> DPD
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
%
%
%
%
At 31 Dec 2021
Loans and advances to
customers at amortised cost
480,632
471,298
6,788
2,546
(9,426)
(8,862)
(226)
(338)
2.0
1.9
3.3
13.3
–  personal
60,795
53,316
5,048
2,431
(2,965)
(2,460)
(173)
(332)
4.9
4.6
3.4
13.7
–  corporate and commercial
398,273
396,420
1,738
115
(6,384)
(6,325)
(53)
(6)
1.6
1.6
3.0
5.2
–  non-bank financial institutions
21,564
21,562
2
(77)
(77)
0.4
0.4
1Days past due ('DPD').
2The days past due amounts presented above are on a contractual basis and include the benefit of any customer relief payment holidays granted.
Risk
32
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Summary of credit risk (excluding debt instruments measured at FVOCI) by stage distribution and ECL coverage by industry sector
(continued)
(Audited)
Gross carrying/nominal amount1
Allowance for ECL
ECL coverage %
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
%
%
%
%
%
Loans and
advances to
customers
3,150,921
510,040
35,752
855
3,697,568
(4,393)
(6,438)
(17,694)
(362)
(28,887)
0.1
1.3
49.5
42.3
0.8
–  personal
1,381,495
61,790
9,062
1,452,347
(1,809)
(3,463)
(1,872)
(7,144)
0.1
5.6
20.7
0.5
–  corporate2
1,580,976
391,635
26,514
853
1,999,978
(2,428)
(2,897)
(15,763)
(360)
(21,448)
0.2
0.7
59.5
42.2
1.1
–  financial
institutions3
188,450
56,615
176
2
245,243
(156)
(78)
(59)
(2)
(295)
0.1
0.1
33.5
100.0
0.1
Loans and
advances to
banks
401,256
2,652
403,908
(19)
(5)
(24)
0.0
0.2
0.0
Other financial
assets
1,854,154
14,834
279
1
1,869,268
(452)
(221)
(40)
(713)
0.0
1.5
14.3
0.0
Loan and
other credit-
related
commitments
1,677,242
48,538
183
1,725,963
(514)
(281)
(30)
(825)
0.0
0.6
16.4
0.0
–  personal
1,205,969
6,129
79
1,212,177
(1)
(1)
0.0
0.0
–  corporate2
388,833
34,095
104
423,032
(492)
(266)
(30)
(788)
0.1
0.8
28.8
0.2
–  financial
institutions3
82,440
8,314
90,754
(21)
(15)
(36)
0.0
0.2
0.0
Financial
guarantee
25,786
6,522
50
32,358
(51)
(56)
(17)
(124)
0.2
0.9
34.0
0.4
–  personal
4,043
2
6
4,051
(1)
(1)
16.7
0.0
–  corporate2
20,737
6,241
44
27,022
(51)
(56)
(16)
(123)
0.2
0.9
36.4
0.5
–  financial
institutions3
1,006
279
1,285
At 31 Dec
2020
7,109,359
582,586
36,264
856
7,729,065
(5,429)
(7,001)
(17,781)
(362)
(30,573)
0.1
1.2
49.0
42.3
0.4
The above table does not include balances due from Group companies.
1Represents the maximum amount at risk should the contracts be fully drawn upon and clients default.
2Includes corporate and commercial.
3Includes non-bank financial institutions.
Unless identified at an earlier stage, all financial assets are deemed to have suffered a significant increase in credit risk when they are 30
days past due ('DPD') and are transferred from stage 1 to stage 2. The following disclosure presents the ageing of stage 2 financial assets
by those less than 30 and greater than 30 days past due and therefore presents those amounts classified as stage 2 due to ageing (30
DPD) and those identified at an earlier stage (less than 30 DPD).
Stage 2 days past due analysis for loans and advances to customers (continued)
(Audited)
Gross carrying amount
Allowance for ECL
ECL coverage %
of which:
of which:
of which:
of which:
of which:
of which:
of which:
of which:
of which:
Stage 2
Up-to-
date
1 to 29
DPD1,2
30 and >
DPD1,2
Stage 2
Up-to-
date
1 to 29
DPD1,2
30 and >
DPD1,2
Stage 2
Up-to-
date
1 to 29
DPD
30 and >
DPD
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
%
%
%
%
At 31 Dec 2020
Loans and advances to customers at
amortised cost
510,040
499,567
6,590
3,883
(6,438)
(5,505)
(268)
(665)
1.3
1.1
4.1
17.1
–  personal
61,790
53,063
5,311
3,416
(3,463)
(2,642)
(204)
(617)
5.6
5.0
3.8
18.1
–  corporate and commercial
391,635
389,941
1,227
467
(2,897)
(2,785)
(64)
(48)
0.7
0.7
5.2
10.3
–  non-bank financial institutions
56,615
56,563
52
(78)
(78)
0.1
0.1
1Days past due ('DPD').
2The days past due amounts presented above are on a contractual basis and include the benefit of any customer relief payment holidays granted.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
33
Credit exposure
Maximum exposure to credit risk
(Audited)
This section provides information on the maximum exposure to credit risk associated with balance sheet items as well as loan and other
credit-related commitments.
‘Maximum exposure to credit risk’ table
The following table presents our maximum exposure to credit risk before taking account of any collateral held or other credit enhancements (unless such
enhancements meet accounting offsetting requirements). The table excludes financial instruments whose carrying amount best represents the net
exposure to credit risk, and it excludes equity securities as they are not subject to credit risk. For the financial assets recognised on the balance sheet, the
maximum exposure to credit risk equals their carrying amount; for financial guarantees and other guarantees granted, it is the maximum amount that we
would have to pay if the guarantees were called upon. For loan commitments and other credit-related commitments, it is generally the full amount of the
committed facilities.
Other credit risk mitigants
There are arrangements in place that reduce our maximum exposure to credit risk. These include a charge over collateral on borrowers’
specific assets, such as properties, collateral held in the form of financial instruments that are not held on the balance sheet and short
positions in securities. In addition, for financial assets held as part of linked insurance/investment contracts the risk is predominantly
borne by the policyholder.
Collateral available to mitigate credit risk is disclosed in the Collateral section on pages 47-50.
Maximum exposure to credit risk before collateral held or other credit enhancements
(Audited)
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Cash and balances at central banks
276,857
347,999
Items in the course of collection from other banks
21,632
21,943
Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness
332,044
313,404
Trading assets
478,030
434,029
Derivatives
365,167
422,945
Financial assets designated at fair value
33,274
35,145
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
803,775
520,344
Loans and advances to banks
432,247
403,884
Loans and advances to customers
3,840,939
3,668,681
Financial investments
2,044,473
2,164,846
Amounts due from Group companies
112,719
83,203
Other assets
180,757
197,362
Total on-balance sheet exposure to credit risk
8,921,914
8,613,785
Total off-balance sheet
3,506,253
3,326,935
Financial guarantees and other similar contracts
377,487
325,631
Loan and other credit-related exposure
3,128,766
3,001,304
At 31 Dec
12,428,167
11,940,720
Total exposure to credit risk remained broadly unchanged in 2021 with loans and advances continuing to be the largest element.
Credit deterioration of financial instruments
(Audited)
A summary of our current policies and practices regarding the identification, treatment and measurement of stage 1, stage 2, stage 3 (credit impaired) and POCI
financial instruments can be found in Note 1.2(i) on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Risk
34
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis
of ECL estimates
(Audited)
Despite a broad recovery in economic conditions during 2021, ECL
estimates continue to be subject to a high degree of uncertainty,
and management judgements and estimates continued to reflect a
degree of caution, both in the selection of economic scenarios and
their weightings, and through management judgemental
adjustments.
The recognition and measurement of ECL involves the use of
significant judgement and estimation. We form multiple economic
scenarios based on economic forecasts, apply these assumptions
to credit risk models to estimate future credit losses, and
probability-weight the results to determine an unbiased ECL
estimate. Management judgemental adjustments are used to
address late-breaking events, data and model limitations, model
deficiencies and expert credit judgements.
Methodology
Four economic scenarios are used to capture the current
economic environment and to articulate management’s view of
the range of potential outcomes. Scenarios produced to calculate
ECL are aligned to the group’s top and emerging risks.
In the second quarter of 2020, to ensure that the severe risks
associated with the pandemic were appropriately captured,
management added a fourth, more severe, scenario to use in the
measurement of ECL. Starting in the fourth quarter of 2021,
HSBC’s methodology has been adjusted so that the use of four
scenarios, of which two are downside scenarios, is the standard
approach to ECL calculation.
Three of these scenarios are drawn from consensus forecasts and
distributional estimates. The Central scenario is deemed the ‘most
likely’ outcome, and usually attracts the largest probability
weighting, while the outer scenarios represent the tails of the
distribution which are less likely to occur. The Central scenario is
created using the average of a panel of external forecasters.
Consensus Upside and Downside scenarios are created with
reference to distributions for select markets that capture
forecasters' views of the entire range of outcomes. In the later
years of the scenarios, projections revert to long-term consensus
trend expectations. In the consensus outer scenarios, reversion to
trend expectations is done mechanically with reference to
historically observed quarterly changes in the values of
macroeconomic variables.
The fourth scenario, Downside 2, is designed to represent
management’s view of severe downside risks. It is a globally
consistent, narrative driven, scenario that explores more extreme
economic outcomes than those captured by the consensus
scenarios. In this scenario, variables do not, by design, revert to
long-term trend expectations. They may instead explore alternative
states of equilibrium, where economic activity moves permanently
away from past trends.
The two consensus, ‘Upside’ and ‘Downside’ scenarios are
constructed to be consistent with a 10% probability and the
Downside 2 to a 5% probability. The Central Scenario is assigned
the remaining 75%. This weighting scheme is deemed appropriate
for the unbiased estimation of ECL in most circumstances.
Management may, however, depart from this probability based
scenario weighting approach when the economic outlook is
determined to be more uncertain and risks are elevated.
Description of Consensus Economic Scenarios
The economic assumptions presented in this section have been
formed internally with reference to external forecasts specifically
for the purpose of calculating ECL.
The global economy experienced a recovery in 2021, following an
unprecedented contraction in 2020. Restrictions to mobility and
travel eased across certain markets, aided by the successful roll-
out of vaccination programmes. The emergence of new variants
that potentially reduce the efficacy of vaccines remains a risk.
Economic forecasts remain subject to a high degree of
uncertainty. Risks to the economic outlook are dominated by the
progression of the pandemic, vaccine roll-out and the public policy
response. Geopolitical risks also remain significant and include
continued differences between the US and other countries with
China over a range of economic and strategic defence issues.
The key markets covered in the scenarios include Hong Kong and
mainland China, and the scenarios used to calculate ECL in the
Annual Report and Accounts 2021 are described below.
The consensus Central scenario
HSBC’s Central scenario features a continued recovery in
economic growth in 2022 as activity and employment gradually
return to the levels reached prior to the outbreak of Covid-19.
Our Central scenario assumes that the stringent restrictions on
activity, imposed across several countries and territories in 2020
and 2021 are not repeated. The new viral strain that emerged late
in 2021, Omicron, has only a limited impact on the recovery,
according to this scenario. Consumer spending and business
investment, supported by elevated levels of private sector savings,
are expected to drive the economic recovery as fiscal and
monetary policy support recedes.
Regional differences in the speed of economic recovery in the
Central scenario reflect differences in the progression of the
pandemic, roll-out of vaccination programmes, national level
restrictions imposed and scale of support measures. Global GDP is
expected to grow by 4.2% in 2022 in the Central scenario and the
average rate of global GDP growth is 3.1% over the five-year
forecast period. This exceeds the average growth rate over the
five-year period prior to the onset of the pandemic.
The key features of our Central scenario are:
Economic activity continues its recovery, growing at a
moderate rate in 2022. GDP growth in our key markets has
recovered to pre-pandemic levels.
Unemployment in mainland China has recovered to pre-
pandemic levels. In Hong Kong, unemployment declines to
levels only slightly higher than existed pre-pandemic.
Covid related fiscal spending recedes in 2022 as fewer
restrictions on activity allow fiscal support to be withdrawn.
Deficits remain high in several countries as they embark on
multi-year investment programmes to support recovery,
productivity growth and climate transition.
Inflation across many of our key markets remains elevated
through 2022. Supply-driven price pressures persist through
the first half of 2022 before gradually easing. In subsequent
years, inflation quickly converges back towards central bank
target rates.
Policy interest rates in key markets rise gradually over our
projection period, in line with economic recovery.
The West Texas Intermediate oil price is forecast to average
US$62 per barrel over the projection period.
In the longer term, growth reverts back towards similar levels that
existed prior to the pandemic, suggesting that the damage to long-
term economic prospects is expected to be minimal. The Central
scenario was first created with forecasts available in November,
and subsequently updated in December. Probability weights
assigned to the Central scenario vary from 70% to 80% and reflect
relative differences in uncertainty across markets.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
35
The following table describes key macroeconomic variables and
the probabilities assigned in the consensus Central scenario.
Central scenario 2022-2026
Hong Kong
Mainland China
%
%
GDP growth rate (annual average rate)
2022
3.1
5.3
2023
2.9
5.4
2024
2.6
5.1
5 Year average
2.7
5.1
Unemployment rate (annual average
rate)
2022
4.1
3.8
2023
3.6
3.7
2024
3.5
3.8
5 Year average
3.6
3.8
House price growth (annual average
rate)
2022
3.4
0.3
2023
2.4
4.7
2024
2.0
4.9
5 Year average
2.6
3.5
Short term interest rate (annual
average rate)
2022
0.5
3.1
2023
1.1
3.2
2024
1.6
3.4
5 Year average
1.4
3.4
Probability
70.0
80.0
The consensus Upside scenario
Compared with the Central scenario, the consensus Upside
scenario features a faster recovery in economic activity during the
first two years, before converging to long-run trend expectations.
The scenario is consistent with a number of key upside risk
themes. These include the orderly and rapid global abatement of
Covid-19 via successful containment and ongoing vaccine
efficacy; de-escalation of tensions between the US and China and
continued fiscal and monetary support.
The following table describes key macroeconomic variables and
the probabilities assigned in the consensus Upside scenario.
Consensus Upside scenario best outcome
Hong Kong
Mainland China
%
%
GDP growth rate
10.3 (4Q22)
11.8 (4Q22)
Unemployment rate
2.7 (4Q23)
3.5 (1Q23)
House price growth
11.9 (4Q22)
8.2 (4Q22)
Short-term interest rate
0.6 (1Q22)
3.2 (1Q22)
Probability
5.0
5.0
Note: Extreme point in the consensus Upside is ‘best outcome’ in the
scenario, for example the highest GDP growth and the lowest
unemployment rate etc, in first two years of the scenario.
Downside scenarios
The progress of the pandemic and the ongoing public policy
response continues to be a key source of risk. Downside scenarios
assume that new strains of the virus result in an acceleration in
infection rates and increased pressure on public health services,
necessitating restrictions on activity. The reimposition of such
restrictions could be assumed to have damaging effect on
consumer and business confidence.
Government fiscal programmes in advanced economies in 2020
and 2021 were supported by accommodative actions taken by
central banks. These measures have provided households and
firms with significant support. An inability or unwillingness to
continue with such support or the untimely withdrawal of support
present a downside risk to growth.
While Covid-19 and related risks dominate the economic outlook,
geopolitical risks also present a threat. These risks include:
continued differences between the US and other countries with
China, which could affect sentiment and restrict global
economic activity; and
the re-emergence of social unrest in Hong Kong.
The consensus Downside Scenario
In the consensus Downside scenario, the economic recovery is
considerably weaker compared with the Central scenario. GDP
growth is expected to be lower, unemployment rates rise
moderately and asset and commodity prices fall, before gradually
recovering towards their long-run trend expectations. The scenario
is consistent with the key downside risks articulated above.
Further outbreaks of Covid-19, coupled with delays in vaccination
programmes, lead to longer-lasting restrictions on economic
activity in this scenario. Other global risks also increase and drive
increased risk-aversion in asset markets.
The following table describes key macroeconomic variables and
the probabilities assigned in the consensus Downside scenario.
Consensus Downside scenario worst outcome
Hong Kong
Mainland
China
%
%
GDP growth rate
(1.0) (4Q22)
2.3 (4Q22)
Unemployment rate
5.6 (2Q22)
4.0 (2Q22)
House price growth
(7.9) (4Q22)
(3.7) (2Q22)
Short-term interest rate
0.4 (1Q22)
2.9 (1Q22)
Probability
20.0
10.0
Note: Extreme point in the consensus Downside is 'worst outcome' in
the scenario, i.e. lowest GDP growth, highest unemployment rate etc, in
first two years of the scenario.
Downside 2 scenario
The Downside 2 scenario features a deep global recession. In this
scenario, new Covid-19 variants emerge that cause infections to
rise sharply in 2022, resulting in setbacks to vaccination
programmes and the rapid imposition of restrictions on mobility
and travel across some countries. The scenario also assumes
governments and central banks are unable to significantly increase
fiscal and monetary support, which results in abrupt corrections in
labour and asset markets.
The following table describes key macroeconomic variables and
the probabilities assigned in the Downside 2 scenario.
Downside 2 scenario worst outcome
Hong Kong
Mainland
China
%
%
GDP growth rate
(8.2) (4Q22)
(4.8) (4Q22)
Unemployment rate
6.1 (4Q22)
5.4 (4Q23)
House price growth
(17.7) (4Q22)
(24.8) (4Q22)
Short-term interest rate
1.3 (2Q22)
4.0 (2Q22)
Probability
5.0
5.0
Note: Extreme point in the Downside 2 is 'worst outcome' in the
scenario, for example lowest GDP growth and the highest
unemployment rate, in first two years of the scenario.
Scenario weighting
In reviewing the economic conjuncture, the level of uncertainty
and risks, management has considered both global and country-
specific factors. This has led management to assign scenario
probabilities that are tailored to its view of uncertainty in individual
markets.
To inform its view, management have considered the progression
of the virus in individual markets, the efficacy of vaccine roll-outs,
the degree of current and expected future government support
and connectivity with other countries. Management has also been
guided by the policy response and economic performance through
the pandemic, as well as the evidence that economies have
adapted as the virus has progressed.
Risk
36
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
A key consideration in the fourth quarter was the emergence of
the new variant, Omicron. The virulence and severity of the new
strain, in addition to the continued efficacy of vaccines against it,
was unknown when the variant first first emerged. Management
therefore determined that uncertainty attached to forecasts has
increased and sought to reflect this in scenario weightings.
China’s significant capacity to extend policy support to the
economy and manage through Covid related disruptions, led
management to conclude that the outlook for mainland China was
the least uncertain of our key markets. The Central scenario was
given an 80% probability while a total of 15% has been assigned
to the two Downside scenarios. In Hong Kong, the combination of
recurrent outbreaks and the other risks outlined above, led
management to assign a 25% weight to the two Downside
scenarios.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The calculation of ECL under HKFRS 9 involves significant
judgements, assumptions and estimates. Despite a general
recovery in economic conditions during 2021, the level of
estimation uncertainty and judgement has remained high during
2021 as a result of the ongoing economic effects of the Covid-19
pandemic and other sources of economic instability, including
significant judgements relating to:
the selection and weighting of economic scenarios, given
rapidly changing economic conditions in an unprecedented
manner, uncertainty as to the effect of government and central
bank support measures designed to alleviate adverse economic
impacts, and a wider distribution of economic forecasts than
before the pandemic. The key judgements are the length of
time over which the economic effects of the pandemic will
occur and the speed and shape of recovery. The main factors
include the effectiveness of pandemic containment measures,
the pace of roll-out and effectiveness of vaccines, and the
emergence of new variants of the virus, plus a range of
geopolitical uncertainties, which together represent a high
degree of estimation uncertainty, particularly in assessing
Downside scenarios;
estimating the economic effects of those scenarios on ECL,
where there is no observable historical trend that can be
reflected in the models that will accurately represent the effects
of the economic changes of the severity and speed brought
about by the Covid-19 pandemic and recovery from those
conditions. Modelled assumptions and linkages between
economic factors and credit losses may underestimate or
overestimate ECL in these conditions, and there is significant
uncertainty in the estimation of parameters such as collateral
values and loss severity; and
the identification of customers experiencing significant
increases in credit risk and credit impairment, particularly
where those customers have accepted payment deferrals and
other reliefs designed to address short-term liquidity issues
given muted default experience to date. The use of
segmentation techniques for indicators of significant increases
in credit risk involves significant estimation uncertainty.
How economic scenarios are reflected in of ECL
calculations
Models are used to reflect economic scenarios on ECL estimates.
As described above, modelled assumptions and linkages based on
historical information could not alone produce relevant information
under the conditions experienced in 2021, and judgemental
adjustments were still required to support modelled outcomes.
We have developed a globally consistent methodologies for the
application of forward economic guidance into the calculation of
ECL for wholesale and retail credit risk. These standard
approaches are described below, followed by the management
judgemental adjustments made, including those to reflect the
circumstances experienced in 2021.
For our wholesale portfolios, a global methodology is used for the
estimation of the term structure of probability of default (‘PD’) and
loss given default (‘LGD’). For PDs, we consider the correlation of
forward economic guidance to default rates for a particular
industry in a country. For LGD calculations we consider the
correlation of forward economic guidance to collateral values and
realisation rates for a particular country and industry. PDs and
LGDs are estimated for the entire term structure of each
instrument.
For impaired loans, LGD estimates take into account independent
recovery valuations provided by external consultants where
available, or internal forecasts corresponding to anticipated
economic conditions and individual company conditions. In
estimating the ECL on impaired loans that are individually
considered not to be significant, we incorporate forward economic
guidance proportionate to the probability-weighted outcome and
the Central scenario outcome for non-stage 3 populations.
For our retail portfolios, the impact of economic scenarios on PD is
modelled at a portfolio level. Historical relationships between
observed default rates and macroeconomic variables are
integrated into HKFRS 9 ECL estimates by using economic
response models. The impact of these scenarios on PD is modelled
over a period equal to the remaining maturity of the underlying
asset or assets. The impact on LGD is modelled for mortgage
portfolios by forecasting future loan-to-value (‘LTV’) profiles for the
remaining maturity of the asset by using national level forecasts of
the house price index and applying the corresponding LGD
expectation.
These models are based largely on historical observations and
correlations with default rates. Management judgemental
adjustments are described below.
Management judgemental adjustments
In the context of HKFRS 9, management judgemental adjustments
are short-term increases or decreases to the ECL at either a
customer, segment or portfolio level to account for late-breaking
events, model and data limitations and deficiencies, and expert
credit judgement applied following management review and
challenge.
At 31 December 2021, management judgements were applied to
reflect credit risk dynamics not captured by our models. The
drivers of the management judgemental adjustments reflect the
changing economic outlook and evolving risks across our
geographies.
Where the macroeconomic and portfolio risk outlook continues to
improve, supported by low levels of observed defaults,
adjustments initially taken to reflect increased risk expectations
have been retired or reduced.
However, other adjustments have increased where modelled
outcomes are overly sensitive and not aligned to observed
changes in the risk of the underlying portfolios during the
pandemic, or where sector-specific risks are not adequately
captured.
The effect of management judgmental adjustments are considered
for balances and ECL when determining whether or not a
significant increase in credit risk has occurred and are attributed or
allocated to a stage as appropriate. This is in accordance with the
internal adjustments framework.
Management judgmental adjustments are reviewed under the
governance process for HKFRS 9 (as detailed in the unaudited
section 'Credit risk management' on page 29). Review and
challenge focuses on the rationale and quantum of the
adjustments with further review by the second line of defence
where significant. For some management judgemental
adjustments, internal frameworks establish the conditions under
which these adjustments should no longer be required and as
such are considered as part of the governance process. This
internal governance process allows management judgemental
adjustments to be reviewed regularly and, where possible, to
reduce the reliance on these through model recalibration or
redevelopment, as appropriate.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
37
Management judgemental adjustments made in estimating the
scenario-weighted reported ECL at 31 December 2021 are set out
in the following table. The table includes adjustments in relation to
data and model limitations, including those driven by late-breaking
events and sector specific risks and as a result of the regular
process of model development and implementation.
Management judgemental adjustments to ECL
as at 31 December 20211
Retail
Wholesale
Total
HK$bn
HK$bn
HK$bn
Low-risk counterparties (banks,
sovereigns and government entities)2
0.1
(0.2)
(0.1)
Corporate lending adjustments
4.1
4.1
Retail model default suppression
adjustments
Macroeconomic-related adjustments
(0.4)
(0.4)
Pandemic-related economic recovery
adjustments
0.6
0.6
Other retail lending adjustments
0.7
0.7
Total
1.0
3.9
4.9
Management judgemental adjustments to ECL
as at 31 December 20201
Retail
Wholesale
Total
HK$bn
HK$bn
HK$bn
Low-risk counterparties (banks,
sovereigns and government entities)2
0.2
0.2
Corporate lending adjustments
3.0
3.0
Retail model default suppression
adjustments
1.3
1.3
Macroeconomic-related adjustments3
0.9
0.9
Pandemic-related economic recovery
adjustments
Other retail lending adjustments3
0.3
0.3
Total
2.7
3.0
5.7
1Management judgemental adjustments presented in the table reflect
increases in ECL.
2Low-risk counterparties for Retail is comprised of adjustments
relating to WPB Insurance only.
3Retail lending probability of default adjustments are reported under
'Macroeconomic-related adjustments' and 'Other retail lending
adjustments'. Comparatives are re-presented to conform to the
current year's presentation.
Management judgemental adjustments at 31 December 2021
were an increase to ECL of HK$3.9bn for the wholesale portfolio
and an increase to ECL of HK$1bn for the retail portfolio.
During 2021, management judgemental adjustments reflected an
evolving macroeconomic outlook and the relationship of the
modelled ECL to this outlook and to late-breaking and sector
specific risks.
At 31 December 2021, wholesale management judgemental
adjustments were an ECL increase of HK$0.9bn mainly from
increase in Corporate lending adjustment by HK$1.2bn. These
principally reflected the outcome of management judgements for
high-risk and vulnerable sectors in some of our key markets,
supported by credit experts’ input, portfolio risk metrics,
quantitative analyses and benchmarks. Considerations include risk
of individual exposures under different macroeconomic scenarios
and comparison of key risk metrics to pre-pandemic levels,
resulting in either releases or increases to ECL in each geography.
The increase in adjustment impact relative to 31 December 2020
was mostly driven by management judgements as a result of the
effect of further improvement of macroeconomic scenarios on
modelled outcomes and increased dislocation of modelled
outcomes to management expectations for high-risk sectors,
mainly for real estate sector. The adjustment for real estate was
recommended focusing on the uncertainty for the higher risk
China commercial real estate offshore exposures booked in Hong
Kong on account of tightening liquidity and increased refinancing
risks, resulting in the downgrade of some previously highly-rated
borrowers. The increase management adjustment for real estate
sector was partly offset by adjustment releases in other sectors
resulted from improvement in industry outlook and portfolio
quality.
At 31 December 2021, retail management judgemental
adjustments were an ECL increase of HK$1.0bn (31 December
2020: HK$2.7bn increase):
Pandemic-related economic recovery adjustments increased
ECL by HK$0.6bn (31 December 2020: HK$0) to adjust for the
effects of the volatile pace of recovery from the pandemic. This
is where in management’s judgement, supported by
quantitative analyses of portfolio and economic metrics,
modelled outcomes are overly sensitive given the limited
observed deterioration in the underlying portfolio during the
pandemic.
Other retail lending adjustments increased ECL by HK$0.7bn
(31 December 2020: HK$0.3bn) and macroeconomic-related
adjustments decreased ECL by HK$0.4bn (31 December 2020:
HK$0.9bn increase). These were primarily to address areas
such as model recalibration and redevelopment, customer relief
and data limitations.
All retail model default suppression adjustments were removed
in 2021.
Economic scenarios sensitivity analysis of ECL
estimates
Management considered the sensitivity of the ECL outcome
against the economic forecasts as part of the ECL governance
process by recalculating the ECL under each scenario described
above for selected portfolios, applying a 100% weighting to each
scenario in turn. The weighting is reflected in both the
determination of a significant increase in credit risk and the
measurement of the resulting ECL.
The ECL calculated for the Upside and Downside scenarios should
not be taken to represent the lower and upper limits of possible
ECL outcomes. The impact of defaults that might occur in the
future under different economic scenarios is captured by
recalculating ECL for loans at the balance sheet date.
There is a particularly high degree of estimation uncertainty in
numbers representing more severe risk scenarios when assigned a
100% weighting.
For wholesale credit risk exposures, the sensitivity analysis
excludes ECL and financial instruments related to defaulted
obligors because the measurement of ECL is relatively more
sensitive to credit factors specific to the obligor than future
economic scenarios. Therefore, it is impracticable to separate the
effect of macroeconomic factors in individual assessments. When
compared with the performing portfolio, the defaulted obligors
represent a significantly smaller portion of the wholesale
exposures, even if accounting for the larger portion of the
allowance for ECL.
For retail credit risk exposures, the sensitivity analysis includes
ECL for loans and advances to customers related to defaulted
obligors. This is because the retail ECL for secured mortgage
portfolios including loans in all stages is sensitive to
macroeconomic variables.
Wholesale and retail sensitivity
The wholesale and retail sensitivity analysis is stated inclusive of
management judgemental adjustments, as appropriate to each
scenario. The results tables exclude portfolios held by the
insurance business and small portfolios, and as such cannot be
directly compared to personal and wholesale lending presented in
other credit risk tables. Additionally in both the wholesale and
retail analysis, the comparative period results for additional and
alternative Downside scenarios are not directly comparable to the
current period, because they reflect different risk profiles relative
with the Consensus scenarios for the period end.
Risk
38
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Wholesale analysis
HKFRS 9 ECL sensitivity to future economic conditions1
Hong Kong
Mainland
China
ECL coverage of financial instruments
subject to significant measurement
uncertainty at 31 December 20212
HK$m
HK$m
Reported ECL
5,981
1,162
Consensus scenarios ECL
Central scenario
5,085
881
Upside scenario
3,712
281
Downside scenario
7,674
1,684
Alternative (Downside 2) scenario ECL
14,575
6,286
HKFRS 9 ECL sensitivity to future economic conditions1
Hong Kong
Mainland
China
ECL coverage of financial instruments subject
to significant measurement uncertainty at 31
December 20202
HK$m
HK$m
Reported ECL
3,675
897
Consensus scenarios
Central scenario
3,009
718
Upside scenario
1,638
217
Downside scenario
5,208
1,954
Alternative scenarios
10,568
8,979
1Excludes ECL and financial instruments relating to defaulted obligors
because the measurement of ECL is relatively more sensitive to credit
factors specific to the obligor than future economic scenarios.
2Includes off-balance sheet financial instruments that are subject to
significant measurement uncertainty.
At 31 December 2021, the most significant level of ECL sensitivity
related to the judgements over the China offshore real estate
portfolio booked in Hong Kong.
Retail analysis
HKFRS 9 ECL sensitivity to future economic conditions1
Reported
ECL
Central
Scenario
Upside
Scenario
Downside
Scenario
Alternative
Scenarios
ECL coverage of
loans and
advances to
customers
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
At 31 December
20212
Hong Kong
2,554
2,395
1,884
2,802
4,198
HKFRS 9 ECL sensitivity to future economic conditions1
Reported
ECL
Central
Scenario
Upside
Scenario
Downside
Scenario
Alternative
Scenarios
ECL coverage of
loans and advances
to customers
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
At 31 December
20202
Hong Kong
2,959
2,822
2,711
3,043
4,153
1 ECL sensitivities exclude portfolios using less complex modelling
approaches.
2 ECL sensitivity includes only on-balance sheet financial instruments
to which HKFRS 9 impairment requirements are applied.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
39
Reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/
nominal amount and allowances for loans and
advances to banks and customers, including loan
commitments and financial guarantees
(Unaudited)
The following disclosure provides a reconciliation by stage of the
group’s gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans
and advances to banks and customers, including loan
commitments and financial guarantees. Movements are calculated
on a quarterly basis and therefore fully capture stage movements
between quarters. If movements were calculated on a year-to-date
basis they would only reflect the opening and closing position of
the financial instrument.
The transfers of financial instruments represents the impact of
stage transfers upon the gross carrying/nominal amount and
associated allowance for ECL.
The net remeasurement of ECL arising from stage transfers
represents the increase or decrease due to these transfers, for
example, moving from a 12-month (stage 1) to a lifetime (stage 2)
ECL measurement basis. Net remeasurement excludes the
underlying customer risk rating ('CRR')/probability of default ('PD')
movements of the financial instruments transferring stage. This is
captured, along with other credit quality movements in the
‘changes in risk parameters – credit quality’ line item.
Changes in ‘New financial assets originated or purchased’, ‘assets
derecognised (including final repayments)’ and ‘changes to risk
parameters – further lending/repayments’ represent the impact
from volume movements within the group’s lending portfolio.
Reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers, including
loan commitments and financial guarantees
(Audited)
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
At 1 Jan 2021
5,254,097
(4,978)
567,753
(6,781)
35,984
(17,739)
855
(362)
5,858,689
(29,860)
Transfers of financial instruments:
(82,216)
(1,758)
62,505
3,758
19,711
(2,000)
–  transfers from stage 1 to stage 2
(790,973)
1,689
790,973
(1,689)
–  transfers from stage 2 to stage 1
716,431
(3,412)
(716,431)
3,412
–  transfers to stage 3
(9,067)
104
(14,911)
2,238
23,978
(2,342)
–  transfers from stage 3
1,393
(139)
2,874
(203)
(4,267)
342
Net remeasurement of ECL arising
from transfer of stage
1,686
(2,347)
(107)
(768)
New financial assets originated and
purchased
1,621,239
(1,183)
973
1,622,212
(1,183)
Assets derecognised (including final
repayments)
(1,086,986)
314
(120,885)
674
(5,745)
1,165
(9)
(1,213,625)
2,153
Changes to risk parameters –
further lending/repayment
(93,466)
1,078
19,540
87
(2,332)
998
(263)
25
(76,521)
2,188
Changes in risk parameters –  credit
quality
2,078
(4,768)
(6,612)
49
(9,253)
Changes to model used for ECL
calculation
(126)
(377)
7
(496)
Assets written off
(4,531)
4,531
(4,531)
4,531
Credit-related modifications that
resulted in derecognition
(973)
(973)
Foreign exchange
(23,231)
(28)
684
18
(478)
65
2
(1)
(23,023)
54
Others
43
1
(1)
3
(1)
(45)
46
(46)
At 31 Dec 2021
5,589,480
(2,916)
529,597
(9,737)
41,639
(19,693)
1,558
(334)
6,162,274
(32,680)
ECL income statement charge for
the year
(7,359)
Recoveries
1,011
Others
(169)
Total ECL income statement
charge for the year
(6,517)
At 31 Dec 2021
Year ended 31 Dec 2021
Gross carrying/
nominal amount
Allowance for ECL
ECL charge
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
As above
6,162,274
(32,680)
(6,517)
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost
2,114,301
(639)
(184)
Non-trading reverse repurchase agreement commitments
3,605
Performance and other guarantees not considered for HKFRS 9
N/A
N/A
145
Amounts due from Group companies
99,604
Summary of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in
HKFRS 9 are applied/Summary consolidated income statement
8,379,784
(33,319)
(6,556)
Debt instruments measured at FVOCI
1,541,909
(121)
17
Total allowance for ECL/total income statement ECL charge for the year
N/A
(33,440)
(6,539)
Risk
40
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers, including
loan commitments and financial guarantees (continued)
(Audited)
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
At 1 Jan 2020
5,383,650
(3,839)
331,701
(4,874)
16,775
(9,032)
1,152
(300)
5,733,278
(18,045)
Transfers of financial instruments:
(288,695)
(2,585)
259,962
4,322
28,733
(1,737)
–  transfers from stage 1 to stage 2
(975,023)
2,504
975,023
(2,504)
–  transfers from stage 2 to stage 1
702,624
(5,130)
(702,624)
5,130
–  transfers to stage 3
(17,478)
95
(14,362)
1,821
31,840
(1,916)
–  transfers from stage 3
1,182
(54)
1,925
(125)
(3,107)
179
Net remeasurement of ECL arising
from transfer of stage
1,978
(2,598)
(5,702)
(6,322)
New financial assets originated and
purchased
1,422,036
(1,743)
2
1,422,038
(1,743)
Assets derecognised (including final
repayments)
(1,093,254)
320
(182,195)
687
(4,244)
1,357
(1,279,693)
2,364
Changes to risk parameters – further
lending/repayment
(235,616)
(1,037)
140,675
4
41
606
(293)
10
(95,193)
(417)
Changes in risk parameters –  credit
quality
1,501
(6,709)
(9,339)
(71)
(14,618)
Changes to model used for ECL
calculation
489
2,626
26
3,141
Assets written off
(6,064)
6,058
(6,064)
6,058
Credit-related modifications that
resulted in derecognition
(4)
2
(4)
2
Foreign exchange
65,974
(67)
17,610
(237)
744
14
(6)
(1)
84,322
(291)
Others
2
5
(2)
3
8
5
11
At 31 Dec 2020
5,254,097
(4,978)
567,753
(6,781)
35,984
(17,739)
855
(362)
5,858,689
(29,860)
ECL income statement charge for
the year
(17,595)
Recoveries
733
Others
(154)
Total ECL income statement charge
for the year
(17,016)
At 31 Dec 2020
Year ended 31 Dec 2020
Gross carrying/nominal
amount
Allowance for ECL
ECL charge
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
As above
5,858,689
(29,860)
(17,016)
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost
1,869,268
(713)
(452)
Non-trading reverse repurchase agreement commitments
1,108
Performance and other guarantees not considered for HKFRS 9
N/A
N/A
(147)
Amounts due from Group companies
82,849
Summary of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in HKFRS 9 are
applied/Summary consolidated income statement
7,811,914
(30,573)
(17,615)
Debt instruments measured at FVOCI
1,689,820
(167)
(104)
Total allowance for ECL/total income statement ECL charge for the year
N/A
(30,740)
(17,719)
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
41
Credit quality
Credit quality of financial instruments
(Audited)
We assess the credit quality of all financial instruments that are
subject to credit risk. The credit quality of financial instruments is
a point-in-time assessment of the probability of default of financial
instruments, whereas stages 1 and 2 are determined based on
relative deterioration of credit quality since initial recognition.
Accordingly, for non-credit-impaired financial instruments, there is
no direct relationship between the credit quality assessment and
stages 1 and 2, though typically the lower credit quality bands
exhibit a higher proportion in stage 2.
The five credit quality classifications each encompass a range of
granular internal credit rating grades assigned to wholesale and
retail lending businesses and the external ratings attributed by
external agencies to debt securities, as shown in the table on page
30 (unaudited).
Distribution of financial instruments by credit quality at 31 December 2021
(Audited)
Gross carrying/notional amount
Allowance
for ECL
Net
Strong
Good
Satisfactory
Sub-
standard
Credit
impaired
Total
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
In-scope for HKFRS 9 impairment
Loans and advances to customers held at
amortised cost
2,076,114
876,388
838,222
39,342
42,890
3,872,956
(32,017)
3,840,939
–  personal
1,290,946
136,390
91,809
3,008
10,158
1,532,311
(5,966)
1,526,345
–  corporate and commercial
648,930
653,853
685,887
36,117
32,624
2,057,411
(25,706)
2,031,705
–  non-bank financial institutions
136,238
86,145
60,526
217
108
283,234
(345)
282,889
Loans and advances to banks
423,839
5,750
2,611
86
432,286
(39)
432,247
Cash and balances at central banks
269,108
7,663
86
276,857
276,857
Items in the course of collection from other
banks
21,632
21,632
21,632
Hong Kong Government certificates of
indebtedness
332,044
332,044
332,044
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
530,900
144,373
128,502
803,775
803,775
Financial investments held at amortised cost
406,588
88,765
7,644
502,997
(433)
502,564
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets
95,520
45,945
34,642
599
290
176,996
(206)
176,790
Debt instruments measured at fair value through
other comprehensive income1
1,438,300
72,697
30,085
1,541,082
(121)
1,540,961
Out-of-scope for HKFRS 9 impairment
Trading assets
389,531
65,272
21,676
518
1,033
478,030
478,030
Other financial assets designated and otherwise
mandatorily measured at fair value through
profit or loss
25,738
2,386
900
29,024
29,024
Derivatives
161,471
49,735
5,222
45
216,473
216,473
Total gross carrying amount on-balance
sheet
6,170,785
1,358,974
1,069,590
40,590
44,213
8,684,152
(32,816)
8,651,336
Percentage of total credit quality
71%
16%
12%
—%
1%
100%
Loan and other credit related commitments
1,732,590
699,474
491,037
19,400
983
2,943,484
(580)
2,942,904
Financial guarantee and similar contracts
135,199
151,565
64,012
3,647
456
354,879
(204)
354,675
Total nominal off-balance sheet amount
1,867,789
851,039
555,049
23,047
1,439
3,298,363
(784)
3,297,579
The above table does not include balances due from Group companies.
1For the purposes of this disclosure, gross carrying value is defined as the amortised cost of a financial asset, before adjusting for any loss
allowance. As such the gross carrying value of debt instruments at FVOCI as presented above will not reconcile to the balance sheet as it excludes
fair value gains and losses.
Risk
42
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Distribution of financial instruments by credit quality at 31 December 2020 (continued)
(Audited)
Gross carrying/notional amount
Allowance for
ECL
Net
Strong
Good
Satisfactory
Sub-
standard
Credit
impaired
Total
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
In-scope for HKFRS 9 impairment
Loans and advances to customers held at
amortised cost
1,926,557
861,848
832,072
40,484
36,607
3,697,568
(28,887)
3,668,681
–  personal
1,220,972
146,492
70,098
5,723
9,062
1,452,347
(7,144)
1,445,203
–  corporate and commercial
604,310
631,415
702,801
34,085
27,367
1,999,978
(21,448)
1,978,530
–  non-bank financial institutions
101,275
83,941
59,173
676
178
245,243
(295)
244,948
Loans and advances to banks
393,732
8,441
1,650
85
403,908
(24)
403,884
Cash and balances at central banks
338,968
8,332
699
347,999
347,999
Items in the course of collection from other
banks
21,943
21,943
21,943
Hong Kong Government certificates of
indebtedness
313,404
313,404
313,404
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
315,534
135,842
68,968
520,344
520,344
Financial investments held at amortised cost
389,024
75,792
10,737
475,553
(527)
475,026
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets
100,460
46,003
42,535
747
280
190,025
(186)
189,839
Debt instruments measured at fair value
through other comprehensive income1
1,579,022
69,909
30,197
1,679,128
(167)
1,678,961
Out-of-scope for HKFRS 9 impairment
Trading assets
360,104
47,456
24,962
1,507
434,029
434,029
Other financial assets designated and otherwise
mandatorily measured at fair value through
profit or loss
23,285
6,068
2,197
31,550
31,550
Derivatives
258,643
75,131
11,431
318
2
345,525
345,525
Total gross carrying amount on-balance sheet
6,020,676
1,334,822
1,025,448
43,141
36,889
8,460,976
(29,791)
8,431,185
Percentage of total credit quality
71%
16%
12%
1%
0%
100%
Loan and other credit related commitments
1,627,804
704,123
464,521
14,968
1,978
2,813,394
(825)
2,812,569
Financial guarantee and similar contracts
101,381
121,415
78,434
4,046
879
306,155
(432)
305,723
Total nominal off-balance sheet amount
1,729,185
825,538
542,955
19,014
2,857
3,119,549
(1,257)
3,118,292
The above table does not include balances due from Group companies.
1For the purposes of this disclosure, gross carrying value is defined as the amortised cost of a financial asset, before adjusting for any loss
allowance. As such the gross carrying value of debt instruments at FVOCI as presented above will not reconcile to the balance sheet as it excludes
fair value gains and losses.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
43
Distribution of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in HKFRS 9 are applied, by credit quality and stage
allocation
(Audited)
Gross carrying/notional amount
Allowance
for ECL
Net
Strong
Good
Satisfactory
Sub-
standard
Credit
impaired
Total
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Loans and advances to banks
423,839
5,750
2,611
86
432,286
(39)
432,247
–  stage 1
423,561
5,241
2,244
33
431,079
(36)
431,043
–  stage 2
278
509
367
53
1,207
(3)
1,204
–  stage 3
–  POCI
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
2,076,114
876,388
838,222
39,342
42,890
3,872,956
(32,017)
3,840,939
–  stage 1
2,034,725
732,858
577,785
4,066
3,349,434
(2,603)
3,346,831
–  stage 2
41,389
143,530
260,437
35,276
480,632
(9,426)
471,206
–  stage 3
41,332
41,332
(19,654)
21,678
–  POCI
1,558
1,558
(334)
1,224
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost
1,655,792
286,746
170,874
599
290
2,114,301
(639)
2,113,662
–  stage 1
1,651,199
278,343
163,190
115
2,092,847
(482)
2,092,365
–  stage 2
4,593
8,403
7,684
484
21,164
(140)
21,024
–  stage 3
289
289
(17)
272
–  POCI
1
1
1
Loan and other credit-related commitments
1,347,783
311,803
162,448
4,030
271
1,826,335
(580)
1,825,755
–  stage 1
1,344,540
297,202
138,722
1,889
1,782,353
(260)
1,782,093
–  stage 2
3,243
14,601
23,726
2,141
43,711
(295)
43,416
–  stage 3
271
271
(25)
246
–  POCI
Financial guarantees
11,350
12,188
9,883
841
40
34,302
(44)
34,258
–  stage 1
11,127
10,890
8,038
159
30,214
(14)
30,200
–  stage 2
223
1,298
1,845
682
4,048
(14)
4,034
–  stage 3
40
40
(16)
24
–  POCI
At 31 Dec 2021
5,514,878
1,492,875
1,184,038
44,898
43,491
8,280,180
(33,319)
8,246,861
Debt instruments at FVOCI1
–  stage 1
1,438,161
72,697
30,085
1,540,943
(121)
1,540,822
–  stage 2
139
139
139
–  stage 3
–  POCI
At 31 Dec 2021
1,438,300
72,697
30,085
1,541,082
(121)
1,540,961
The above table does not include balances due from Group companies.
1For the purposes of this disclosure, gross carrying value is defined as the amortised cost of a financial asset, before adjusting for any loss
allowance. As such the gross carrying value of debt instruments at FVOCI as presented above will not reconcile to the balance sheet as it excludes
fair value gains and losses.
Risk
44
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Distribution of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in HKFRS 9 are applied, by credit quality and stage
allocation (continued)
(Audited)
Gross carrying/notional amount
Allowance
for ECL
Net
Strong
Good
Satisfactory
Sub-
standard
Credit
impaired
Total
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Loans and advances to banks
393,732
8,441
1,650
85
403,908
(24)
403,884
–  stage 1
392,766
7,082
1,408
401,256
(19)
401,237
–  stage 2
966
1,359
242
85
2,652
(5)
2,647
–  stage 3
–  POCI
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
1,926,557
861,848
832,072
40,484
36,607
3,697,568
(28,887)
3,668,681
–  stage 1
1,907,066
697,619
541,177
5,059
3,150,921
(4,393)
3,146,528
–  stage 2
19,491
164,229
290,895
35,425
510,040
(6,438)
503,602
–  stage 3
35,752
35,752
(17,694)
18,058
–  POCI
855
855
(362)
493
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost
1,479,334
265,966
122,941
747
280
1,869,268
(713)
1,868,555
–  stage 1
1,475,066
263,384
115,572
132
1,854,154
(452)
1,853,702
–  stage 2
4,268
2,582
7,369
615
14,834
(221)
14,613
–  stage 3
279
279
(40)
239
–  POCI
1
1
1
Loan and other credit-related commitments
1,270,557
328,523
122,817
3,883
183
1,725,963
(825)
1,725,138
–  stage 1
1,269,249
307,836
98,578
1,579
1,677,242
(514)
1,676,728
–  stage 2
1,308
20,687
24,239
2,304
48,538
(281)
48,257
–  stage 3
183
183
(30)
153
–  POCI
Financial guarantees
7,694
12,634
10,896
1,084
50
32,358
(124)
32,234
–  stage 1
7,272
11,095
7,374
45
25,786
(51)
25,735
–  stage 2
422
1,539
3,522
1,039
6,522
(56)
6,466
–  stage 3
50
50
(17)
33
–  POCI
At 31 Dec 2020
5,077,874
1,477,412
1,090,376
46,283
37,120
7,729,065
(30,573)
7,698,492
Debt instruments at FVOCI1
–  stage 1
1,578,971
69,886
30,197
1,679,054
(167)
1,678,887
–  stage 2
50
24
74
74
–  stage 3
–  POCI
At 31 Dec 2020
1,579,021
69,910
30,197
1,679,128
(167)
1,678,961
The above table does not include balances due from Group companies.
1For the purposes of this disclosure, gross carrying value is defined as the amortised cost of a financial asset, before adjusting for any loss
allowance. As such the gross carrying value of debt instruments at FVOCI as presented above will not reconcile to the balance sheet as it excludes
fair value gains and losses.
Mainland China commercial real estate
(Unaudited)
The following table presents the group's total exposure to mainland China commercial real estate ('CRE') at 31 December 2021, by
country/territory and credit quality. Mainland China reported real estate exposures comprise exposures booked in mainland China and
offshore where the ultimate parent and beneficial owner is based in mainland China, and all exposures booked on mainland China
balance sheets.
Mainland China CRE exposure
Hong
Kong
Mainland
China
Rest of
Asia-
Pacific
Total
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Loans and advances to customers1
77,229
53,116
658
131,003
Guarantees issued and others2
13,624
18,533
127
32,284
Total mainland China CRE
exposure at 31 Dec 2021
90,853
71,649
785
163,287
Distribution of mainland China
CRE exposure by credit quality
–  Strong
27,630
30,141
239
58,010
–  Good
20,681
18,357
39,038
–  Satisfactory
26,384
22,263
546
49,193
–  Sub-standard
12,245
94
12,339
–  Impaired
3,913
794
4,707
At 31 Dec 2021
90,853
71,649
785
163,287
Allowance for ECL
4,371
379
15
4,765
1  Amounts represent gross carrying amount.
2  Amounts represent nominal amount.
At 31 December 2021, the group had no direct credit exposure to
developers in the ‘red’ category of the Chinese government's
‘three red lines’ framework. The group’s exposures related to
companies whose primary activities are focused on residential,
commercial and mixed-use real estate activities. Lending is
generally focused on tier 1 and 2 cities.
Booked in Hong Kong are higher risk exposures to a combination
of state and privately owned enterprises. This portfolio had 89% of
exposure booked with a credit quality of ‘satisfactory’ or above,
but had a higher degree of uncertainty due to tightening liquidity
and increased refinancing risks. In addition, offshore exposures
are typically higher risk than onshore exposures. At 31 December
2021, the group had allowances for ECL of HK$4,371m held
against mainland China commercial real estate exposures booked
in Hong Kong. We will continue to monitor the prevailing situation
closely.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
45
Credit-impaired loans
(Audited)
We determine that a financial instrument is credit impaired and in
stage 3 by considering relevant objective evidence, primarily
whether:
contractual payments of either principal or interest are past due
for more than 90 days;
there are other indications that the borrower is unlikely to pay,
such as when a concession has been granted to the borrower
for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s
financial condition; and
the loan is otherwise considered to be in default. If such
unlikeliness to pay is not identified at an earlier stage, it is 
deemed to occur when an exposure is 90 days past due, even
where regulatory rules permit default to be defined based on
180 days past due. Therefore, the definitions of credit impaired
and default are aligned as far as possible so that stage 3
represents all loans that are considered defaulted or otherwise
credit impaired.
Customer relief programmes
(Unaudited)
In response to the Covid-19 outbreak, governments and regulators
across Asia-Pacific have introduced a number of support measures
for both personal and wholesale customers in market-wide
schemes. The following table presents the number of personal
accounts/wholesale customers and the associated drawn loan
values of customers under these schemes and HSBC-specific
measures for major markets at 31 December 2021. When
schemes expire, accounts and customers and their associated
drawn balances are no longer reported under relief regardless of
their repayment status. In relation to personal lending, the majority
of relief measures, including payment holidays, relate to existing
lending, while in wholesale lending the relief measures comprise
payment holidays, refinancing of existing facilities and new
lending under government-backed schemes.
At 31 December 2021, the gross carrying value of loans to
personal customers under relief was HK$10.5bn (31 December
2020: HK$19.9bn). The decrease in personal customer relief during
the year was driven by customers exiting relief measures. The
gross carrying value of loans to wholesale customers under relief
was HK$67.3bn (31 December 2020: HK$91.8bn). We continue to
monitor the recoverability of loans granted under customer relief
programs, including loans to a small number of customers that
were subsequently found to be ineligible for such relief. The
ongoing performance of such loans remains an area of uncertainty
at 31 December 2021.
Personal lending
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
Hong
Kong
Other
markets1
Total
Hong
Kong
Other
markets1
Total
Market-wide schemes
Number of accounts in mortgage customer relief
000s
8
8
6
6
Drawn loan value of accounts in mortgage customer relief
HK$m
5,284
5,284
7,518
7,518
Number of accounts in other personal lending customer relief
000s
33
33
37
37
Drawn loan value of accounts in other personal lending customer relief
HK$m
4,455
4,455
2,818
2,818
HSBC-specific measures
Number of accounts in mortgage customer relief
000s
3
3
Drawn loan value of accounts in mortgage customer relief
HK$m
448
23
471
8,713
128
8,841
Number of accounts in other personal lending customer relief
000s
2
2
1
5
6
Drawn loan value of accounts in other personal lending customer relief
HK$m
267
35
302
582
196
778
Total personal lending under market-wide schemes and HSBC-specific
measures
Number of accounts in mortgage customer relief
000s
8
8
3
6
9
Drawn loan value of accounts in mortgage customer relief
HK$m
448
5,307
5,755
8,713
7,646
16,359
Number of accounts in other personal lending customer relief
000s
35
35
1
42
43
Drawn loan value of accounts in other personal lending customer relief
HK$m
267
4,490
4,757
582
3,014
3,596
Market-wide schemes and HSBC-specific measures – mortgage relief
as a proportion of total mortgages
%
0.1
1.3
0.5
1.2
2.0
1.5
Market-wide schemes and HSBC-specific measures – other personal
lending relief as a proportion of total other personal lending loans and
advance
%
0.1
4.2
1.3
0.2
2.7
1.0
Wholesale lending
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
Hong
Kong
Other
markets
Total
Hong
Kong
Other
markets
Total
Market-wide schemes
Number of customers under market-wide measures
000s
1
1
2
3
3
Drawn loan value of customers under market-wide schemes
HK$m
22,671
5,152
27,823
82,356
5,178
87,534
HSBC-specific measures
Number of customers under HSBC-specific measures
000s
5
1
6
Drawn loan value of customers under HSBC-specific measures
HK$m
35,958
3,497
39,455
1
4,295
4,296
Total wholesale lending under market-wide schemes and HSBC-
specific measures
Number of customers
000s
6
2
8
3
3
Drawn loan values
HK$m
58,629
8,649
67,278
82,357
9,473
91,830
Market-wide schemes and HSBC-specific measures as a proportion of
total wholesale lending loans and advances
%
4.1
0.9
2.9
5.9
1.1
4.1
Number of accounts/customers below 500 is rounded to zero in the above table.
1  Other markets in personal lending mainly represent Malaysia and Singapore.
Risk
46
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
The initial granting of customer relief does not automatically
trigger a migration to stage 2 or 3. However, information provided
by payment deferrals is considered in the context of other
reasonable and supportable information. This forms part of the
overall assessment for significant increase in credit risk and for
credit impairment, to identify loans for which lifetime ECL is
appropriate. An extension in payment deferral does not
automatically result in stage 2 or stage 3. The key accounting and
credit risk judgement to ascertain whether a significant increase in
credit risk has occurred is whether the economic effects of
Covid-19 on the customer are likely to be temporary over the
lifetime of the loan, and do not indicate that a concession is being
made in respect of financial difficulty that would be consistent
with stage 3.
The following narratives provides further details on the major relief
programmes offered in Hong Kong and Malaysia.
Wholesale lending
Given the persistence of the Covid-19 pandemic around the world
and the severity of the ensuing impact on the global and local
economy, HKMA – together with the Banking Sector SME Lending
Coordination Mechanism – announced on 21 September 2021 that
the Pre-approved Principal Payment Holiday Scheme would be
extended for another six months until April 2022. HKMA and the
coordination mechanism agreed that all principal payments of
loans falling due between November 2021 and April 2022 by
eligible corporate customers would be deferred by another six
months except for repayments of trade loans, which would be
deferred by 90 days.
Personal lending
Hong Kong
Mortgages
Customer relief granted on Hong Kong mortgages consists of
deferred principal repayment of up to 12 months. This relief
programme was available to existing HSBC mortgage loan
customers who had a good repayment record during the six
months prior to application. The scheme has now been closed to
applications.
Malaysia 
The Malaysian government has since April 2020 mandated several
targeted relief assistance for customers impacted by Covid-19. The
programs mainly comprised 6-month payment moratorium for
unemployed or a reduction in monthly payment corresponding to
reduction in income. The active relief takers in the portfolio
comprises enrolments into the targeted relief assistance rolled out
from 7 July 2021 where eligibility criteria was relaxed. The latest
mandated relief assistance rolled out since 15 November 2021 is
targeted at the lower income segment, requires documentary
proof of unemployment or income reduction and a notification to
the credit bureau. Repeated enrolments are allowed.
Collateral and other credit enhancements
(Audited)
Although collateral can be an important mitigant of credit risk, it is
the group’s general practice to lend on the basis of the customer’s
ability to meet their obligations out of cash flow resources rather
than placing primary reliance on collateral and other credit risk
enhancements. Depending on the customer’s standing and the
type of product, facilities may be provided without any collateral
or other credit enhancements. For other lending, a charge over
collateral is obtained and considered in determining the credit
decision and pricing. In the event of default, the bank may utilise
the collateral as a source of repayment.
Depending on its form, collateral can have a significant financial
effect in mitigating our exposure to credit risk. Where there is
sufficient collateral, an expected credit loss is not recognised. This
is the case for reverse repurchase agreements and for certain
loans and advances to customers where the loan to value (‘LTV’) is
very low.
Mitigants may include a charge on borrowers’ specific assets,
such as real estate or financial instruments. Other credit risk
mitigants include short positions in securities and financial assets
held as part of linked insurance/investment contracts where the
risk is predominantly borne by the policyholder. Additionally, risk
may be managed by employing other types of collateral and credit
risk enhancements, such as second charges, other liens and
unsupported guarantees. Guarantees are normally taken from
corporates and export credit agencies. Corporates would normally
provide guarantees as part of a parent/subsidiary relationship and
span a number of credit grades. The export credit agencies will
normally be investment grade.
Certain credit mitigants are used strategically in portfolio
management activities. While single name concentrations arise in
portfolios managed by Global Banking and Corporate Banking, it is
only in Global Banking that their size requires the use of portfolio
level credit mitigants. Across Global Banking, risk limits and
utilisations, maturity profiles and risk quality are monitored and
managed proactively. This process is key to the setting of risk
appetite for these larger, more complex, geographically distributed
customer groups. While the principal form of risk management
continues to be at the point of exposure origination, through the
lending decision-making process, Global Banking also utilises loan
sales and credit default swap (‘CDS’) hedges to manage
concentrations and reduce risk. These transactions are the
responsibility of a dedicated Global Banking portfolio management
team. Hedging activity is carried out within agreed credit
parameters, and is subject to market risk limits and a robust
governance structure. Where applicable, CDSs are entered into
directly with a central clearing house counterparty. Otherwise, our
exposure to CDS protection providers is diversified among mainly
banking counterparties with strong credit ratings.
CDS mitigants are held at portfolio level and are not reported in
the presentation below.
Collateral on loans and advances
(Audited)
The collateral measured in the following tables consists of
fixed first charges on real estate, and charges over cash and
marketable financial instruments. The values in the tables
represent the expected market value on an open market basis; no
adjustment has been made to the collateral for any expected costs
of recovery. Marketable securities are measured at their fair value.
Other types of collateral such as unsupported guarantees and
floating charges over the assets of a customer’s business are not
measured in the following tables. While such mitigants have value,
often providing rights in insolvency, their assignable value is not
sufficiently certain and they are therefore assigned no value for
disclosure purposes.
The LTV ratios presented are calculated by directly associating
loans and advances with the collateral that individually and
uniquely supports each facility. When collateral assets are shared
by multiple loans and advances, whether specifically or, more
generally, by way of an all monies charge, the collateral value is
pro-rated across the loans and advances protected by the
collateral.
For credit-impaired loans, the collateral values cannot be directly
compared with impairment allowances recognised. The LTV
figures use open market values with no adjustments.
Impairment allowances are calculated on a different basis, by
considering other cash flows and adjusting collateral values for
costs of realising collateral.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
47
Personal lending
(Unaudited)
The following table provides a quantification of the value of fixed charges we hold over specific assets where we have a history of
enforcing, and are able to enforce, collateral in satisfying a debt in the event of the borrower failing to meet its contractual obligations,
and where the collateral is cash or can be realised by sale in an established market. The collateral valuation excludes any adjustments for
obtaining and selling the collateral and, in particular, loans shown as not collateralised or partially collateralised may also benefit from
other forms of credit mitigants.
Residential mortgages including loan commitments by level of collateral
(Audited)
2021
2020
Gross carrying/
nominal
amount
ECL
coverage
Gross carrying/
nominal
amount
ECL
coverage
HK$m
%
HK$m
%
Stage 1
Fully collateralised
1,201,044
0.0
1,124,513
0.0
LTV ratio:
–  less than 70%
1,004,531
0.0
940,033
0.0
–  71% to 90%
169,824
0.0
148,242
0.0
–  91% to 100%
26,689
0.0
36,238
0.0
Partially collateralised (A):
256
0.0
2,852
0.0
–  collateral value on A
242
2,762
Total
1,201,300
0.0
1,127,365
0.0
Stage 2
Fully collateralised
23,758
0.4
26,554
0.6
LTV ratio:
–  less than 70%
20,691
0.3
22,045
0.4
–  71% to 90%
2,860
1.0
4,059
1.4
–  91% to 100%
207
2.4
450
2.0
Partially collateralised (B):
28
3.6
116
3.4
–  collateral value on B
23
111
Total
23,786
0.4
26,670
0.6
Stage 3
Fully collateralised
5,113
5.2
4,556
6.4
LTV ratio:
–  less than 70%
4,153
4.5
3,185
4.7
–  71% to 90%
827
7.7
1,245
8.8
–  91% to 100%
133
14.3
126
25.4
Partially collateralised (C):
104
29.8
119
52.1
–  collateral value on C
91
103
Total
5,217
5.7
4,675
7.5
At 31 Dec
1,230,303
0.0
1,158,710
0.1
Other personal lending
(Unaudited)
Other personal lending consists primarily of personal loans, overdrafts and credit cards, all of which are generally unsecured, except
lending to private banking customers which are generally secured.
Commercial real estate loans and advances
(Unaudited)
The value of commercial real estate collateral is determined by using a combination of external and internal valuations and physical
inspections. For commercial real estate, where the facility exceeds regulatory threshold requirements, group policy requires an
independent review of the valuation at least every three years, or more frequently as the need arises. In Hong Kong, market practice is
typically for lending to major property companies to be either secured by guarantees or unsecured.
Risk
48
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Commercial real estate loans and advances including loan commitments by level of collateral
(Audited)
2021
2020
Gross
carrying
nominal
amount
ECL
coverage
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
ECL
coverage
HK$m
%
HK$m
%
Stage 1
Not collateralised
268,397
0.0
303,890
0.0
Fully collateralised
315,939
0.1
321,650
0.1
Partially collateralised (A):
14,260
0.1
20,941
0.3
–  collateral value on A
7,790
12,163
Total
598,596
0.0
646,481
0.1
Stage 2
Not collateralised
68,871
5.8
23,644
0.1
Fully collateralised
69,438
0.7
73,991
0.6
Partially collateralised (B):
7,626
2.2
3,092
1.3
–  collateral value on B
3,159
1,315
Total
145,935
3.2
100,727
0.5
Stage 3
Not collateralised
1,541
35.8
Fully collateralised
3,085
11.3
298
6.4
Partially collateralised (C):
21
33.3
–  collateral value on C
14
Total
4,647
19.5
298
6.4
POCI
Not collateralised
Fully collateralised
764
Partially collateralised (D):
–  collateral value on D
Total
764
At 31 Dec
749,942
0.8
747,506
0.1
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
49
Other corporate, commercial and non-bank financial institutions
lending
(Unaudited)
Other corporate, commercial and financial (non-bank) loans are
analysed separately in the following table. For financing activities
in other corporate and commercial lending, collateral value is not
strongly correlated to principal repayment performance.
Collateral values are generally refreshed when an obligor’s general
credit performance deteriorates and we have to assess the likely
performance of secondary sources of repayment should it prove
necessary to rely on them.
Accordingly, the following table reports values only for customers
with CRR 8–10, recognising that these loans and advances
generally have valuations that are comparatively recent.
Other corporate, commercial and non-bank financial institutions loans and advances including loan commitments by level of collateral
(Audited)
2021
2020
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
ECL coverage
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
ECL coverage
HK$m
%
HK$m
%
Stage 1
Not collateralised
2,044,385
0.0
1,918,586
0.1
Fully collateralised
431,547
0.1
398,232
0.1
Partially collateralised (A):
262,118
0.0
242,375
0.1
–  collateral value on A
108,645
103,582
Total
2,738,050
0.0
2,559,193
0.1
Stage 2
Not collateralised
314,470
0.4
294,547
0.4
Fully collateralised
113,991
0.7
129,799
0.9
Partially collateralised (B):
37,862
0.4
40,104
1.1
–  collateral value on B
15,205
19,214
Total
466,323
0.4
464,450
0.6
Stage 3
Not collateralised
17,171
80.2
16,948
75.1
Fully collateralised
2,551
17.3
3,555
18.4
Partially collateralised (C):
7,621
36.8
7,753
31.8
–  collateral value on C
4,102
4,171
Total
27,343
62.2
28,256
56.1
POCI
Not collateralised
351
47.6
506
36.4
Fully collateralised
442
37.8
348
51.4
Partially collateralised (D):
–  collateral value on D
Total
793
42.1
854
42.5
At 31 Dec
3,232,509
0.6
3,052,753
0.7
Other credit risk exposures
(Unaudited)
In addition to collateralised lending described above, other credit
enhancements are employed and methods used to mitigate credit
risk arising from financial assets. These are summarised below:
Some securities issued by governments, banks and other
financial institutions may benefit from additional credit
enhancements provided by government guarantees that cover
the assets.
Debt securities issued by banks and financial institutions
include asset-backed securities (‘ABSs’) and similar
instruments, which are supported by underlying pools of
financial assets. Credit risk associated with ABSs is reduced
through the purchase of credit default swap (‘CDS’) protection.
The group’s maximum exposure to credit risk includes financial
guarantees and similar contracts granted, as well as loan and
other credit-related commitments. Depending on the terms of
the arrangement, we may use additional credit mitigation if a
guarantee is called upon or a loan commitment is drawn and
subsequently defaults.
Derivatives
(Unaudited)
We participate in transactions exposing us to counterparty credit
risk. Counterparty credit risk is the risk of financial loss if the
counterparty to a transaction defaults before satisfactorily settling
it. It arises principally from over-the-counter (‘OTC’) derivatives
and securities financing transactions and is calculated in both the
trading and non-trading books. Transactions vary in value by
reference to a market factor such as an interest rate, exchange
rate or asset price.
The counterparty risk from derivative transactions is taken into
account when reporting the fair value of derivative positions. The
adjustment to the fair value is known as the credit value
adjustment (‘CVA’).
Risk
50
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Treasury Risk
Overview
(Unaudited)
Treasury risk is the risk of having insufficient capital, liquidity or
funding resources to meet financial obligations and satisfy
regulatory requirements, including the risk of adverse impact on
earnings or capital due to structural foreign exchange exposures
and changes in market interest rates, together with pension and
insurance risk.
Treasury risk arises from changes to the respective resources and
risk profiles driven by customer behaviour, management decisions
or the external environment.
Approach and policy
(Unaudited)
The main objective in the management of treasury risk is to
maintain appropriate levels of capital, liquidity, funding, foreign
exchange and market risk to support business strategy, and meet
regulatory and stress testing-related requirements.
The approach to treasury management is driven by our strategic
and organisational requirements, taking into account the
regulatory, economic and commercial environment. We aim to
maintain a strong capital and liquidity base to support the risks
inherent in our business and invest in accordance with our
strategy, meeting both consolidated and local regulatory
requirements at all times.
Our policy is underpinned by our risk management framework, our
internal capital adequacy assessment process (‘ICAAP’) and our
internal liquidity adequacy assessment process (‘ILAAP’). The risk
framework incorporates a number of measures aligned to our
assessment of risks for both internal and regulatory purposes.
Treasury risk management
Key developments in 2021
(Unaudited)
We continued to roll out second line of defence for liquidity,
capital and interest rate risk in the banking book ('IRRBB') in
Asia-Pacific sites during 2021.
An internal liquidity metric (‘ILM’) was introduced during 2021
for all Asia-Pacific sites to supplement the Liquidity Coverage
Ratio ('LCR') and Net Stable Funding Ratio ('NSFR') metrics.
We enhanced our risk management of structural foreign
exchange (‘SFX’) risk. We hedge structural foreign exchange
positions where it is capital efficient to do so, and subject to
approved limits.
A first line team was created within the Global Treasury
function to be accountable for monitoring and managing the
financial risk and capital implications of the Group’s employee
defined benefit pension plans. This change creates clearer
delineation of the roles and responsibilities of the first and
second lines of defence.
Governance and structure
(Unaudited)
The Board approves the policy and risk appetite for Liquidity and
Capital. It is supported and advised by the Risk Committee (‘RC’).
The Global Treasury function actively manages capital and liquidity
risk on an on-going basis and provides support to the Asset and
Liability Management Committee (‘ALCO’), and is overseen by the
Treasury Risk Management function and the Risk Management
Meeting (‘RMM’). Global Treasury also manages SFX risk,
including implementing hedging strategies approved by Chief
Financial Officer, supported by ALCO, and treasury risk.
The Global Treasury function further manages interest rate risk in
the non-trading banking book, maintaining the transfer pricing
framework and informing the ALCO and local ALCOs of the group
and site’s overall banking book interest rate exposure. Banking
book interest rate positions may be transferred to be managed by
the Global Treasury business, within the market risk limits
approved by the RMM.
Pension risk is managed through a network of local governance
forums. The regional Pension Risk Management Meeting oversees
all pension plans sponsored by HSBC in Asia-Pacific, and is
chaired by the Regional Head of Traded and Treasury Risk
Management.
The Treasury Risk Management function carries out independent
review, challenge and assurance of the appropriateness of the risk
management activities undertaken by Global Treasury. Internal
Audit provides independent assurance that risk is managed
effectively.
Capital risk
Capital management
(Audited)
Our approach to capital management is driven by our strategic
and organisational requirements, taking into account the
regulatory, economic and commercial environment in which we
operate.
It is our objective to maintain a strong capital base to support the
risks inherent in our business, to invest in accordance with our
strategy and to meet regulatory capital requirements at all times.
To achieve this, our policy is to hold capital in a range of different
forms and all capital raising is agreed with major subsidiaries as
part of their individual and the group’s capital management
processes.
The policy on capital management is underpinned by a capital
management framework and our ICAAP. The framework
incorporates key capital risk appetites for CET1, Tier1, Total
Capital, Loss Absorbing Capacity ('LAC') and Leverage Ratio,
which enables us to manage our capital in a consistent manner.
The framework defines regulatory capital and economic capital as
the two primary measures for the management and control of
capital.
Capital measures:
regulatory capital is the capital which we are required to hold in
accordance with the rules established by regulators; and
economic capital is the internally calculated capital requirement
to support risks to which we are exposed and forms a core part
of the ICAAP.
ICAAP is an assessment of the group’s capital position, outlining
both regulatory and internal capital resources and requirements
resulting from our business model, strategy, risk profile and
management, performance and planning, risks to capital, and the
implications of stress testing. Our assessment of capital adequacy
is driven by an assessment of risks. These risks include credit,
market, operational, pension, insurance, structural foreign
exchange, interest rate risk in the banking book. The group’s
ICAAP supports the determination of the capital risk appetite and
target ratios, as well as enables the assessment and determination
of capital requirements by regulators.
Our capital management process is articulated in our annual
capital plan which is approved by the Board. The plan is drawn up
with the objective of maintaining both an appropriate amount of
capital and an optimal mix between the different components of
capital. Each subsidiary manages its own capital to support its
planned business growth and meet its local regulatory
requirements within the context of the approved annual group
capital plan. In accordance with the Capital Management
Framework, capital generated by subsidiaries in excess of planned
requirements is returned to the Bank, normally by way of
dividends.
The Bank is the primary provider of capital to its subsidiaries and
these investments are substantially funded by the Bank’s own
capital issuance and profit retention. As part of its capital
management process, the Bank seeks to maintain a prudent
balance between the composition of its capital and that of its
investment in subsidiaries.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
51
The principal forms of capital are included in the following
balances on the consolidated balance sheet: share capital, other
equity instruments, retained earnings, other reserves and
subordinated liabilities.
Regulatory capital requirements
(Audited)
The Hong Kong Monetary Authority (‘HKMA’) supervises the
group on both a consolidated and solo-consolidated basis and
therefore receives information on the capital adequacy of, and sets
capital requirements for, the group as a whole and on a solo-
consolidated basis. Individual banking subsidiaries and branches
are directly regulated by their local banking supervisors, who set
and monitor their capital adequacy requirements. In most
jurisdictions, non-banking financial subsidiaries are also subject to
the supervision and capital requirements of local regulatory
authorities.
The group uses the advanced internal ratings-based approach to
calculate its credit risk for the majority of its non-securitisation
exposures. For securitisation exposures, the group uses the
securitisation internal ratings-based approach, securitisation
external ratings-based approach, securitisation standardised
approach or securitisation fall-back approach to determine credit
risk for its banking book securitisation exposures. For counterparty
credit risk, the group uses both the standardised (counterparty
credit risk) approach and the internal models approach to calculate
its default risk exposures for derivatives, and the comprehensive
approach for SFTs. For market risk, the group uses an internal
models approach to calculate its general market risk for the risk
categories of interest rate and foreign exchange (including gold)
exposures, and equity exposures. The group also uses an internal
models approach to calculate its market risk in respect of specific
risk for interest rate exposures and equity exposures. The group
uses the standardised (market risk) approach for calculating other
market risk positions, as well as trading book securitisation
exposures, and the standardised (operational risk) approach to
calculate its operational risk.
During the year, the individual entities within the group and the
group itself complied with all of the capital requirements of the
HKMA. 
Basel III
(Unaudited)
The Basel III capital rules set out the minimum CET1 capital
requirement of 4.5% and total capital requirement of 8%. At
31 December 2021, the capital buffers applicable to the group
include the Capital Conservation Buffer (‘CCB’), the
Countercyclical Capital Buffer (‘CCyB’) and the Higher Loss
Absorbency (‘HLA’) requirement for Domestic Systemically
Important Banks (‘D-SIB’). The CCB is 2.5% and is designed to
ensure banks build up capital outside periods of stress. The CCyB
is set on an individual country basis and is built up during periods
of excess credit growth to protect against future losses. On
28 October 2021, the HKMA maintained the CCyB for Hong Kong
at 1.0%. On 24 December 2021, the HKMA maintained the D-SIB
designation as well as HLA requirement at 2.5% for the group.
The group is classified as a material subsidiary under the Financial
Institutions (Resolution) (Loss-absorbing Capacity Requirements –
Banking Sector) Rules (‘LAC Rules’) and therefore is subject to the
LAC requirements to maintain its internal LAC risk-weighted ratio
and the internal LAC leverage ratio at or above specified
minimums. 
Leverage ratio
(Unaudited)
Basel III introduces a simple non risk-based leverage ratio as a
complementary measure to the risk-based capital requirements. It
aims to constrain the build-up of excess leverage in the banking
sector, introducing additional safeguards against model risk and
measurement errors. The ratio is a volume-based measure
calculated as tier 1 capital divided by total on- and off-balance
sheet exposures.
At
31 Dec
31 Dec
2021
2020
%
%
Leverage ratio
5.8
6.4
Capital and leverage ratio exposure
measure
HK$m
HK$m
Tier 1 capital
530,701
555,553
Total exposure measure
9,192,814
8,705,672
The decrease in the leverage ratio from 31 December 2020 to
31 December 2021 was mainly due to the rise in the exposure
measure and the decrease in Tier 1 capital.
Further details regarding the group’s leverage position can be
viewed in the Banking Disclosure Statement 2021, which will be
available in the Regulatory Disclosure Section of our website:
www.hsbc.com.hk.
Capital adequacy at 31 December 2021
(Unaudited)
The following tables show the capital ratios, RWAs and capital
base as contained in the ‘Capital Adequacy Ratio’ return submitted
to the HKMA on a consolidated basis under the requirements of
section 3C(1) of the Banking (Capital) Rules.
The basis of consolidation for financial accounting purposes is
described in Note 1 on the Consolidated Financial Statements and
differs from that used for regulatory purposes. Further information
on the regulatory consolidation basis and a full reconciliation
between the group’s accounting and regulatory balance sheets
can be viewed in the Banking Disclosure Statement 2021.
Subsidiaries not included in the group's consolidation for
regulatory purposes are securities and insurance companies and
the capital invested by the group in these subsidiaries is deducted
from regulatory capital, subject to threshold.
The Bank and its banking subsidiaries maintain regulatory reserves
to satisfy the provisions of the Banking Ordinance and local
regulatory requirements for prudential supervision purposes. At
31 December 2021, the effect of this requirement is to reduce the
amount of reserves which can be distributed to shareholders by
HK$18,587m (31 December 2020: HK$18,063m).
We closely monitor and consider future regulatory change and
continue to evaluate the impact upon our capital requirements of
regulatory developments. This includes the Basel III Reforms
package, which is currently scheduled for implementation by the
HKMA starting from 1 July 2023. We will continue to participate in
consultations and monitor progress on the implementation. Based
on the results of latest HKMA consultations, we foresee a mild
positive impact on our capital ratios on initial application. The
RWA output floor under the Basel III Reforms will commence once
implemented, with a five-year transitional provision. Any impact
from the output floor would be towards the end of the transition
period. We are expecting the issuance of draft rules in 2022 which
will enable us to better estimate the impact.
Risk
52
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Capital ratios
(Unaudited)
At
31 Dec
31 Dec
2021
2020
%
%
Common equity tier 1 (‘CET1’) capital ratio
15.4
17.2
Tier 1 capital ratio
16.8
18.8
Total capital ratio
18.7
20.8
Risk-weighted assets by risk type
(Unaudited)
At
31 Dec
31 Dec
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Credit risk
2,497,803
2,378,821
Counterparty credit risk
148,188
113,650
Market risk
172,831
107,661
Operational risk
337,731
356,861
Total
3,156,553
2,956,993
Risk-weighted assets by reportable segments
(Unaudited)
At
31 Dec
31 Dec
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Wealth and Personal Banking
621,757
583,078
Commercial Banking
1,157,241
1,072,171
Global Banking
566,587
561,332
Markets and Securities Services
410,599
322,828
Corporate Centre
334,450
356,801
Other (GBM-other)
65,919
60,783
Total
3,156,553
2,956,993
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
53
Capital base
(Unaudited)
The following table sets out the composition of the group’s capital base under Basel III at 31 December 2021.
Capital base
(Unaudited)
At
31 Dec
31 Dec
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Common equity tier 1 (‘CET1’) capital
Shareholders’ equity
714,139
712,119
– shareholders’ equity per balance sheet
856,809
845,353
– revaluation reserve capitalisation issue
(1,454)
(1,454)
– other equity instruments
(44,615)
(44,615)
– unconsolidated subsidiaries
(96,601)
(87,165)
Non-controlling interests
28,730
27,907
– non-controlling interests per balance sheet
66,702
66,178
– non-controlling interests in unconsolidated subsidiaries
(11,800)
(10,801)
– surplus non-controlling interests disallowed in CET1
(26,172)
(27,470)
Regulatory deductions to CET1 capital
(258,215)
(230,574)
– valuation adjustments
(1,834)
(1,648)
– goodwill and intangible assets
(28,883)
(23,276)
– deferred tax assets net of deferred tax liabilities
(3,353)
(3,273)
– cash flow hedging reserve
(60)
(33)
– changes in own credit risk on fair valued liabilities
1,322
1,814
– defined benefit pension fund assets
(18)
(12)
– significant Loss-absorbing capacity (‘LAC’) investments in unconsolidated financial sector entities
(139,239)
(119,868)
– property revaluation reserves1
(67,563)
(66,215)
– regulatory reserve
(18,587)
(18,063)
Total CET1 capital
484,654
509,452
Additional tier 1 (‘AT1’) capital
Total AT1 capital before regulatory deductions
46,073
46,101
– perpetual subordinated loans
44,615
44,615
– allowable non-controlling interests in AT1 capital
1,458
1,486
Regulatory deductions to AT1 capital
(26)
– significant LAC investments in unconsolidated financial sector entities
(26)
Total AT1 capital
46,047
46,101
Total tier 1 capital
530,701
555,553
Tier 2 capital
Total tier 2 capital before regulatory deductions
67,802
66,717
– perpetual subordinated debt2
3,119
3,101
– term subordinated debt
14,972
15,698
– property revaluation reserves1
31,057
30,451
– impairment allowances and regulatory reserve eligible for inclusion in tier 2 capital
17,471
16,451
– allowable non-controlling interests in tier 2 capital
1,183
1,016
Regulatory deductions to tier 2 capital
(8,025)
(7,725)
– significant LAC  investments in unconsolidated financial sector entities
(8,025)
(7,725)
Total tier 2 capital
59,777
58,992
Total capital
590,478
614,545
1Includes the revaluation surplus on investment properties which is reported as part of retained earnings and adjustments made in accordance with
the Banking (Capital) Rules issued by the HKMA.
2This Tier 2 capital instrument is grandfathered under Basel III and will be phased out in full after 31 December 2021.
A detailed breakdown of the group’s CET1 capital, AT1 capital, Tier 2 capital and regulatory deductions can be viewed in the Banking
Disclosure Statement 2021.
Risk
54
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Non-trading book foreign exchange exposures
Structural foreign exchange exposures
(Unaudited)
Structural foreign exchange exposures represent net assets or
capital investments in subsidiaries, branches, joint arrangements
or associates, the functional currencies of which are currencies
other than the Hong Kong dollar. An entity’s functional currency is
normally that of the primary economic environment in which the
entity operates.
Exchange differences on structural exposures are recognised in
other comprehensive income ('OCI’). The group uses Hong Kong
dollar as our presentation currency in our consolidated financial
statements. Therefore, our consolidated balance sheet is affected
by exchange differences between Hong Kong dollar and all the
non-Hong Kong dollar functional currencies of underlying
subsidiaries.
Our structural foreign exchange exposures are managed with the
primary objective of ensuring, where practical, that our
consolidated capital ratios and the capital ratios of individual
banking subsidiaries are largely protected from the effect of
changes in exchange rates.
We hedge structural foreign exchange positions where it is capital
efficient to do so, and subject to approved limits. Hedging
positions are monitored and rebalanced periodically to manage
RWA or downside risks associated with group’s foreign currency
investments.
The group had the following net structural foreign currency
exposures that were not less than 10% of the total net structural
foreign currency exposures:
LCYm
HK$m equivalent
At 31 Dec 2021
Renminbi
221,207
271,421
US dollars
10,224
79,731
At 31 Dec 2020
Renminbi
210,707
250,116
Transactional foreign exchange exposures
(Unaudited)
Transactional foreign exchange exposures arise from transactions
in the banking book generating profit and loss or OCI reserves in a
currency other than the reporting currency of the operating entity.
Transactional foreign exchange exposure generated through profit
and loss is periodically transferred to Markets and Securities
Services and managed within limits with the exception of limited
residual foreign exchange exposure arising from timing differences
or for other reasons. Transactional foreign exchange exposure
generated through OCI reserves is managed by the Markets
Treasury business within a limit framework to be agreed in the first
half of 2022.
Liquidity and funding risk
Overview
(Audited)
Liquidity risk is the risk that we do not have sufficient financial
resources to meet our obligations as they fall due. Liquidity risk
arises from mismatches in the timing of cash flows.
Funding risk is the risk that we cannot raise funding or can only do
so at excessive cost.
The group has comprehensive policies, metrics and controls,
which aims to allow us to withstand severe but plausible liquidity
stresses. The group manages liquidity and funding risk at an
operating entity level to make sure that obligations can be met in
the jurisdiction where they fall due, generally without reliance on
other parts of the group.
Operating entities are required to meet internal minimum
requirements and any applicable regulatory requirements at all
times. These requirements are assessed through the Internal
Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process ('ILAAP'), which ensures
that operating entities have robust strategies, policies, processes
and systems for the identification, measurement, management
and monitoring of liquidity risk over an appropriate set of time
horizons, including intra-day. The ILAAP informs the validation of
risk tolerance and the setting of risk appetite. It also assesses the
capability to manage liquidity and funding effectively in each
major entity. These metrics are set and managed locally but are
subject to robust global review and challenge to ensure
consistency of approach and application of the Group’s policies
and controls.
Framework
(Unaudited)
Global Treasury function is responsible for the application of
policies and controls at a local operating entity level. The elements
of liquidity and funding risk management framework are
underpinned by a robust governance framework, with the two
major elements being:
Asset and Liability Management Committees (‘ALCOs’) at the
group and entity level; and
annual internal liquidity adequacy assessment process (‘ILAAP’)
used to validate risk tolerance and set risk appetite.
All operating entities are required to prepare an ILAAP document
at appropriate frequency. Compliance with liquidity and funding
requirements is monitored and reported to ALCO, RMM and
Executive Committee on a regular basis.
Liquidity and Funding Risk management processes include:
maintaining compliance with relevant regulatory requirements
of the operating entity;
projecting cash flows under various stress scenarios and
considering the level of liquid assets necessary in relation
thereto;
monitoring liquidity and funding ratios against internal and
regulatory requirements;
maintaining a diverse range of funding sources with adequate
back-up facilities;
managing the concentration and profile of term funding;
managing contingent liquidity commitment exposures within
predetermined limits;
maintaining debt financing plans;
monitoring of depositor concentration in order to avoid undue
reliance on large individual depositors and ensuring a
satisfactory overall funding mix; and
maintaining liquidity and funding contingency plans. These
plans identify early indicators of stress conditions and describe
actions to be taken in the event of difficulties arising from
systemic or other crises, while minimising adverse long-term
implications for the business.
Management of liquidity and funding risk
(Audited)
Funding and liquidity plans form part of the financial resource plan
that is approved by the Board. The Board-level appetite measures
are the liquidity coverage ratio (‘LCR’) and net stable funding ratio
(‘NSFR’). An internal liquidity metric (‘ILM’) was introduced in
January 2021 to supplement the LCR and NSFR metrics. An
appropriate funding and liquidity profile is managed through a
wider set of measures:
a minimum LCR requirement;
a minimum NSFR requirement or other appropriate metric;
an ILM;
a legal entity depositor concentration limit;
cumulative term funding maturity concentrations limit;
a minimum LCR requirement by currency;
intra-day liquidity;
the application of liquidity funds transfer pricing; and
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
55
forward-looking funding assessments.
Sources of funding
(Unaudited)
Our primary sources of funding are customer current accounts and
customer savings deposits payable on demand or at short notice.
We issue wholesale securities (secured and unsecured) to
supplement our customer deposits and change the currency mix,
maturity profile or location of our liabilities.
Currency mismatch in the LCR
(Unaudited)
Group policy requires all operating entities to monitor material
single currency LCR. Limits are set to ensure that outflows can be
met, given assumptions on stressed capacity in the FX swap
markets.
Additional collateral obligations
(Unaudited)
Under the terms of our current collateral obligations of derivative
contracts (which are ISDA compliant CSA contracts), the
additional collateral required to post in the event of one-notch and
two-notch downgrade in credit ratings is immaterial.
Liquidity and funding risk in 2021
(Unaudited)
The group is required to calculate its LCR and NSFR on a
consolidated basis in accordance with rule 11(1) of The Banking
(Liquidity) Rules ('BLR'), and is required to maintain both LCR and
NSFR of not less than 100%.
The average LCR of the group for the period are as follows:
Quarter ended
31 Dec
31 Dec
2021
2020
%
%
Average LCR
154.3
172.1
The liquidity position of the group remained strong in 2021. The
average LCR decreased by 17.8 percentage points from 172.1%
for the quarter ended 31 December 2020 to 154.3% for the quarter
ended 31 December 2021, mainly as a result of an increase in
customer loans and other securities.
The majority of high quality liquid assets ('HQLA') included in the
LCR are Level 1 assets as defined in the BLR, which consist mainly
of government debt securities.
The total weighted amount of HQLA of the group for the period
are as follows:
Weighted amount (average
value) at quarter ended
31 Dec
31 Dec
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Level 1 assets
1,767,933
1,870,016
Level 2A assets
79,368
78,515
Level 2B assets
64,106
34,468
Total
1,911,407
1,982,999
The NSFR of the group for the period are as follows:
Quarter ended
31 Dec
31 Dec
2021
2020
%
%
Net stable funding ratio
151.9
159.3
The funding position of the group remained robust in 2021,
highlighting a surplus of stable funding relative to the required
stable funding requirement. The NSFR decreased by 7.4
percentage points from 159.3% for the quarter ended.
31 December 2020 to 151.9% for the quarter ended 31 December
2021, mainly as a result of an increase in customer loans and
other securities.
Interdependent assets and liabilities included in the group's NSFR
are certificates of indebtedness held and legal tender notes issued.
Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book
(Unaudited)
Measurement of interest rate risk in the banking book
processes
Assessment and risk appetite
Interest rate risk in the banking book is the risk of an adverse
impact to earnings or capital due to changes in market interest
rates. It is generated by our non-traded assets and liabilities,
specifically loans, deposits and financial instruments that are not
held for trading intent or held in order to hedge positions held with
trading intent. Interest rate risk that can be economically hedged
may be transferred to the Markets Treasury business. Hedging is
generally executed through interest rate derivatives or fixed-rate
government bonds. Any interest rate risk that Markets Treasury
cannot economically hedge is not transferred and will remain
within the global business where the risks originate.
The Global Treasury function uses a number of measures to
monitor and control interest rate risk in the banking book,
including:
net interest income sensitivity; and
economic value of equity sensitivity.
Net interest income sensitivity
A principal part of our management of non-traded interest rate risk
is to monitor the sensitivity of expected net interest income (‘NII’)
under varying interest rate scenarios (i.e. simulation modelling),
where all other economic variables are held constant. This
monitoring is undertaken at an entity level by local ALCOs, where
entities calculate both one-year and five-year NII sensitivities
across a range of interest rate scenarios.
NII sensitivity figures represent the effect of pro forma movements
in projected yield curves based on a static balance sheet size and
structure. The exception to this is where the size of the balances or
repricing is deemed interest rate sensitive, for example, non-
interest-bearing current account migration and fixed-rate loan
early prepayment. These sensitivity calculations do not incorporate
actions that would be taken by Markets Treasury or in the
business that originates the risk to mitigate the effect of interest
rate movements.
The NII sensitivity calculations assume that interest rates of all
maturities move by the same amount in the ‘up-shock’ scenario.
The sensitivity calculations in the ‘down-shock’ scenarios reflect
no floors to the shocked market rates. However, customer
product-specific interest rate floors are recognised where
applicable.
Economic value of equity sensitivity
Economic value of equity (‘EVE’) represents the present value of
the future banking book cash flows that could be distributed to
equity holders under a managed run-off scenario. This equates to
the current book value of equity plus the present value of future
NII in this scenario. EVE can be used to assess the economic
capital required to support interest rate risk in the banking book.
An EVE sensitivity represents the expected movement in EVE due
to pre-specified interest rate shocks, where all other economic
variables are held constant. Operating entities are required to
monitor EVE sensitivities as a percentage of capital resources.
Pension Risk
(Unaudited)
Our global pensions strategy is to move from defined benefit to
defined contribution plans, where local law allows and it is
considered competitive to do so. We will continue to review and
enhance our risk appetite metrics to assist the internal monitoring
of our de-risking programmes.
In defined contribution pension plans, the contributions that HSBC
is required to make are known, while the ultimate pension benefit
will vary, typically with investment returns achieved by investment
Risk
56
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
choices made by the employee. While the market risk to HSBC of
defined contribution plans is low, the group is still exposed to
operational and reputational risk.
In defined benefit pension plans, the level of pension benefit is
known. Therefore, the level of contributions required by HSBC will
vary due to a number of risks, including:
investments delivering a return below that required to provide
the projected plan benefits;
the prevailing economic environment leading to corporate
failures, thus triggering write-downs in asset values (both
equity and debt); and
a change in interest rate expectations, causing an increase in
the value of plan liabilities.
Pension risk is assessed using an economic capital model that
takes into account potential variations in these factors. The impact
of these variations on both pension assets and pension liabilities is
assessed using a 1-in-200-year stress test. Scenario analysis and
other stress tests are also used to support pension risk
management. To fund the benefits associated with defined benefit
plans, sponsoring group companies make regular contributions in
accordance with advice from actuaries and in consultation with
the plan’s fiduciaries where relevant. These contributions are
normally set to ensure that there are sufficient funds to meet the
cost of the accruing benefits for the future service of active
members. However, higher contributions are required when plan
assets are considered insufficient to cover the existing pension
liabilities. Contribution rates are typically revised annually or once
every three years, depending on the plan.
The defined benefit plans invest contributions in a range of
investments designed to limit the risk of assets failing to meet a
plan’s liabilities. Any changes in expected returns from the
investments may also change future contribution requirements. In
pursuit of these long-term objectives, an overall target allocation is
established between asset classes of the defined benefit plan. In
addition, each permitted asset class has its own benchmarks, such
as stock-market indices. The target allocations are reviewed
regularly, typically once every three to five years, and more
frequently if required by local legislation or circumstances. The
process generally involves an asset and liability review.
Market Risk
Overview
(Unaudited)
Market risk is the risk that movements in market factors, such as
foreign exchange rates, interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices
and commodity prices, will reduce our income or the value of our
portfolios. Exposure to market risk is separated into two portfolios:
trading portfolios and non-trading portfolios.
Market risk management
Key developments in 2021
(Unaudited)
There were no material changes to our policies and practices for
the management of market risk in 2021.
Governance and structure
(Unaudited)
The following diagram summarises the main business areas where
trading and non-trading market risks reside, and the market risk
measures used to monitor and limit exposures.
Risk types
Trading risk
Non-trading risk
Foreign exchange and
commodities
Interest rates
Credit spreads
Equities
Foreign exchange
Interest rates1
Credit spreads
Global business
MSS and GBM Other
MSS, GB, GBM Other, ALCM
CMB and WPB
Risk measure
VaR | Sensitivity | Stress
Testing
VaR | Sensitivity | Stress
Testing
1  The interest rate risk on the fixed-rate securities issued by HSBC
Holdings is not included in the group value at risk.
.
Where appropriate, we apply similar risk management policies and
measurement techniques to both trading and non-trading
portfolios. Our objective is to manage and control market risk
exposures to optimise return on risk while maintaining a market
profile consistent with our established risk appetite.
Market risk is managed and controlled through limits approved by
the group's Board of Directors. These limits are allocated across
business lines and to the Group’s legal entities. The group has an
independent market risk management and control sub-function,
which is responsible for measuring, monitoring and reporting
market risk exposures against limits on a daily basis. Each
operating entity is required to assess the market risks arising in its
business and to transfer them either to its local Markets and
Securities Services or Market Treasury unit for management, or to
separate books managed under the supervision of the local ALCO.
The Traded Risk function enforces the controls around trading in
permissible instruments approved for each site as well as changes
that follow completion of the new product approval process.
Trading Risk also restricts trading in the more complex derivatives
products to offices with appropriate levels of product expertise
and robust control systems.
Key risk management processes
Monitoring and limiting market risk exposures
(Audited)
Our objective is to manage and control market risk exposures
while maintaining a market profile consistent with our risk
appetite.
We use a range of tools to monitor and limit market risk exposures
including sensitivity analysis, VaR and stress testing.
Sensitivity analysis
(Unaudited)
Sensitivity analysis measures the impact of individual market
factor movements on specific instruments or portfolios, including
interest rates, foreign exchange rates and equity prices. We use
sensitivity measures to monitor the market risk positions within
each risk type. Granular sensitivity limits are set for trading desks
with consideration of market liquidity, customer demand and
capital constraints, among other factors.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
57
Value at risk
(Audited)
VaR is a technique for estimating potential losses on risk positions
as a result of movements in market rates and prices over a
specified time horizon and to a given level of confidence. The use
of VaR is integrated into market risk management and calculated
for all trading positions regardless of how we capitalise them. In
addition, we calculate VaR for non-trading portfolios to have a
complete picture of risk. Where we do not calculate VaR explicitly,
we use alternative tools as summarised in the ‘Stress testing’
section below.
Our models are predominantly based on historical simulation that
incorporates the following features:
historical market rates and prices, which are calculated with
reference to foreign exchange rates, commodity prices, interest
rates, equity prices and the associated volatilities;
potential market movements that are calculated with reference
to data from the past two years; and
calculations to a 99% confidence level and using a one-day
holding period.
The models also incorporate the effect of option features on the
underlying exposures. The nature of the VaR models means that
an increase in observed market volatility will lead to an increase in
VaR without any changes in the underlying positions.
VaR model limitations
(Audited)
Although a valuable guide to risk, VaR is used with awareness of
its limitations. For example:
the use of historical data as a proxy for estimating future
market moves may not encompass all potential market events,
particularly those that are extreme in nature.
the use of a one-day holding period for risk management
purposes of trading and non-trading books assumes that this
short period is sufficient to hedge or liquidate all positions.
the use of a 99% confidence level by definition does not take
into account losses that might occur beyond this level of
confidence.
VaR is calculated on the basis of exposures outstanding at the
close of business and therefore does not reflect intra-day
exposures.
Risk not in VaR framework
(Unaudited)
The risks not in VaR (‘RNIV’) framework captures and capitalises
material market risks that are not adequately covered in the VaR
model.
Risk factors are reviewed on a regular basis and are either
incorporated directly in the VaR models, where possible, or
quantified through either the VaR-based RNIV approach or a stress
test approach within the RNIV framework. While VaR-based RNIVs
are calculated by using historical scenarios, stress-type RNIVs are
estimated on the basis of stress scenarios whose severity is
calibrated to be in line with the capital adequacy requirements.
The outcome of the VaR-based RNIV approach is included in the
overall VaR calculation but excluded from the VaR measure used
for regulatory back-testing. In addition, the stressed VaR measure
also includes risk factors considered in the VaR-based RNIV
approach. Stress-type RNIVs include a de-peg risk measure to
capture risk to pegged and heavily-managed currencies.
Stress testing
(Unaudited)
Stress testing is an important procedure that is integrated into our
market risk management framework to evaluate the potential
impact on portfolio values of more extreme, although plausible,
events or movements in a set of financial variables. In such
scenarios, losses can be much greater than those predicted by
VaR modelling.
Stress testing is implemented at legal entity, regional and overall
Group levels. A set of scenarios is used consistently across all
regions within the Group. The risk appetite around potential stress
losses for the Group is set and monitored against a referral limit.
Market risk reverse stress tests are designed to identify
vulnerabilities in our portfolios by looking for scenarios that lead to
loss levels considered severe for the relevant portfolio. These
scenarios may be quite local or idiosyncratic in nature, and
complement the systematic top-down stress testing.
Stress testing and reverse stress testing provide senior
management with insights regarding the ‘tail risk’ beyond VaR, for
which our appetite is limited.
Trading portfolios
(Audited)
Trading portfolios comprise positions held for client servicing and
market-making, with the intention of short-term resale and/or to
hedge risks resulting from such positions.
Back-testing
(Audited)
We routinely validate the accuracy of our VaR models by back-
testing the VaR metric against both actual and hypothetical profit
and loss. Hypothetical profit and loss excludes non-modelled items
such as fees, commissions and revenue of intra-day transactions.
The number of back-testing exceptions is used to gauge how well
the models are performing. We consider enhanced internal
monitoring of a VaR model if more than five profit exceptions or
more than five loss exceptions occur in a 250-day period.
We back-test our VaR at set levels of our Group entity hierarchy.
Market risk in 2021
(Unaudited)
Financial markets were resilient in 2021. During the first half of the
year, the rollout of Covid vaccination programmes, loose financial
conditions and continued fiscal support contributed to a gradual
reopening of major economies. Concerns of rising inflationary
pressures were mainly interpreted as transitory. Whilst the path of
monetary policies remained uncertain, central banks continued to
provide liquidity. This supported risk assets valuations, while
volatility in most asset classes remained subdued. In the second
half of 2021, amid the emergence of new Covid variants, global
equities reached further record highs, as investors focused on
global economic resilience and corporate earnings. Yields followed
a downward trend for most of 3Q-21, before reversing in the final
weeks of the year, when markets began pricing a faster pace of
interest rate rise in some of the major economies, due to
persistently elevated inflation and the expectation of a tighter
monetary policies. Credit markets remained strong, with credit
benchmark indices for investment-grade and high-yield debt close
to pre-pandemic levels. Nevertheless a wave of volatility and
uncertainty in the Chinese property sector due to liquidity crunch
resulting numerous rating downgrades and defaults during the
second half of 2021.
We continued to manage market risk prudently during 2021.
Sensitivity exposures and VaR remained within appetite as the
business pursued its core market-making activity in support of our
customers. Market risk was managed using a complementary set
of risk measures and limits, including stress and scenario analysis.
Trading portfolios
(Audited)
Value at risk of the trading portfolios
Trading VaR was predominantly generated by Markets and
Securities Services business. Interest rate risks from market-
making activities were the main drivers of trading VaR. Total
trading VaR was higher as at 31 December 2021 compared to.
31 December 2020 mainly due to the reduction in portfolio
diversification across different asset class VaR.
Risk
58
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
The trading VaR for the year is shown in the table below.
Trading value at risk, 99% 1 day1
(Audited)
Foreign
exchange and
commodity
Interest
rate
Equity
Credit
spread
Portfolio
diversification2
Total3
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
At 31 Dec 2021
Year end
36
135
60
31
(74)
188
Average
49
158
77
34
177
Maximum
78
218
108
62
241
At 31 Dec 2020
Year end
50
130
62
45
(143)
144
Average
48
140
62
49
172
Maximum
96
250
118
106
251
1Trading portfolios comprise positions arising from the market-making and warehousing of customer-derived positions.
2Portfolio diversification is the market risk dispersion effect of holding a portfolio containing different risk types. It represents the reduction in
unsystematic market risk that occurs when combining a number of different risk types, for example, interest rate, equity and foreign exchange,
together in one portfolio. It is measured as the difference between the sum of the VaR by individual risk type and the combined total VaR. A
negative number represents the benefit of portfolio diversification. As the maximum and minimum occur on different days for different risk types,
it is not meaningful to calculate a portfolio diversification benefit for these measures.
3The total VaR is non-additive across risk types due to diversification effects.
Resilience risk
(Unaudited)
Overview
Resilience risk is the risk that we are unable to provide critical
services to our customers, affiliates and counterparties, as a result
of sustained and significant operational disruption. Resilience risk
arises from failures or inadequacies in processes, people, systems
or external events.
Resilience risk management
Key developments in 2021
The Operational and Resilience Risk sub-function provides robust
non-financial risk steward oversight of the management of risk by
the Group businesses, functions and legal entities. It also provides
effective and timely independent challenge. During the year we
carried out a number of initiatives to strengthen the management
of non-financial risks:
We developed a more robust understanding of our risk and
control environment, by updating our material risk taxonomy
and control libraries, and refreshing material risk and control
assessments.
We further strengthened our non-financial risk governance and
senior leadership focus.
We created a consolidated view of all risk issues across the
Group enabling better senior management focus, read across
on material control issues and intervention as required.
We improved how we provide better analysis and reporting of
non-financial risks, with more risk practitioners having access
to a wider range of management information on their risks and
controls.
We increased the capability of risk stewards to allow for
effective stewardship to be in place across the Group.
We strengthened read across of issues and near misses by
implementing a Group-wide harmonized approach across
businesses, functions and regions.
We enhanced risk management oversight across our most
material change initiatives to support growth in our strategic
transformation in 2021.
We prioritise our efforts on material risks and areas undergoing
strategic growth, aligning our location strategy to this need. We
also remotely provide oversight and stewardship, including
support of chief risk officers, in territories where we have no
physical presence.
Governance and structure
The Operational and Resilience Risk target operating model
provides a globally consistent view across resilience risks,
strengthening our risk management oversight while operating
effectively as part of a simplified non-financial risk structure. We
view resilience risk across seven risk types related to: third parties
and supply chains; information, technology and cybersecurity;
payments and manual processing; physical security; business
interruption and contingency risk; building unavailability; and
workplace safety.
The principal senior management meeting for operational and
resilience risk governance is the Non-Financial Risk Management
Board, chaired by the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer,
with an escalation path to the Group Risk Management Meeting.
Key risk management processes
Operational resilience is our ability to anticipate, prevent, adapt,
respond to, recover and learn from internal or external disruption,
protecting customers, the markets we operate in and economic
stability. Resilience is determined by assessing whether we are
able to continue to provide our most important services, within an
agreed level. We accept we will not be able to prevent all
disruption, we prioritise investment to continually improve the
response and recovery strategies for our most important business
services.
Business operations continuity
Business Continuity, in response to the Covid 19 pandemic,
remains in place across a number of locations where the Group
operates, allowing the majority of service level agreements to be
maintained. There were no significant impacts to service delivery
in locations where the Group operates.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
59
Regulatory compliance risk
(Unaudited)
Overview
Regulatory compliance risk is the risk that we fail to observe the
letter and spirit of all relevant laws, codes, rules, regulations and
standards of good market practice, which as a consequence incur
fines and penalties and suffer damage to our business.
Regulatory compliance risk arises from the risks associated with
breaching our duty to our customers and inappropriate market
conduct, as well as breaching regulatory licensing, permissions
and rules.
Regulatory compliance risk management
Key developments in 2021
We have continued to embed the structural changes made in the
prior year to our wider approach to Compliance Risk Management.
The integration of the Risk and Compliance functions in May 2021
brought together two complementary functions which will
strengthen the Regulatory Conduct mandate and our capability to
drive ever greater standards in regard to conduct of our business.
In June 2021, we also announced HSBC’s new purpose-led
approach to conduct. As part of this, we took the opportunity to
align and simplify our approach, making conduct easier to
understand and showing how it fulfils our value: ‘we take
responsibility’.
Governance and structure
Following the creation of the Group Regulatory Conduct capability
in May 2020, we have continued to evolve our structure in
response to the ever-changing business and industry needs. In
March 2021, a new Regulatory Conduct Strategic Delivery and
Analytics team was created to drive the Regulatory Conduct
strategic priorities, and provides oversight of Regulatory Conduct
sponsored projects.
The Regulatory Conduct capability continues to work closely with
the Chief Compliance Officers and their respective teams to help
them identify and manage regulatory compliance risks across the
Bank. They also work together to ensure good conduct outcomes
and provide enterprise-wide support on the regulatory agenda.
Key risk management processes
The Group Regulatory Conduct capability is responsible for setting
global policies, standards and risk appetite to guide the Group’s
management of regulatory compliance. It also devises clear
frameworks and support processes to protect against regulatory
compliance risks. The capability at the Group level provides
oversight, review and challenge to the local Chief Compliance
Officers and their teams to help them identify, assess and mitigate
regulatory compliance risks, where required. Global policies are
reviewed regularly and procedures are in place for prompt
identification and escalation of actual or potential regulatory
breach. Relevant reportable events are escalated to the RMM and
the Risk Committee, as appropriate.
Conduct of business
Our new simplified Conduct Approach, which was launched in
June 2021, guides us to do the right thing and to recognise the
real impact we have for our customers and the financial markets in
which we operate. It complements our Purpose and Values,
setting outcomes to be achieved for our customers and markets. It
recognises cultural and behavioural drivers of good conduct
outcomes and applies across all risk disciplines, operational
processes and technologies.
During 2021:
We understood and serviced our customers’ ongoing needs
and continued to champion a strong conduct and customer-
focused culture. This was demonstrated through providing
support to our customers facing financial difficulties as a result
of the prolonged impacts of the pandemic and the resulting
uncertainty in trading conditions.
We began the integration of climate risk into the Group's risk
management approach to recognise the importance of
strengthened controls and oversight for our related activities.
We operated resiliently and securely to avoid harm to our
customers and markets by continuing to embed conduct within
our business line processes and through our Non- Financial and
Financial Risk Steward activities.
We continued our focus on culture and behaviours as a driver
of good conduct outcomes.
We placed a particular focus on the importance of well-being
and collaborative working as we continued to adapt to
changing working practices as the pace of change resulting
from the pandemic varied across our markets.
We continued to emphasise and worked to create an
environment in which employees are encouraged and feel safe
to speak up.
We delivered our annual global mandatory training course on
conduct to reinforce the importance of conduct for all
colleagues.
The Board continues to maintain oversight of conduct matters
through the Risk Committee.
Financial crime risk
(Unaudited)
Overview
Financial crime risk is the risk of knowingly or unknowingly
helping parties to commit or to further potentially illegal activity
through HSBC, including money laundering, fraud, bribery and
corruption, tax evasion, sanctions breaches, and terrorist and
proliferation financing.
Financial crime risk management
Key developments in 2021
We consistently review the effectiveness of our financial crime risk
management framework, which includes consideration of
geopolitical and wider economic factors, and 2021 was no
exception. We continued to support the Business in navigating the
complex and dynamic nature of geopolitics as it relates to
sanctions and export control risk. A key focus area in this regard
relates to the array of new regulations and designations in 2021
and in alignment with our policy, which is to comply with all
applicable sanctions regulations in the jurisdictions in which we
operate.
We also continued to progress several key financial crime risk
management initiatives, including:
We deployed a key component of our intelligence-led, dynamic
risk assessment capabilities for customer account monitoring in
one of our home markets, and undertook important
enhancements to our traditional transaction monitoring
systems.
We strengthened our anti-fraud capabilities, notably with
respect to the early identification of first party lending fraud and
the identification of new strategic detection tools.
We continued to develop leading-edge surveillance technology
and capabilities to identify potential market abuse, including
testing machine learning capabilities to detect unauthorised
trading.
We invested in the use of artificial intelligence (AI) and
advanced analytics techniques to manage financial crime risk,
notably new automated capabilities in name and transaction
screening.
We implemented a market leading gifts and entertainment
recording and approval system, which, in combination with an
expenses reconciliation tool, allows us to manage our gifts and
entertainment risk consistently and effectively.
Risk
60
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Governance and structure
We have continued to review the effectiveness of our governance
framework to manage financial crime risk. The framework aims to
enable us to comply with the letter and the spirit of all applicable
financial crime laws and regulations, as well as our own
standards, values and policies relating to financial crime risks.
In 2021, the Risk and Compliance functions were integrated at
Group level, allowing us to make better use of a broader range of
perspectives from other risk disciplines.
Key risk management processes
We assess the effectiveness of our end-to-end financial crime risk
management framework on an ongoing basis and invest in
enhancing our operational control capabilities and technology
solutions to deter and detect criminal activity. We have simplified
our framework by streamlining and de-duplicating policy
requirements. We also strengthened our financial crime risk
taxonomy and control libraries, improving our investigative and
monitoring capabilities through technology deployments, as well
as developing more targeted metrics. We have also enhanced
governance and reporting. 
We are committed to working in partnership with the wider
industry and the public sector in managing financial crime risk,
protecting the integrity of the financial system and the
communities we serve. We participate in numerous public-private
partnerships and information-sharing initiatives around the world
also supporting national governments and international standard
setters' reform activity. In 2021, there was a particular focus on
reform activity in Singapore where we are active participants in a
key initiative undertaken by the Monetary Authority of Singapore,
known as Project Cosmic, which establishes a framework to
enable financial institutions to share information with each other
when certain financial crime risk concerns have been identified.
We took part in a number of roundtables organised by the
Financial Action Task Force, the global money laundering and
terrorist financing watchdog, supporting its strategic review. We
also supported its work on digitisation and beneficial ownership
registers. These align with our objectives of promoting a public
policy and regulatory environment that embraces the use of
technology in building the future financial crime framework to
ensure our bank is more resilient and secure, while enabling
benefits for customers.
Skilled Person/Independent Consultant
In December 2012, HSBC Holdings entered into a number of
agreements, including an undertaking with the UK Financial
Services Authority (replaced with a Direction issued by the UK
Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’) in 2013 and again in 2020), as
well as a cease-and-desist order with the US Federal Reserve
Board (‘FRB’), both of which contained certain forward-looking
anti-money laundering and sanctions-related obligations. HSBC
also agreed to retain an independent compliance monitor (who
was, for FCA purposes, a ‘Skilled Person’ under section 166 of the
Financial Services and Markets Act and, for FRB purposes, an
‘Independent Consultant’) to produce periodic assessments of the
Group’s AML and sanctions compliance programme.
In 2020, HSBC’s engagement with the independent compliance
monitor, acting in his roles as both Skilled Person and Independent
Consultant, concluded. The role of FCA Skilled Person was
assigned to a new individual in the second quarter of 2020.
Separately, a new FRB Independent Consultant was appointed in
the second quarter of 2021 pursuant to the cease-and-desist order.
The new Skilled Person issued his final report in June 2021,
concluding his review. The 2021 FCA Firm Evaluation Letter
confirmed that there is no requirement for a further Skilled Person
review. The new Independent Consultant carried out the eighth
annual review for the FRB and issued his report in November
2021.
In accordance with the Direction issued by the FCA to HSBC
Holdings in 2020, the Group Risk Committee retains oversight of
matters relating to anti-money laundering, sanctions, terrorist
financing and proliferation financing. Throughout 2021, the Group
Risk Committee received regular updates on the Skilled Person’s
and the Independent Consultant’s reviews.
Model risk
(Unaudited)
Overview
Model risk is the risk of inappropriate or incorrect business
decisions arising from the use of models that have been
inadequately designed, implemented or used, or from models that
do not perform in line with expectations and predictions.
Key developments in 2021
In 2021, we continued to make improvements in our model risk
management processes, amid regulatory changes in model
requirements. Initiatives during the year included:
Re-development, validation, and submission of critical Internal
Rating Based (‘IRB’) Approach models for credit risk, Internal
Model Method (‘IMM’) for counterparty credit risk and Internal
Model Approach (‘IMA’) models for market risk, to the HKMA
in response to regulatory capital changes. These new models
have been built to enhance standards using improved data as a
result of investment in processes and systems.
Redeveloped and validated models impacted by changes to
alternative rate setting mechanisms due to IBOR transition.
Further enhancements to our control framework for our
Sarbannes-Oxley were made to address the control
weaknesses that emerged as a result of significant increases in
model adjustments and overlays that were applied to
compensate for the impact of COVID-19 on models and to
introduce a requirement for second line to approve material
models prior to use.
Model owners in Business and Functions continued to embed
the requirements included in the Model Risk Policy and
Standards introduced in 2020. On-going training on model risk 
continued to be delivered to front line teams to improve their
awareness of model risk and their adherence to the governance
framework.
New Model Risk Appetite measures were rolled out in HBAP,
aligned across the Bank. The new measures are more forward
looking and helped Businesses and Functions manage model
risk more effectively.
There has been greater level of involvement by Businesses and
Functions in the development and management of models. 
This included hiring of staff with strong model risk skills and
enhanced focus on key model risk drivers such as data quality
and model methodology.
The transformation of the Model Risk Management team
continued with changes to the model validation processes
including new system and process. Key hires were made during
the year to strengthen oversight and expertise within the
Function. Also, changes to the Model Inventory system
provided Businesses and Functions improved functionality and
more detailed information related to model risk.
HBAP regional engagement strategy has been established in
response to the growing maturity of model risk management
and demand across the Region.
Models related to climate risk and models using advanced
analytics and machine learning became a critical area of focus
and would grow in importance in 2022 and beyond. In
response, qualified specialist skills were added to the model
risk teams to manage the increased model risk in these areas.
Governance
The governance structure implemented in 2020 is fully operational.
The HBAP Model Risk Committee (MRC) established in 2021
provides oversight of models used in HBAP. The Committee is
chaired by the HBAP Chief Risk Officer and the Regional Heads of
Businesses participate in these meetings. Authorised sub-forums
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
61
operating under the remit of the HBAP MRC, oversee model risk
management activities based on associated model categories.
Key risk management processes
A variety of modelling approaches, including regression,
simulation, sampling, machine learning and judgemental
scorecards for a range of business applications were used. These
activities include customer selection, product pricing, financial
crime transaction monitoring, creditworthiness evaluation and
financial reporting. 
Our model risk management policies and procedures were
regularly reviewed, and required the First Line of Defence to
demonstrate comprehensive and effective controls based on a
library of model risk controls provided by Model Risk
Management.
Model Risk Management also reports on model risk to senior
management on a regular basis through the use of the risk map,
risk appetite metrics and regular key updates.
The effectiveness of these processes, including the Regional
model oversight committee structure, were regularly reviewed to
ensure clarity in authority, coverage and escalations and that
appropriate understanding and ownership of model risk continued
to be embedded in the Businesses and Functions.
Insurance manufacturing operations risk
Overview
(Unaudited)
The key risks for our insurance manufacturing operations are
market risks, in particular interest rate and equity, credit risks and
insurance underwriting and operational risks. These have a direct
impact on the financial results and capital positions of the
insurance operations. Liquidity risk, whilst significant in other
parts of the group, is relatively minor for our insurance operations.
HSBC’s Insurance business
(Unaudited)
We sell insurance products through a range of channels including
our branches, direct channels and third-party distributors. The
majority of sales are through an integrated bancassurance model
that provides insurance products principally for customers with
whom we have a banking relationship.
The insurance contracts we sell relate to the underlying needs of
our customers, which we can identify from our point-of-sale
contacts and customer knowledge. For the products we
manufacture, the majority of sales are of savings, universal life and
protection contracts.
We choose to manufacture these insurance products in HSBC
subsidiaries based on an assessment of operational scale and risk
appetite. Manufacturing insurance allows us to retain the risks and
rewards associated with writing insurance contracts by keeping
part of the underwriting profit and investment income within the
group.
We have life insurance manufacturing operations in Hong Kong,
Singapore and mainland China. We also have a life insurance
manufacturing associate in India.
Where we do not have the risk appetite or operational scale to be
an effective insurance manufacturer, we engage with a small
number of leading external insurance companies in order to
provide insurance products to our customers through our banking
network and direct channels. These arrangements are generally
structured with our exclusive strategic partners and earn the group
a combination of commissions, fees and a share of profits. We
distribute insurance products in all of our geographical regions
Insurance products are sold through all global businesses, but
predominantly by WPB and CMB through our branches and direct
channels.
Insurance manufacturing operations risk
management
Key developments in 2021
(Unaudited)
The insurance manufacturing subsidiaries follow the group’s risk
management framework. In addition, there are specific policies
and practices relating to the risk management of insurance
contracts. There were no material changes to these policies and
practices over 2021, although enhancements were made to the
product pricing and profitability framework to allow for the
transition to HKFRS 17.
Governance and structure
(Unaudited)
Insurance risks are managed to a defined risk appetite, which is
aligned to the group's risk appetite and risk management
framework, including the group’s ‘Three lines of defence’ model.
The Global Insurance Risk Management Meeting oversees the risk
and control framework for insurance business in the group.
The monitoring of the risks within our insurance operations is
carried out by Insurance Risk teams. The Bank’s risk stewardship
functions support the Insurance Risk teams in their respective
areas of expertise.
Stress and scenario testing
(Unaudited)
Stress testing forms a key part of the risk management framework
for the insurance business. We participate in local and Group-wide
regulatory stress tests, as well as internally developed stress and
scenario tests, including Group internal stress test exercises. The
results of these stress tests and the adequacy of management
action plans to mitigate these risks are considered in the group
ICAAP and the entities’ regulatory Own Risk and Solvency
Assessments ('ORSAs').
Key risk management processes
Market risk
(Audited)
All our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries have market risk
mandates that specify the investment instruments in which they
are permitted to invest and the maximum quantum of market risk
that they may retain. They manage market risk by using, among
others, some or all of the techniques listed below, depending on
the nature of the contracts written:
We are able to adjust bonus rates to manage the liabilities to
policyholders for products with discretionary participating
features (‘DPF’). The effect is that a significant portion of the
market risk is borne by the policyholder.
We use asset and liability matching where asset portfolios are
structured to support projected liability cash flows. The group
manages its assets using an approach that considers asset
quality, diversification, cash flow matching, liquidity, volatility
and target investment return. We use models to assess the
effect of a range of future scenarios on the values of financial
assets and associated liabilities, and ALCOs employ the
outcomes in determining how best to structure asset holdings
to support liabilities.
We use derivatives to protect against adverse market
movements.
We design new products to mitigate market risk, such as
changing the investment return sharing portion between
policyholders and the shareholder.
We exit, to the extent possible, investment portfolios whose
risk is considered unacceptable.
Risk
62
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Credit risk
(Audited)
Our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries also have credit risk
mandates and limits within which they are permitted to operate,
which consider the credit risk exposure, quality and performance
of their investment portfolios. Our assessment of the
creditworthiness of issuers and counterparties is based primarily
upon internationally recognised credit ratings and other publicly
available information.
Stress testing is performed on investment credit exposures using
credit spread sensitivities and default probabilities.
We use a number of tools to manage and monitor credit risk.
These include a credit report containing a watch-list of
investments with current credit concerns, primarily investments
that may be at risk of future impairment or where high
concentrations to counterparties are present in the investment
portfolio. Sensitivities to credit spread risk are assessed and
monitored regularly.
Capital and liquidity risk
(Audited)
Capital risk for our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries is
assessed in the ICAAP based on their financial capacity to support
the risks to which they are exposed. Capital adequacy is assessed
on both the group’s economic capital basis, and the relevant local
insurance regulatory basis. The group’s economic capital basis is
largely aligned to European Solvency II regulations, other than in
Hong Kong where this is based on the emerging Hong Kong Risk
Based Capital regulations.
Risk appetite buffers are set to ensure that the operations are able
to remain solvent on both bases, allowing for business-as-usual
volatility and extreme but plausible stress events.
Liquidity risk is managed by cash flow matching and maintaining
sufficient cash resources, investing in high credit-quality
investments with deep and liquid markets, monitoring investment
concentrations and restricting them where appropriate, and
establishing committed contingency borrowing facilities.
Insurance manufacturing subsidiaries complete quarterly liquidity
risk reports and an annual review of the liquidity risks to which
they are exposed.
Insurance underwriting risk
(Unaudited)
Our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries primarily use the
following frameworks and processes to manage and mitigate
insurance underwriting risks:
a formal approval process for launching new products or
making changes to products;
a product pricing and profitability framework which requires
initial and ongoing assessment of the adequacy of premiums
charged on new insurance contracts to meet the risks
associated with them;
a framework for customer underwriting;
reinsurance which cedes risks above our appetite thresholds to
third party reinsurer thereby limiting our exposure; and
oversight of expense and reserving risks by entity Actuarial
Control Committees.
Insurance manufacturing operations risk in 2021
Measurement
(Unaudited)
The tables below show the composition of assets and liabilities by
contract type. 91% (2020: 92%) of both assets and liabilities are
derived from Hong Kong.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
63
Balance sheet of insurance manufacturing subsidiaries by type of contract
(Audited)
Non-linked
Unit-linked
Shareholders'
assets
and liabilities
Total
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
At 31 Dec 2021
Financial assets
637,317
37,382
46,971
721,670
–  financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through
profit or loss
160,555
35,906
457
196,918
–  derivatives
631
6
3
640
–  financial investments measured at amortised cost
432,733
479
37,734
470,946
–  financial investments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
5,780
592
6,372
–  other financial assets1
37,618
991
8,185
46,794
Reinsurance assets
28,874
6
28,880
PVIF2
63,765
63,765
Other assets and investment properties
13,626
4
5,304
18,934
Total assets
679,817
37,392
116,040
833,249
Liabilities under investment contracts designated at fair value
28,397
7,030
35,427
Liabilities under insurance contracts
608,590
29,645
638,235
Deferred tax3
9
10,579
10,588
Other liabilities
35,269
35,269
Total liabilities
636,996
36,675
45,848
719,519
Total equity
113,730
113,730
Total equity and liabilities
636,996
36,675
159,578
833,249
At 31 Dec 2020
Financial assets
577,666
42,621
40,776
661,063
–  financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through
profit or loss
129,597
41,366
384
171,347
–  derivatives
1,323
20
3
1,346
–  financial investments measured at amortised cost
410,169
222
34,824
445,215
–  financial investments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
4,971
502
5,473
–  other financial assets1
31,606
1,013
5,063
37,682
Reinsurance assets
27,299
6
27,305
PVIF2
65,052
65,052
Other assets and investment properties
13,422
1
4,652
18,075
Total assets
618,387
42,628
110,480
771,495
Liabilities under investment contracts designated at fair value
31,786
7,732
39,518
Liabilities under insurance contracts
547,128
34,348
581,476
Deferred tax3
9
10,436
10,445
Other liabilities
37,220
37,220
Total liabilities
578,923
42,080
47,656
668,659
Total equity
102,836
102,836
Total equity and liabilities
578,923
42,080
150,492
771,495
1Comprise mainly loans and advances to banks, cash and inter-company balances with other non-insurance legal entities.
2Present value of in-force long-term insurance business.
3‘Deferred tax’ includes the deferred tax liabilities arising on recognition of PVIF.
4Balance sheet of  insurance manufacturing operations are shown before elimination of inter-company transactions with HSBC non-insurance
operations.
Key risk types
Market risk
(Audited)
Description and exposure
Market risk is the risk of changes in market factors affecting
capital or profit. Market factors include interest rates, equity and
growth assets and foreign exchange rates.
Our exposure varies depending on the type of contract issued. Our
most significant life insurance products are contracts with
discretionary participating features (‘DPF’). These products
typically include some form of capital guarantee or guaranteed
return on the sums invested by the policyholders, to which
discretionary bonuses are added if allowed by the overall
performance of the funds. These funds are primarily invested in
fixed interest assets, with a proportion allocated to other asset
classes to provide customers with the potential for enhanced
returns.
DPF products expose the group to the risk of variation in asset
returns, which will impact our participation in the investment
performance. In addition, in some scenarios the asset returns can
become insufficient to cover the policyholders' financial
guarantees, in which case the shortfall has to be met by the group.
Reserves are held against the cost of such guarantees.
The cost of such guarantees is accounted for as a deduction from
the present value of in-force 'PVIF' asset, unless the cost of such
guarantees is already explicitly allowed for within the  insurance
contracts liabilities.
For unit-linked contracts, market risk is substantially borne by the
policyholders, but some market risk exposure typically remains as
fees earned are related to the market value of the linked assets.
Risk
64
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Sensitivities
(Unaudited)
Where appropriate, the effects of the sensitivity tests on profit
after tax and total equity incorporate the impact of the stress on
the PVIF. The relationship between the profit and total equity and
the risk factors is non-linear; therefore the results disclosed should
not be extrapolated to measure sensitivities to different levels of
stress. For the same reason, the impact of the stress is not
symmetrical on the upside and downside. The sensitivities reflect
the established risk sharing mechanism with policyholders for
participating products, and are stated before allowance for
management actions which may mitigate the effect of changes in
the market environment. The sensitivities presented allow for
adverse changes in policyholders’ behaviour that may arise in
response to changes in market rates.
The following table illustrates the effects of selected interest rate,
equity price and foreign exchange rate scenarios on our profit for
the year and the total equity of our insurance manufacturing
subsidiaries.
The differences between the impacts on profit after tax and equity
are driven by the changes in value of the bonds measured at fair
value through other comprehensive income, which are only
accounted for in equity.
Sensitivity of the group’s insurance manufacturing subsidiaries to market risk factors
(Audited)
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
Effect on profit
after tax
Effect on total
equity
Effect on profit
after tax
Effect on total
equity
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
+100 basis points parallel shift in yield curves
(1,257)
(2,036)
(1,673)
(2,283)
-100 basis points parallel shift in yield curves
1,201
1,980
1,613
2,223
10% increase in equity prices
2,388
2,388
2,167
2,167
10% decrease in equity prices
(2,426)
(2,426)
(2,183)
(2,183)
10% increase in USD exchange rate compared to all currencies
635
635
673
673
10% decrease in USD exchange rate compared to all currencies
(635)
(635)
(673)
(673)
Credit risk
(Audited)
Description and exposure
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss if a customer or counterparty
fails to meet their obligation under a contract. It arises in two main
areas for our insurance manufacturers:
risk associated with credit spread volatility and default by debt
security counterparties after investing premiums to generate a
return for policyholders and shareholders; and
risk of default by reinsurance counterparties and non-
reimbursement for claims made after ceding insurance risk.
The amounts outstanding at the balance sheet date in respect of
these items are shown in the table on page 64.
The credit quality of the reinsurers’ share of liabilities under
insurance contracts is assessed as ‘strong’ or ‘good’ (as defined
on page 30), with 100% of the exposure being neither past due nor
impaired (2020: 100%).
Credit risk on assets supporting unit-linked liabilities is
predominantly borne by the policyholders. Therefore our exposure
is primarily related to liabilities under non-linked insurance and
investment contracts and shareholders’ funds. The credit quality of
insurance financial assets is included in the table on page 42. The
risk associated with credit spread volatility is to a large extent
mitigated by holding debt securities to maturity, and sharing a
degree of credit spread experience with policyholders.
Liquidity risk
(Audited)
Description and exposure
Liquidity risk is the risk that an insurance operation, though
solvent, either does not have sufficient financial resources
available to meet its obligations when they fall due, or can secure
them only at excessive cost.
The following table shows the expected undiscounted cash flows
for insurance liabilities at 31 December 2021. The liquidity risk
exposure is wholly borne by the policyholders in the case of unit-
linked business and is shared with the policyholders for
non-linked insurance.
The profile of the expected maturity of insurance contracts at
31 December 2021 remained comparable with 2020.
The remaining contractual maturity of investment contract
liabilities is included in the table on page 111.
Expected maturity of insurance contract liabilities
(Audited)
Expected cash flows (undiscounted)
Within 1 year
1-5 years
5-15 years
Over 15 years
Total
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
At 31 Dec 2021
Non-linked insurance contracts
53,098
187,589
324,654
662,058
1,227,399
Unit-linked
8,073
14,353
14,852
8,115
45,393
61,171
201,942
339,506
670,173
1,272,792
At 31 Dec 2020
Non-linked insurance contracts
47,444
168,811
311,975
517,761
1,045,991
Unit-linked
8,558
18,308
14,708
9,162
50,736
56,002
187,119
326,683
526,923
1,096,727
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
65
Insurance underwriting risk
Description and exposure
(Unaudited)
Insurance underwriting risk is the risk of loss through adverse
experience, in either timing or amount, of insurance underwriting
parameters (non-economic assumptions). These parameters
include mortality, morbidity, longevity, lapses and expense rates.
The principal risk we face is that, over time, the cost of the
contract, including claims and benefits may exceed the total
amount of premiums and investment income received.
The table on page 64 analyses our life insurance risk exposures by
type of contract.
The insurance risk profile and related exposures remain largely
consistent with those observed at 31 December 2020.
Sensitivities
(Audited)
The table below shows the sensitivity of profit and total equity to
reasonably possible changes in non-economic assumptions across
all our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries.
Mortality and morbidity risk is typically associated with
life insurance contracts. The effect on profit of an increase in
mortality or morbidity depends on the type of business being
written.
Sensitivity to lapse rates depends on the type of contracts being
written. For a portfolio of term assurance, an increase in lapse
rates typically has a negative effect on profit due to the loss
of future income on the lapsed policies. However, some contract
lapses have a positive effect on profit due to the existence of
policy surrender charges. We are most sensitive to a change in
lapse rates on unit-linked and universal life contracts.
Expense rate risk is the exposure to a change in the allocated cost
of administering insurance contracts. To the extent that increased
expenses cannot be passed on to policyholders, an increase in
expense rates will have a negative effect on our profits. The risk is
generally greater for Singapore and mainland China than for Hong
Kong.
Sensitivity analysis
(Audited)
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Effect on profit after tax and total equity at 31 Dec
10% increase in mortality and/or morbidity rates
(637)
(613)
10% decrease in mortality and/or morbidity rates
650
629
10% increase in lapse rates
(606)
(575)
10% decrease in lapse rates
680
676
10% increase in expense rates
(368)
(352)
10% decrease in expense rates
359
360
Risk
66
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities
The following statement, which should be read in conjunction with the Auditor’s statement of their responsibilities set out in their report
on pages 68-72, is made with a view to distinguishing for shareholders the respective responsibilities of the Directors and of the Auditor
in relation to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
The Directors of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (‘the Bank’) are responsible for the preparation of the Bank’s
Annual Report and Accounts, which contains the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Bank and its subsidiaries (together ‘the
group’), in accordance with applicable law and regulations.
The Hong Kong Companies Ordinance requires the Directors to prepare for each financial year the consolidated financial statements for
the group and the balance sheet for the Bank.
The Directors are responsible for ensuring adequate accounting records are kept that are sufficient to show and explain the group’s
transactions, such that the group’s consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view.
The Directors are responsible for preparing the consolidated financial statements that give a true and fair view and are in accordance with
Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards (‘HKFRSs’) issued by the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants. The Directors
have elected to prepare the Bank’s balance sheet on the same basis.
The Directors as at the date of this report, whose names and functions are set out in the ‘Report of the Directors’ on pages 3-9 of this
Annual Report and Accounts, confirm to the best of their knowledge that:
the Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with HKFRSs and in accordance with the applicable
set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the group; and
the management report represented by the Financial Review, the Risk and Capital Reports includes a fair review of the development
and performance of the business and the position of the group, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that
the group faces.
On behalf of the Board
Peter Wong
Chairman
22 February 2022
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
67
Independent Auditor’s Report
To the Shareholder of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited     
(incorporated in Hong Kong with limited liability)
Opinion
What we have audited
The consolidated financial statements of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (the 'Bank’) and its subsidiaries (the
'group’), which are set out on pages 73 to 131, comprise:
the consolidated balance sheet as at 31 December 2021;
the consolidated income statement for the year then ended;
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;
the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;
the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and
the notes1 on the consolidated financial statements, which include significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.
1Certain required disclosures as described in Note 1.1(d) on the consolidated financial statements have been presented elsewhere in the Annual
Report and Accounts 2021, rather than in the notes on the consolidated financial statements. These are cross-referenced from the consolidated
financial statements and are identified as audited.
Our opinion
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of the group as at
31 December 2021, and of its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance
with Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards (‘HKFRSs’) issued by the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants (‘HKICPA’)
and have been properly prepared in compliance with the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance.
Basis for Opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with Hong Kong Standards on Auditing (‘HKSAs’) issued by the HKICPA. Our responsibilities
under those standards are further described in the Auditor's Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements
section of our report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Independence
We are independent of the group in accordance with the HKICPA’s Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (‘the Code’), and we have
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the Code.
Key Audit Matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated
financial statements of the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
Key audit matters identified in our audit are summarised as follows:
Allowances for expected credit losses on loans and advances to customers
Impairment assessment of investment in associate – Bank of Communications Co., Limited (‘BoCom’)
The present value of in-force long-term insurance business (‘PVIF’) and liabilities under non-linked life insurance contracts
Independent Auditor’s Report
68
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Allowances for expected credit losses on loans and advances to customers
Nature of the Key Audit Matter
How our audit addressed the Key Audit Matter
At 31 December 2021, the group recorded allowances for expected credit
losses (‘ECL’) on loans and advances to customers of HK$32.0bn. 
The determination of the ECL on loans and advances to customers requires
the use of complex credit risk methodologies that are applied in models
using the group’s historic experience of the correlations between defaults
and losses, borrower creditworthiness, segmentation of customers or
portfolios and economic conditions.
It also requires the determination of assumptions which involve estimation
uncertainty. The assumptions that we focused our audit on include those
with greater levels of management judgement and for which variations have
the most significant impact on ECL on loans and advances to customers.
Specifically, these included economic scenarios and their likelihood, as well
as customer risk ratings. Likewise, there is inherent uncertainty with the
consensus economic forecast data from external economists as well as the
prospects of future recoverability of credit impaired wholesale exposures.
The progression of the Covid-19 pandemic and other current
macroeconomic conditions impact the inherent risk and estimation
uncertainty involved in determining the ECL on loans and advances to
customers.
Management judgemental adjustments to ECL on loans and advances to
customers therefore continue to be made. This includes judgemental
adjustments to the ECL for certain wholesale sectors, as well as adjustments
related to the retail portfolio.
We tested controls in place over the methodologies, their application,
significant assumptions and data used to determine the ECL on loans and
advances to customers. These included controls over:
Model development, validation and monitoring;
Approval of economic scenarios;
Approval of the probability weightings assigned to economic scenarios;
Assigning customer risk ratings;
Approval of management judgemental adjustments; and
Review of input and assumptions applied in estimating the recoverability
of credit-impaired wholesale exposures.
We performed substantive audit procedures over the compliance of ECL
methodologies with the requirements of HKFRS 9. We engaged
professionals with experience in ECL modelling to assess the
appropriateness of changes to models during the year, and for a sample of
those models, independently reperformed the modelling for certain aspects
of the ECL calculation. We also assessed the appropriateness of
methodologies and related models that did not change during the year.
We further performed the following to assess the significant assumptions
and data:
We challenged the appropriateness of the significant assumptions;
We involved our economic experts in assessing the reasonableness of the
severity and likelihood of certain economic scenarios;
We tested a sample of customer risk ratings assigned to wholesale
exposures; and
We have independently assessed other significant assumptions and
obtained corroborating evidence.
For a sample of management judgemental adjustments, we challenged the
appropriateness of these and assessed the ECL determined.
We further considered whether the judgements made in selecting the
significant assumptions and determining the management judgemental
adjustments would give rise to indicators of possible management bias.
We assessed the adequacy of the disclosures in relation to ECL on loans and
advances to customers made in the consolidated financial statements in the
context of the applicable financial reporting framework.
Matters discussed with the Audit Committee
We discussed the appropriateness of the methodologies, their application,
significant assumptions and related disclosures with the Audit Committee,
giving consideration to the current macroeconomic conditions. This included
management judgemental adjustments made to derive the ECL on loans and
advances to customers. We further discussed the governance and controls
over the process in determining ECL on loans and advances to customers.
Relevant references in the consolidated financial statements
Risk: Credit Risk, as cross-referenced from the consolidated financial statements (only information identified as audited), page 29-50
Note 1.2 (i) on the consolidated financial statements: Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies - Impairment of amortised cost and FVOCI
financial assets, page 83-86
Note 2 (e) on the consolidated financial statements: Operating profit – Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges, page 91
Note 10 on the consolidated financial statements: Loans and advances to customers, page 99
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
69
Impairment assessment of investment in associate – Bank of Communications Co., Limited (‘BoCom’)
Nature of the Key Audit Matter
How our audit addressed the Key Audit Matter
At 31 December 2021, the fair value of the investment in BoCom, based on
the share price, was HK$118.2bn lower than the carrying value ('CV') of
HK$184.8bn. This is an indicator of potential impairment. An impairment
test was performed, with supporting sensitivity analysis, using a value in use
('VIU') model. The VIU was HK$8.2bn in excess of the CV. On this basis, no
impairment was recorded.
The methodology applied in the VIU model is dependent on various
assumptions, both short term and long term in nature. These assumptions,
which are subject to estimation uncertainty, are derived from a combination
of management’s judgement, analysts’ forecasts, market data or other
relevant information.
The assumptions that we focused our audit on were those with greater
levels of management judgement and subjectivity, and for which variations
had the most significant impact on the VIU. Specifically, these included the
discount rate, operating income growth rate, long-term profit and asset
growth rates, cost-income ratio, expected credit losses, effective tax rates,
and capital requirements (including Capital Adequacy Ratio, Tier 1 Capital
Adequacy ratio and risk-weighted assets as a percentage of total assets).
We tested controls in place over significant assumptions, the methodology
and its application used to determine the VIU. We assessed the
appropriateness of the methodology used, its application, and the
mathematical accuracy of the calculations. In respect of the significant
assumptions, we performed the following:
Challenged the appropriateness of the significant assumptions and, where
relevant, their interrelationships;
Obtained corroborating evidence for data supporting significant
assumptions that may include historic experience, external market
information, third-party sources including analyst reports, information
from BoCom management and historical publicly available BoCom
financial information;
Determined a reasonable range for the discount rate assumption, with the
assistance of our valuation experts, and compared it to the discount rate
used by management; and
Assessed whether the judgements made in selecting the significant
assumptions give rise to indicators of possible management bias.
We observed the meetings in March, May, September and November 2021
between management and BoCom management, held specifically to identify
facts and circumstances impacting significant assumptions relevant to the
determination of the VIU.
Representations were obtained from the Bank that assumptions used were
consistent with information currently available to the Bank.
We assessed the adequacy of the disclosures in relation to BoCom made in
the consolidated financial statements in the context of the applicable
financial reporting framework.
Matters discussed with the Audit Committee
We discussed the appropriateness of the methodology, its application and
significant assumptions with the Audit Committee. We also discussed the
disclosures made in relation to BoCom, including the use of sensitivity
analysis to explain estimation uncertainty and the changes in certain
assumptions that would result in the VIU being equal to the CV.
Relevant references in the consolidated financial statements
Note 1.2 (a) on the consolidated financial statements: Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies - Consolidated and related policies, page
80-81
Note 14 on the consolidated financial statements: Interests in associates and joint ventures, page 102-105
Independent Auditor’s Report
70
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
The present value of in-force long-term insurance business (‘PVIF’) and liabilities under non-linked life insurance contracts
Nature of the Key Audit Matter
How our audit addressed the Key Audit Matter
At 31 December 2021, the group has recorded an asset for PVIF of
HK$63.8bn and liabilities under non-linked life insurance contracts of
HK$608.5bn.
The determination of these balances requires the use of complex actuarial
methodologies that are applied in models and involves judgement about
future outcomes. Specifically, judgement is required in deriving the
economic and non-economic assumptions. These assumptions are subject to
estimation uncertainty, both for PVIF asset and the liabilities under non-
linked life insurance contracts.
We tested controls in place over the methodologies, their application,
significant assumptions and data for PVIF asset and the liabilities under non-
linked life insurance contracts. Specifically, these included controls over:
policy data reconciliations from the policyholder administration system
to the actuarial valuation system;
assumptions setting;
review and determination of methodologies used, and its application in
models; and
results aggregation and analysis processes.
With the assistance of our actuarial experts, we performed the following
additional audit procedures to assess the methodologies used, their
application, significant assumptions, data and disclosures:
We assessed the appropriateness of the methodologies used, their
application and the mathematical accuracy of the calculations;
We challenged the appropriateness of the significant assumptions and,
where relevant, their interrelationships. We have independently
assessed these assumptions and obtained relevant corroborating
evidence. We further considered whether the judgements made in
selecting the significant assumptions would give rise to indicators of
possible management bias;
We performed substantive audit procedures over critical data used in
the determination of these balances to ensure these are relevant and
reliable; and
We assessed the adequacy of the disclosures in relation to the asset for
PVIF and liabilities under non-linked life insurance contracts made in the
consolidated financial statements in the context of the applicable
financial reporting framework.
Matters discussed with the Audit Committee
We discussed the appropriateness of the methodologies, their application,
significant assumptions and related disclosures with the Audit Committee. In
relation to assumptions, we focused on those for which variations had the
most significant impact on the valuation of PVIF and liabilities under non-
linked life insurance contracts carrying value.
Relevant references in the consolidated financial statements
Risk: Insurance manufacturing operations risk, as cross-referenced from the consolidated financial statements (only information identified as audited), page
62-66
Note 1.2 (j) on the consolidated financial statements: Basis for preparation and significant accounting policies - Insurance contracts, page 87
Note 3 on the consolidated financial statements: Insurance business, page 92
Note 15 on the consolidated financial statements: Goodwill and intangible assets, page 105-106
Other Information
The directors of the Bank are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises all of the information included in the
Annual Report and Accounts 2021, Banking Disclosure Statement as at 31 December 2021 and List of the directors of the Bank's
subsidiary undertakings (during the period from 1 January 2021 to 22 February 2022) other than the consolidated financial statements
and our auditor’s report thereon. We have obtained some of the other information including Certain defined terms, Cautionary statement
regarding forward-looking statements, Chinese translation, Financial Highlights, Report of the Directors, Financial Review, Risk and
Statement of Directors' Responsibilities sections of the Annual Report and Accounts 2021 prior to the date of this auditor’s report. The
remaining other information, including Banking Disclosure Statement as at 31 December 2021 and List of the directors of the Bank's
subsidiary undertakings (during the period from 1 January 2021 to 22 February 2022), is expected to be made available to us after that
date. The other information does not include the specific information presented therein that is identified as being an integral part of the
consolidated financial statements and, therefore, covered by our audit opinion on the consolidated financial statements.
Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not and will not express any form
of assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above
and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the consolidated financial statements or our
knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.
If, based on the work we have performed on the other information that we obtained prior to the date of this auditor’s report, we conclude
that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this
regard.
When we read the remaining other information, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are required to
communicate the matter to the Audit Committee and take appropriate action considering our legal rights and obligations.
Responsibilities of Directors and the Audit Committee for the Consolidated Financial Statements
The directors of the Bank are responsible for the preparation of the consolidated financial statements that give a true and fair view in
accordance with HKFRSs issued by the HKICPA and the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance, and for such internal control as the directors
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether
due to fraud or error.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s ability to continue as a going
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors
either intend to liquidate the group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
The Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing the group’s financial reporting process.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
71
Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. We report our opinion solely to
you, as a body, in accordance with Section 405 of the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance and for no other purpose. We do not assume
responsibility towards or accept liability to any other person for the contents of this report. Reasonable assurance is a high level of
assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with HKSAs will always detect a material misstatement when it
exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably
be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements.
As part of an audit in accordance with HKSAs, we exercise professional judgement and maintain professional scepticism throughout the
audit. We also:
Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design
and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis
for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as
fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.
Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the group's internal control.
Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures
made by the directors.
Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors' use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence
obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the group’s ability to
continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report
to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our
conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may
cause the group to cease to continue as a going concern.
Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and
whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair
presentation.
Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the group to
express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the
group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.
We communicate with the Audit Committee regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant
audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.
We also provide the Audit Committee with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding
independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our
independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied.
From the matters communicated with the Audit Committee, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the audit of
the consolidated financial statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our
auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we
determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be
expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.
The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is Lars Christian Jordy Nielsen.
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Certified Public Accountants
Hong Kong, 22 February 2022
Independent Auditor’s Report
72
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Consolidated Financial Statements
Consolidated income statement
for the year ended 31 December
2021
2020
Notes
HK$m
HK$m
Net interest income
2a
98,113
111,513
–  interest income
121,382
147,376
–  interest expense
(23,269)
(35,863)
Net fee income
2b
45,296
41,670
–  fee income
57,819
52,370
–  fee expense
(12,523)
(10,700)
Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis
2c
28,359
32,172
Net income from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through
profit or loss
2c
18,180
13,128
Changes in fair value of designated debts issued and related derivatives
2c
(639)
(171)
Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
2c
(25)
138
Gains less losses from financial investments
1,667
1,624
Net insurance premium income
3
61,722
61,563
Other operating income
2d
2,033
5,612
Total operating income
254,706
267,249
Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders
3
(76,048)
(77,911)
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
178,658
189,338
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
2e
(6,539)
(17,719)
Net operating income
172,119
171,619
Employee compensation and benefits
4
(39,261)
(36,183)
General and administrative expenses
2f
(52,327)
(46,304)
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment
2g
(8,891)
(9,405)
Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets
(4,397)
(3,936)
Total operating expenses
(104,876)
(95,828)
Operating profit
67,243
75,791
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
19,320
14,405
Profit before tax
86,563
90,196
Tax expense
5
(14,015)
(14,505)
Profit for the year
72,548
75,691
Attributable to:
–  ordinary shareholders of the parent company
64,633
66,997
–  other equity holders
2,715
2,450
–  non-controlling interests
5,200
6,244
Profit for the year
72,548
75,691
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
73
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 December
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Profit for the year
72,548
75,691
Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Items that will be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss when specific conditions are met:
Debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income
(4,009)
2,238
–  fair value gains/(losses)
(3,907)
4,642
–  fair value gains transferred to the income statement
(1,276)
(1,648)
–  expected credit (recoveries)/losses recognised in the income statement
(17)
112
–  income taxes
1,191
(868)
Cash flow hedges
(700)
969
–  fair value gains/(losses)
7,038
(4,393)
–  fair value (gains)/losses reclassified to the income statement
(7,850)
5,551
–  income taxes
112
(189)
Share of other comprehensive income/(expense) of associates and joint ventures
596
(726)
Exchange differences
3,973
17,891
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Property revaluation
4,771
(5,774)
–  fair value gains/(losses)
5,643
(6,914)
–  income taxes
(872)
1,140
Equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income
(3,480)
1,647
–  fair value gains/(losses)
(3,478)
1,654
–  income taxes
(2)
(7)
Changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value upon initial recognition arising from changes in own credit risk
522
257
–  before income taxes
631
320
–  income taxes
(109)
(63)
Remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability
724
(315)
–  before income taxes
885
(384)
–  income taxes
(161)
69
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax
2,397
16,187
Total comprehensive income for the year
74,945
91,878
Attributable to:
–  ordinary shareholders of the parent company
67,148
82,738
–  other equity holders
2,715
2,450
–  non-controlling interests
5,082
6,690
Total comprehensive income for the year
74,945
91,878
Consolidated Financial Statements
74
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Consolidated balance sheet
at 31 December
2021
2020
Notes
HK$m
HK$m
Assets
Cash and balances at central banks
276,857
347,999
Items in the course of collection from other banks
21,632
21,943
Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness
332,044
313,404
Trading assets
7
777,450
600,414
Derivatives
8
365,167
422,945
Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
9
202,399
178,960
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
803,775
520,344
Loans and advances to banks
432,247
403,884
Loans and advances to customers
10
3,840,939
3,668,681
Financial investments
11
2,051,575
2,175,432
Amounts due from Group companies
32
112,719
83,203
Interests in associates and joint ventures
14
188,485
168,754
Goodwill and intangible assets
15
95,181
89,968
Property, plant and equipment
16
129,827
128,537
Deferred tax assets
5
3,353
3,325
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets
17
269,743
288,610
Total assets
9,903,393
9,416,403
Liabilities
Hong Kong currency notes in circulation
332,044
313,404
Items in the course of transmission to other banks
25,701
25,699
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
255,374
136,157
Deposits by banks
280,310
248,628
Customer accounts
18
6,177,182
5,911,396
Trading liabilities
19
92,723
60,812
Derivatives
8
355,791
428,211
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
20
138,965
167,013
Debt securities in issue
21
67,364
79,419
Retirement benefit liabilities
4
1,890
2,701
Amounts due to Group companies
32
356,233
296,308
Accruals and deferred income, other liabilities and provisions
22
219,206
215,987
Liabilities under insurance contracts
3
638,145
581,406
Current tax liabilities
2,378
2,669
Deferred tax liabilities
5
32,522
30,997
Subordinated liabilities
23
4,054
4,065
Total liabilities
8,979,882
8,504,872
Equity
Share capital
24
172,335
172,335
Other equity instruments
25
44,615
44,615
Other reserves
151,804
149,500
Retained earnings
488,055
478,903
Total shareholders’ equity
856,809
845,353
Non-controlling interests
66,702
66,178
Total equity
923,511
911,531
Total liabilities and equity
9,903,393
9,416,403
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
75
Consolidated statement of cash flows
for the year ended 31 December
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Profit before tax
86,563
90,196
Adjustments for non-cash items:
Depreciation and amortisation
13,288
13,341
Net gain from investing activities
(1,890)
(567)
Share of profits in associates and joint ventures
(19,320)
(14,405)
(Gain)/Loss on disposal of subsidiaries, businesses, associates and joint ventures
(4)
70
Change in expected credit losses gross of recoveries and other credit impairment charges
7,549
18,452
Provisions
607
114
Share-based payment expense
913
735
Other non-cash items included in profit before tax
5,416
(3,896)
Elimination of exchange differences
8,024
(22,323)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Change in net trading securities and derivatives
(159,767)
(10,696)
Change in loans and advances to banks and customers
(172,484)
11,959
Change in reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
(174,643)
(60,741)
Change in financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
(23,439)
(25,449)
Change in other assets
43,706
(119,373)
Change in deposits by banks and customer accounts
297,468
547,781
Change in repurchase agreements – non-trading
119,217
29,761
Change in debt securities in issue
(12,055)
(27,514)
Change in financial liabilities designated at fair value
(28,048)
6,722
Change in other liabilities
129,710
42,517
Dividends received from associates
5,525
5,053
Contributions paid to defined benefit plans
(356)
(602)
Tax paid
(12,648)
(25,466)
Net cash from operating activities
113,332
455,669
Purchase of financial investments
(1,233,472)
(875,648)
Proceeds from the sale and maturity of financial investments
1,193,780
823,410
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
(2,718)
(3,768)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and assets held for sale
96
72
Proceeds from disposal of customer loan portfolios
2,267
6,284
Net investment in intangible assets
(10,835)
(7,331)
Net cash inflow on sale of subsidiaries
69
Net cash outflow on purchase of subsidiaries
(13)
Net cash from investing activities
(50,895)
(56,912)
Subordinated loan capital issued1
57,764
Subordinated loan capital repaid1
(24,102)
Dividends paid to shareholders of the parent company and non-controlling interests
(63,523)
(59,121)
Net cash from financing activities
(29,861)
(59,121)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
32,576
339,636
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 Jan
1,047,807
677,664
Exchange differences in respect of cash and cash equivalents
(25,299)
30,507
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 Dec2
1,055,084
1,047,807
Cash and cash equivalents comprise
–  cash and balances at central banks
276,857
347,999
–  items in the course of collection from other banks
21,632
21,943
–  loans and advances to banks of one month or less
326,691
286,356
–  net settlement accounts and cash collateral
34,580
43,570
–  reverse repurchase agreements with banks of one month or less
306,241
186,599
–  treasury bills, other bills and certificates of deposit less than three months
114,784
187,039
–  less: items in the course of transmission to other banks
(25,701)
(25,699)
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 Dec2
1,055,084
1,047,807
Interest received was HK$133,964m (2020: HK$160,120m), interest paid was HK$26,553m (2020: HK$46,104m) and dividends received
were HK$5,592m (2020: HK$3,946m).
1  Changes in subordinated liabilities (including those issued to group companies) during the year included amounts from issuance and repayments
as presented above, and non-cash changes from foreign exchange loss of HK$494m in 2021 (2020: exchange gain of HK$303m) and fair value
loss after hedging of HK$7,768m in 2021 (2020: HK$8,261m gain). These balances are presented under ‘Amounts due to Group companies’ in the
consolidated balance sheet.
2  At 31 December 2021 HK$128,756m (2020: HK$149,565m) was not available for use by the group, of which HK$67,340m (2020: HK$71,049m)
related to mandatory deposits at Central banks.
Consolidated Financial Statements
76
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December
Other reserves
Share
capital1
Other
equity
instru-
ments
Retained
earnings
Property
revaluation
reserve
Financial
assets at
FVOCI
reserve
Cash
flow
hedge
reserve
Foreign
exchange
reserve
Other2
Total
share-
holders’
equity
Non-
controlling
interests
Total
equity
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
At 1 Jan 2021
172,335
44,615
478,903
63,793
9,883
772
(10,688)
85,740
845,353
66,178
911,531
Profit for the year
67,348
67,348
5,200
72,548
Other comprehensive income/(expense)
(net of tax)
1,160
4,359
(5,992)
(619)
3,558
49
2,515
(118)
2,397
–  debt instruments at fair value
through other comprehensive income
(3,775)
(3,775)
(234)
(4,009)
–  equity instruments designated at fair
value through other comprehensive
income
(2,737)
(2,737)
(743)
(3,480)
–  cash flow hedges
(619)
(619)
(81)
(700)
–  changes in fair value of financial
liabilities designated at fair value
upon initial recognition arising from
changes in own credit risk
521
521
1
522
–  property revaluation
4,359
4,359
412
4,771
–  remeasurement of defined benefit
asset/liability
612
612
112
724
–  share of other comprehensive
income of associates and joint
ventures
27
520
49
596
596
–  exchange differences
3,558
3,558
415
3,973
Total comprehensive income/
(expense) for the year
68,508
4,359
(5,992)
(619)
3,558
49
69,863
5,082
74,945
Dividends paid3
(59,105)
(59,105)
(4,418)
(63,523)
Movement in respect of share-based
payment arrangements
131
(173)
(42)
(2)
(44)
Transfers and other movements4
(382)
(3,162)
(22)
4,306
740
(138)
602
At 31 Dec 2021
172,335
44,615
488,055
64,990
3,869
153
(7,130)
89,922
856,809
66,702
923,511
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
77
Consolidated statement of changes in equity (continued)
for the year ended 31 December
Other reserves
Share
capital1
Other
equity
instruments
Retained
earnings
Property
revaluation
reserve
Financial
assets at
FVOCI
reserve
Cash
flow
hedge
reserve
Foreign
exchange
reserve
Other2
Total
share-
holders’
equity
Non-
controlling
interests
Total
equity
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
At 1 Jan 2020
172,335
44,615
464,629
72,013
6,959
(104)
(28,118)
82,349
814,678
64,603
879,281
Profit for the year
69,447
69,447
6,244
75,691
Other comprehensive income/
(expense) (net of tax)
(98)
(5,286)
2,921
876
17,430
(102)
15,741
446
16,187
–  debt instruments at fair value
through other comprehensive
income
2,203
2,203
35
2,238
–  equity instruments designated at
fair value through other
comprehensive income
1,299
1,299
348
1,647
–  cash flow hedges
876
876
93
969
–  changes in fair value of financial
liabilities designated at fair value
upon initial recognition arising
from changes in own credit risk
257
257
257
–  property revaluation
(5,286)
(5,286)
(488)
(5,774)
–  remeasurement of defined
benefit asset/liability
(312)
(312)
(3)
(315)
–  share of other comprehensive
expense of associates and joint
ventures
(43)
(581)
(102)
(726)
(726)
–  exchange differences
17,430
17,430
461
17,891
Total comprehensive income/
(expense) for the year
69,349
(5,286)
2,921
876
17,430
(102)
85,188
6,690
91,878
Dividends paid3
(54,268)
(54,268)
(4,853)
(59,121)
Movement in respect of share-
based payment arrangements
120
213
333
12
345
Transfers and other movements4
(927)
(2,934)
3
3,280
(578)
(274)
(852)
At 31 Dec 2020
172,335
44,615
478,903
63,793
9,883
772
(10,688)
85,740
845,353
66,178
911,531
1Ordinary share capital includes preference shares which have been redeemed or bought back via payments out of distributable profits in previous
years.
2The other reserves mainly comprise share of associates’ other reserves, purchase premium arising from transfer of business from fellow
subsidiaries, property revaluation reserve relating to transfer of properties to a fellow subsidiary and the share-based payment reserve. The share-
based payment reserve is used to record the amount relating to share awards and options granted to employees of the group directly by HSBC
Holdings plc.
3Including distributions paid on perpetual subordinated loans classified as equity under HKFRS.
4The movements include transfers from retained earnings to other reserves in associates according to local regulatory requirements, and from the
property revaluation reserve to retained earnings in relation to depreciation of revalued properties.
Consolidated Financial Statements
78
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Notes on the Consolidated Financial Statements
1
Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies
1.1Basis of preparation
(a)Compliance with Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards
The consolidated financial statements of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (‘the Bank’) and its subsidiaries
(together ‘the group’) have been prepared in accordance with Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards (‘HKFRSs’) as issued by the
Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants (‘HKICPA’) and accounting principles generally accepted in Hong Kong. These
consolidated financial statements also comply with the requirements of the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance (Cap. 622) which are
applicable to the preparation of the financial statements.
Standards adopted during the year ended 31 December 2021
There were no new accounting standards or interpretations that had a significant effect on the group in 2021. Accounting policies have
been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.
(b)Future accounting developments
Minor amendments to HKFRSs
The HKICPA has published a number of minor amendments to HKFRSs which are effective from 1 January 2022 and 1 January 2023. The
group expects they will have an insignificant effect, when adopted, on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
New HKFRSs
HKFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’
HKFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’ was issued in January 2018, with amendments to the standard issued in October 2020. The standard
sets out the requirements that an entity should apply in accounting for insurance contracts it issues and reinsurance contracts it holds.
Following the amendments, HKFRS 17 is effective from 1 January 2023. The group is in the process of implementing HKFRS 17. Industry
practice and interpretation of the standard are still developing. Therefore, the likely financial impact of its implementation remains
uncertain. However, we have the following expectations as to the impact compared with the group’s current accounting policy for
insurance contracts, which is set out in Note 1.2(j) below:
Under HKFRS 17, there will be no present value of in-force business ('PVIF') asset recognised. Instead the estimated future profit will
be included in the measurement of the insurance contract liability as the contractual service margin (‘CSM’), representing  unearned
profit, and this will be gradually recognised in revenue as services are provided over the duration of the insurance contract. While the
profit over the life of an individual contract will be unchanged, its emergence will be later under HKFRS 17. The removal of the PVIF
asset and the recognition of CSM, which is a liability, will reduce equity. The PVIF asset will be eliminated to equity on transition,
together with other adjustments to assets and liabilities to reflect HKFRS 17 measurement requirements and any consequential
amendments to financial assets in the scope of HKFRS 9.
HKFRS 17 requires increased use of current market values in the measurement of insurance liabilities. Changes in market conditions
for certain products measured under the general measurement approach are immediately recognised in profit or loss, while changes
in market conditions for other products measured under the variable fee approach are included in the measurement of CSM.
In accordance with HKFRS 17, directly attributable costs will be incorporated in the CSM and recognised in the results of insurance
services as a reduction in reported revenue, as profit is recognised over the duration of insurance contracts. Costs that are not directly
attributable will remain in operating expenses. This will result in a reduction in reported operating expenses compared with the current
accounting policy.
We intend to provide an update on the likely financial impacts on our insurance business in later 2022 financial reports, when we
expect that this will be reasonably estimable.
(c)Foreign currencies
Items included in each of the group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity
operates (the ‘functional currency’). The group’s consolidated financial statements are presented in Hong Kong dollars.
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange on the date of the transaction. Assets and liabilities denominated
in foreign currencies are translated at the rate of exchange at the balance sheet date except non-monetary assets and liabilities measured
at historical cost which are translated using the rate of exchange at the initial transaction date. Exchange differences are included in other
comprehensive income (‘OCI’) or in the income statement depending on where the gain or loss on the underlying item is recognised.
In the Consolidated Financial Statements, the assets, liabilities and results of foreign operations whose functional currency is not Hong
Kong dollars are translated into the group’s presentation currency at the rate of exchange at the balance sheet date, while their results
are translated into Hong Kong dollars at the average rates of exchange for the reporting period. Exchange differences arising are
recognised in OCI. On disposal of a foreign operation, exchange differences previously recognised in OCI are reclassified to the income
statement.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
79
(d)Presentation of information
Certain disclosures required by HKFRSs have been included in the sections marked as ('Audited') in this Annual Report and Accounts as
follows:
Consolidated income statement and balance sheet data by reportable segments are included in the 'Financial Review' on page 10 as
specified as ‘Audited’.
Disclosures on 'Financial instruments impacted by IBOR reform' are included in the 'Top and Emerging Risks' section on page 20 as
specified as 'Audited'.
Disclosures concerning the nature and extent of risks relating to banking and insurance activities are included in the ‘Risk' section on
pages 29 to 59 and pages 62 to 66 as specified as ‘Audited’.
Capital disclosures are included in the ‘Treasury Risk’ section on pages 51 to 54 as specified as ‘Audited’.
In accordance with the group’s policy to provide disclosures that help investors and other stakeholders understand the group’s
performance, financial position and changes to them, the information provided in the Risk section goes beyond the minimum levels
required by accounting standards, statutory and regulatory requirements. In addition, the group assesses good practice
recommendations issued from time to time by relevant regulators and standard setters and will assess the applicability and relevance of
such guidance, enhancing disclosures where appropriate.
(e)Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of financial information requires the use of estimates and judgements about future conditions. In view of the inherent
uncertainties and the high level of subjectivity involved in the recognition or measurement of items highlighted as the critical accounting
estimates and judgements in Note 1.2 below, it is possible that the outcomes in the next financial year could differ from those on which
management’s estimates are based. This could result in materially different estimates and judgements from those reached by
management for the purposes of the Consolidated Financial Statements. Management’s selection of the group’s accounting policies that
contain critical estimates and judgements reflects the materiality of the items to which the policies are applied and the high degree of
judgement and estimation uncertainty involved.
(f)Segmental analysis
The group’s chief operating decision-maker is the Executive Committee, which operates as a general management committee under the
direct authority of the Board. Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the
Executive Committee.
Measurement of segmental assets, liabilities, income and expenses is in accordance with the group’s accounting policies. Segmental
income and expenses include transfers between segments and these transfers are conducted at arm’s length. Shared costs are included
in segments on the basis of the actual recharges made.
(g)Going concern
The Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared on a going concern basis, as the Directors are satisfied that the group and parent
company have the resources to continue in business for the foreseeable future. In making this assessment, the Directors have considered
a wide range of information relating to present and future conditions, including future projections of profitability, cash flows, capital
requirements and capital resources. These considerations include stressed scenarios that reflect the uncertainty that the global Covid-19
pandemic has had on the group’s operations, as well as considering potential impacts from other top and emerging risks, and the related
impact on profitability, capital and liquidity.
1.2Summary of significant accounting policies
(a)Consolidation and related policies
Investments in subsidiaries
Where an entity is governed by voting rights, the group consolidates when it holds, directly or indirectly, the necessary voting rights to
pass resolutions by the governing body. In all other cases, the assessment of control is more complex and requires judgement of other
factors, including having exposure to variability of returns, power to direct relevant activities and whether power is held as agent or
principal.
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The amount of non-controlling interest is measured either at fair
value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets. This election is made for each
business combination.
The Bank’s investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less impairment losses.
Goodwill
Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units (‘CGU’) for the purpose of impairment testing, which is undertaken at the lowest level at
which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. Impairment testing is performed at least once a year, or whenever there
is an indication of impairment, by comparing the recoverable amount of a CGU with its carrying amount.
Interests in associates
The group classifies investments in entities over which it has significant influence, and that are neither subsidiaries nor joint
arrangements, as associates.
Investments in associates are recognised using the equity method. The attributable share of the results and reserves of associates is
included in the consolidated financial statements of the group based on either financial statements made up to 31 December or amounts
adjusted for any material transactions or events occurring between the date the financial statements are available and
31 December.
Investments in associates are assessed at each reporting date and tested for impairment when there is an indication that the investment
may be impaired. Goodwill on acquisitions of interests in associates is not tested separately for impairment but is assessed as part of the
carrying amount of the investment.
Notes on the Consolidated Financial Statements
80
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The most significant critical accounting estimates relate to the assessment of impairment of our investment in Bank of Communications Co. Limited
(‘BoCom’), which involves estimations of value in use.
Judgements
Estimates
The VIU calculation uses discounted cash flow projections based on management’s
best estimates of future earnings available to ordinary shareholders prepared in
accordance with HKAS 36.
Key assumptions are used in estimating BoCom’s value in use, the sensitivity of the
value in use calculations to different assumptions and a sensitivity analysis that
shows the changes in key assumptions that would reduce the excess of value in use
over the carrying amount (the ‘headroom’) to nil are described in Note 14.
(b)Income and expenses
Operating income
Interest income and expense
Interest income and expense for all financial instruments, excluding those classified as held for trading or designated at fair value are
recognised in ‘Interest income’ and ‘Interest expense’ in the income statement using the effective interest method. However, as an
exception to this, interest on debt instruments issued by the group for funding purposes that are designated under the fair value option to
reduce an accounting mismatch and on derivatives managed in conjunction with those debt instruments is included in interest expense.
Interest on credit impaired financial assets is recognised using the rate of interest used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose
of measuring the impairment loss.
Non-interest income and expense
The group generates fee income from services provided at a fixed price over time, such as account service and card fees, or when the
group delivers a specific transaction at a point in time such as broking services and import/export services. With the exception of certain
fund management and performance fees, all other fees are generated at a fixed price. Fund management and performance fees can be
variable depending on the size of the customer portfolio and the group’s performance as fund manager. Variable fees are recognised
when all uncertainties are resolved. Fee income is generally earned from short term contracts with payment terms that do not include a
significant financing component. 
The group acts as principal in the majority of contracts with customers, with the exception of broking services. For brokerage trades
where the group acts as an agent in the transaction it recognises broking income net of fees payable to other parties in the arrangement.
The group recognises fees earned on transaction-based arrangements at a point in time when it has fully provided the service to the
customer. Where the contract requires services to be provided over time, income is recognised on a systematic basis over the life of the
agreement.
Where the group offers a package of services that contains multiple non-distinct performance obligations, such as those included in
account service packages, the promised services are treated as a single performance obligation. If a package of services contains distinct
performance obligations, such as those including both account and insurance services, the corresponding transaction price is allocated to
each performance obligation based on the estimated stand-alone selling prices.
Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive payment is established. This is the ex-dividend date for listed equity securities,
and usually the date when shareholders approve the dividend for unlisted equity securities.
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss includes the following:
‘Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis’. This comprises net trading income, which
includes all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities held for trading and other
financial instruments managed on a fair value basis, together with the related interest income, expense and dividends, excluding the
effect of changes in the credit risk of liabilities managed on a fair value basis. It also includes all gains and losses from changes in the
fair value of derivatives that are managed in conjunction with financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or
loss.
‘Net income/(expense) from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through
profit or loss’. This includes interest income, interest expense and dividend income in respect of financial assets and liabilities
measured at fair value through profit or loss; and those derivatives managed in conjunction with the above that can be separately
identifiable from other trading derivatives.
‘Changes in fair value of designated debt instruments and related derivatives’. Interest paid on debt instruments and interest cash
flows on related derivatives is presented in interest expense where doing so reduces an accounting mismatch.
‘Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss’. This includes interest
on instruments that fail the solely payments of principal and interest ('SPPI') test. See (d) below.
The accounting policies for insurance premium income are disclosed in Note 1.2(j).
(c)Valuation of financial instruments
All financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to
transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of a financial instrument
on initial recognition is generally its transaction price (that is, the fair value of the consideration given or received). However, if there is a
difference between the transaction price and the fair value of financial instruments whose fair value is based on a quoted price in an
active market or a valuation technique that uses only data from observable markets, the group recognises the difference as a trading gain
or loss at inception (‘a day 1 gain or loss’). In all other cases, the entire day 1 gain or loss is deferred and recognised in the income
statement over the life of the transaction until the transaction matures, is closed out, the valuation inputs become observable or the
group enters into an offsetting transaction.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
81
The fair value of financial instruments is generally measured on an individual basis. However, in cases where the group manages a group
of financial assets and liabilities according to its net market or credit risk exposure, the fair value of the group of financial instruments is
measured on a net basis but the underlying financial assets and liabilities are presented separately in the Consolidated Financial
Statements, unless they satisfy the HKFRSs offsetting criteria.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The majority of valuation techniques employ only observable market data. However, certain financial instruments are classified on the basis of valuation
techniques that feature one or more significant market inputs that are unobservable, and for them, the measurement of fair value is more judgemental.
Judgements
Estimates
An instrument in its entirety is classified as valued using significant unobservable
inputs if, in the opinion of management, a significant proportion of the instrument’s
inception profit or greater than 5% of the instrument’s valuation is driven by
unobservable inputs.
‘Unobservable’ in this context means that there is little or no current market data
available from which to determine the price at which an arm’s length transaction
would be likely to occur. It generally does not mean that there is no data available
at all upon which to base a determination of fair value (consensus pricing data
may, for example, be used).
Details on the group’s level 3 financial instruments and the
sensitivity of their valuation to the effect of applying reasonable
possible alternative assumptions in determining their fair value
are set out in Note 33.
(d)Financial instruments measured at amortised cost
Financial assets that are held to collect the contractual cash flows and which contain contractual terms that give rise on specified dates
to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortised cost. Such financial assets include most loans
and advances to banks and customers and some debt securities. In addition, most financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost.
The group accounts for regular way amortised cost financial instruments using trade date accounting. The carrying value of these
financial assets at initial recognition includes any directly attributable transactions costs.
The group may commit to underwriting loans on fixed contractual terms for specified periods of time. When the loan arising from the
lending commitment is expected to be held for trading, the commitment to lend is recorded as a derivative. When the group intends to
hold the loan, the loan commitment is included in the impairment calculations set out below.
Non-trading reverse repurchase, repurchase and similar agreements
When debt securities are sold subject to a commitment to repurchase them at a predetermined price (‘repos’), they remain on the
balance sheet and a liability is recorded in respect of the consideration received. Securities purchased under commitments to resell
(‘reverse repos’) are not recognised on the balance sheet and an asset is recorded in respect of the initial consideration paid. Non-trading
repos and reverse repos are measured at amortised cost. The difference between the sale and repurchase price, or between the purchase
and resale price, is treated as interest and recognised in net interest income over the life of the agreement.
Contracts that are economically equivalent to reverse repo or repo agreements (such as sales or purchases of debt securities entered into
together with total return swaps with the same counterparty) are accounted for similarly to, and presented together with, reverse repo or
repo agreements.
(e)Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (‘FVOCI’)
Financial assets held for a business model that is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling and which contain
contractual terms that give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest are measured at FVOCI.
These comprise primarily debt securities. They are recognised on the trade date when the group enters into contractual arrangements to
purchase and are normally derecognised when they are either sold or redeemed. They are subsequently remeasured at fair value and
changes therein (except for those relating to impairment, interest income and foreign currency exchange gains and losses) are
recognised in OCI until the assets are sold. Upon disposal, the cumulative gains or losses in OCI are recognised in the income statement
as ‘Gains less losses from financial instruments’. Financial assets measured at FVOCI are included in the impairment calculations set out
below and impairment is recognised in the income statement.
(f)Equity securities measured at fair value with fair value movements presented in OCI
The equity securities for which fair value movements are shown in OCI are business facilitation and other similar investments where the
group holds the investments other than to generate a capital return. Gains or losses on the derecognition of these equity securities are
not transferred to the income statement. Dividend income is recognised in the income statement.
(g)Financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss
Financial instruments, other than those held for trading, are classified in this category if they meet one or more of the criteria set out
below and are so designated irrevocably at inception:
The use of the designation removes or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch.
A group of financial assets and liabilities or a group of financial liabilities is managed and its performance is evaluated on a fair value
basis, in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy.
The financial liability contains one or more non-closely related embedded derivatives.
Designated financial assets are recognised when the group enters into contracts with counterparties, which is generally on trade date,
and are normally derecognised when the rights to the cash flows expire or are transferred.
Designated financial liabilities are recognised when the group enters into contracts with counterparties, which is generally on settlement
date, and are normally derecognised when extinguished. Subsequent changes in fair values are recognised in the income statement in
‘Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis’ or ‘Net income/(expense) from assets and
liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss’ except for the effect of
changes in the liabilities' credit risk which is presented in OCI, unless that treatment would create or enlarge an accounting mismatch in
profit or loss.
Under the above criterion, the main classes of financial instruments designated by the group are:
Notes on the Consolidated Financial Statements
82
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Debt instruments for funding purposes that are designated to reduce an accounting mismatch. The interest and/or foreign exchange
exposure on certain fixed rate debt securities issued has been matched with the interest and/or foreign exchange exposure on certain
swaps as part of a documented risk management strategy.
Financial assets and financial liabilities under unit-linked and non-linked investment contracts. A contract under which the group does
not accept significant insurance risk from another party is not classified as an insurance contract, other than investment contracts
with discretionary participation features (‘DPF’), but is accounted for as a financial liability. Customer liabilities under linked and
certain non-linked investment contracts issued by insurance subsidiaries are determined based on the fair value of the assets held in
the linked funds. If no fair value designation was made for the related assets, at least some of the assets would otherwise be
measured at either fair value through OCI or amortised cost. The related financial assets and liabilities are managed and reported to
management on a fair value basis. Designation at fair value of the financial assets and related liabilities allows changes in fair values
to be recorded in the income statement and presented in the same line.
Financial liabilities that contain both deposit and derivative components: These financial liabilities are managed and their performance
evaluated on a fair value basis.
(h)Derivatives
Derivatives are financial instruments that derive their value from the price of underlying items such as equities, interest rates or other
indices. Derivatives are recognised initially and are subsequently measured at fair value through profit or loss. Derivatives are classified as
assets when their fair value is positive or as liabilities when their fair value is negative. This includes embedded derivatives in financial
liabilities which are bifurcated from the host contract when they meet the definition of a derivative on a stand-alone basis.
Where the derivatives are managed with debt securities issued by the group that are designated at fair value, the contractual interest is
shown in ‘Interest expense’ together with the interest payable on the issued debt.
Hedge accounting
When derivatives are not part of fair value designated relationships, if held for risk management purposes they are designated in hedge
accounting relationships where the required criteria for documentation and hedge effectiveness are met. The group uses these
derivatives or, where allowed, other non-derivative hedging instruments in fair value hedges, cash flow hedges or hedges of net
investments in foreign operations as appropriate to the risk being hedged.
Fair value hedge
Fair value hedge accounting does not change the recording of gains and losses on derivatives and other hedging instruments, but results
in recognising changes in the fair value of the hedged assets or liabilities attributable to the hedged risk that would not otherwise be
recognised in the income statement. If a hedge relationship no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, hedge accounting is
discontinued and the cumulative adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item is amortised to the income statement on a
recalculated effective interest rate, unless the hedged item has been derecognised, in which case it is recognised in the income
statement immediately.
Cash flow hedge
The effective portion of gains and losses on hedging instruments is recognised in OCI and the ineffective portion of the change in fair
value of derivative hedging instruments that are part of a cash flow hedge relationship is recognised immediately in the income
statement within ‘Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis’. The accumulated gains and
losses recognised in OCI are reclassified to the income statement in the same periods in which the hedged item affects profit or loss.
When a hedge relationship is discontinued, or partially discontinued, any cumulative gain or loss recognised in OCI remains in equity until
the forecast transaction is recognised in the income statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the
cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in OCI is immediately reclassified to the income statement.
Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting
Non-qualifying hedges are derivatives entered into as economic hedges of assets and liabilities for which hedge accounting was not
applied.
(i)Impairment of amortised cost and FVOCI financial assets
Expected credit losses (‘ECL’) are recognised for loans and advances to banks and customers, non-trading reverse repurchase
agreements, other financial assets held at amortised cost, debt instruments measured at FVOCI, and certain loan commitments and
financial guarantee contracts. At initial recognition, allowance (or provision in the case of some loan commitments and financial
guarantees) is required for ECL resulting from default events that are possible within the next 12 months (or less, where the remaining life
is less than 12 months) (’12-month ECL’). In the event of a significant increase in credit risk, allowance (or provision) is required for ECL
resulting from all possible default events over the expected life of the financial instrument (‘lifetime ECL’). Financial assets where 12-
month ECL is recognised are considered to be ‘stage 1’; financial assets that are considered to have experienced a significant increase in
credit risk are in ‘stage 2’; and financial assets for which there is objective evidence of impairment so are considered to be in default or
otherwise credit-impaired are in ‘stage 3’. Purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets (‘POCI’) are treated differently as set
out below.
Credit-impaired (stage 3)
The group determines that a financial instrument is credit-impaired and in stage 3 by considering relevant objective evidence, primarily
whether:
contractual payments of either principal or interest are past due for more than 90 days;
there are other indications that the borrower is unlikely to pay such as when a concession has been granted to the borrower for
economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s financial condition; and
the loan is otherwise considered to be in default.
If such unlikeliness to pay is not identified at an earlier stage, it is deemed to occur when an exposure is 90 days past due, even where
regulatory rules permit default to be defined based on 180 days past due. Therefore, the definitions of credit-impaired and default are
aligned as far as possible so that stage 3 represents all loans that are considered defaulted or otherwise credit-impaired.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
83
Interest income is recognised by applying the effective interest rate to the amortised cost amount, i.e. gross carrying amount less ECL
allowance.
Write-off
Financial assets (and the related impairment allowances) are normally written off, either partially or in full, when there is no realistic
prospect of recovery. Where loans are secured, this is generally after receipt of any proceeds from the realisation of security. In
circumstances where the net realisable value of any collateral has been determined and there is no reasonable expectation of further
recovery, write-off may be earlier.
Renegotiation
Loans are identified as renegotiated and classified as credit-impaired when we modify the contractual payment terms due to significant
credit distress of the borrower. Renegotiated loans remain classified as credit-impaired until there is sufficient evidence to demonstrate a
significant reduction in the risk of non-payment of future cash flows and retain the designation of renegotiated until maturity or
derecognition.
A loan that is renegotiated is derecognised if the existing agreement is cancelled and a new agreement is made on substantially different
terms or if the terms of an existing agreement are modified such that the renegotiated loan is a substantially different financial
instrument. Any new loans that arise following derecognition events in these circumstances are considered to be POCI and will continue
to be disclosed as renegotiated loans.
Other than originated credit-impaired loans, all other modified loans could be transferred out of stage 3 if they no longer exhibit any
evidence of being credit-impaired and, in the case of renegotiated loans, there is sufficient evidence to demonstrate a significant
reduction in the risk of non-payment of future cash flows, over the minimum observation period, and there are no other indicators of
impairment. These loans could be transferred to stage 1 or 2 based on the mechanism as described below by comparing the risk of a
default occurring at the reporting date (based on the modified contractual terms) and the risk of a default occurring at initial recognition
(based on the original, unmodified contractual terms). Any amount written off as a result of the modification of contractual terms would
not be reversed.
Loan modifications other than renegotiated loans
Loan modifications that are not identified as renegotiated are considered to be commercial restructuring. Where a commercial
restructuring results in a modification (whether legalised through an amendment to the existing terms or the issuance of a new loan
contract) such that the group’s rights to the cash flows under the original contract have expired, the old loan is derecognised and the
new loan is recognised at fair value. The rights to cash flows are generally considered to have expired if the commercial restructure is at
market rates and no payment-related concession has been provided. Mandatory and general offer loan modifications that are not
borrower-specific, for example market-wide customer relief programmes, have not been classified as renegotiated loans and generally
have not resulted in derecognition, but their stage allocation is determined considering all available and supportable information under
our ECL impairment policy. Changes made to these financial instruments that are economically equivalent and required by interest rate
benchmark reform do not result in the derecognition or a change in the carrying amount of the financial instrument, but instead require
the effective interest rate to be updated to reflect the change of the interest rate benchmark.
Significant increase in credit risk (stage 2)
An assessment of whether credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition is performed at each reporting period by
considering the change in the risk of default occurring over the remaining life of the financial instrument. The assessment explicitly or
implicitly compares the risk of default occurring at the reporting date compared with that at initial recognition, taking into account
reasonable and supportable information, including information about past events, current conditions and future economic conditions. The
assessment is unbiased, probability-weighted, and to the extent relevant, uses forward-looking information consistent with that used in
the measurement of ECL. The analysis of credit risk is multifactor. The determination of whether a specific factor is relevant and its
weight compared with other factors depends on the type of product, the characteristics of the financial instrument and the borrower, and
the geographical region. Therefore, it is not possible to provide a single set of criteria that will determine what is considered to be a
significant increase in credit risk and these criteria will differ for different types of lending, particularly between retail and wholesale.
However, unless identified at an earlier stage, all financial assets are deemed to have suffered a significant increase in credit risk when
30 days past due. In addition, wholesale loans that are individually assessed, which are typically corporate and commercial customers,
and included on a watch or worry list are included in stage 2.
For wholesale portfolios, the quantitative comparison assesses default risk using a lifetime probability of default (‘PD’) which
encompasses a wide range of information including the obligor’s customer risk rating ('CRR'), macroeconomic condition forecasts and
credit transition probabilities. For origination CRRs up to 3.3, significant increase in credit risk is measured by comparing the average PD
for the remaining term estimated at origination with the equivalent estimation at the reporting date. The quantitative measure of
significance varies depending on the credit quality at origination as follows:
Origination CRR
Significance trigger – PD to increase by
0.1–1.2
15bps
2.1–3.3
30bps
For CRRs greater than 3.3 that are not impaired, a significant increase in credit risk is considered to have occurred when the origination
PD has doubled. The significance of changes in PD was informed by expert credit risk judgement, referenced to historical credit
migrations and to relative changes in external market rates.
For loans originated prior to the implementation of HKFRS 9, the origination PD does not include adjustments to reflect expectations of
future macroeconomic conditions since these are not available without the use of hindsight. In the absence of this data, origination PD
must be approximated assuming through-the-cycle (‘TTC’) PDs and TTC migration probabilities, consistent with the instrument’s
underlying modelling approach and the CRR at origination. For these loans, the quantitative comparison is supplemented with additional
CRR deterioration based thresholds as set out in the table below:
Notes on the Consolidated Financial Statements
84
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Origination CRR
Additional significance criteria – Number of CRR grade notches deterioration
required to identify as significant credit deterioration (stage 2) (> or equal to)
0.1
5 notches
1.1–4.2
4 notches
4.3–5.1
3 notches
5.2–7.1
2 notches
7.2–8.2
1 notch
8.3
0 notch
Further information about the 23-grade scale used for CRR can be found on page 30.
For certain portfolios of debt securities where external market ratings are available and credit ratings are not used in credit risk
management, the debt securities will be in stage 2 if their credit risk increases to the extent they are no longer considered investment
grade. Investment grade is where the financial instrument has a low risk of incurring losses, the structure has a strong capacity to meet
its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term and adverse changes in economic and business conditions in the longer term may,
but will not necessarily, reduce the ability of the borrower to fulfil their contractual cash flow obligations.
For retail portfolios, default risk is assessed using a reporting date 12-month PD derived from credit scores which incorporates all
available information about the customer. This PD is adjusted for the effect of macroeconomic forecasts for periods longer than 12
months and is considered to be a reasonable approximation of a lifetime PD measure. Retail exposures are first segmented into
homogeneous portfolios, generally by country, product and brand. Within each portfolio, the stage 2 accounts are defined as accounts
with an adjusted 12-month PD greater than the average 12-month PD of loans in that portfolio 12 months before they become 30 days
past due. The expert credit risk judgement is that no prior increase in credit risk is significant. This portfolio-specific threshold identifies
loans with a PD higher than would be expected from loans that are performing as originally expected and higher than what would have
been acceptable at origination. It therefore approximates a comparison of origination to reporting date PDs.
Unimpaired and without significant increase in credit risk – (stage 1)
ECL resulting from default events that are possible within the next 12 months is recognised for financial instruments that remain in
stage 1.
Purchased or originated credit-impaired (‘POCI’)
Financial assets that are purchased or originated at a deep discount that reflects the incurred credit losses are considered to be POCI.
This population includes the recognition of a new financial instrument following a renegotiation where concessions have been granted
for economic or contractual reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty that otherwise would not have been considered. The
amount of change-in-lifetime ECL is recognised in income statement until the POCI is derecognised, even if the lifetime ECL are less than
the amount of ECL included in the estimated cash flows on initial recognition.
Movement between stages
Financial assets can be transferred between the different categories (other than POCI) depending on their relative increase in credit risk
since initial recognition. Financial instruments are transferred out of stage 2 if their credit risk is no longer considered to be significantly
increased since initial recognition based on the assessments described above. Except for renegotiated loans, financial instruments are
transferred out of stage 3 when they no longer exhibit any evidence of credit impairment as described above. Renegotiated loans that are
not POCI will continue to be in stage 3 until there is sufficient evidence to demonstrate a significant reduction in the risk of non-payment
of future cash flows, observed over a minimum one-year period and there are no other indicators of impairment. For loans that are
assessed for impairment on a portfolio basis, the evidence typically comprises a history of payment performance against the original or
revised terms, as appropriate to the circumstances. For loans that are assessed for impairment on an individual basis, all available
evidence is assessed on a case-by-case basis.
Measurement of ECL
The assessment of credit risk, and the estimation of ECL, are unbiased and probability-weighted, and incorporate all available information
that is relevant to the assessment including information about past events, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts
of future events and economic conditions at the reporting date. In addition, the estimation of ECL should take into account the time value
of money.
In general, the group calculates ECL using three main components, a probability of default, a loss given default ('LGD') and the exposure
at default (‘EAD’).
The 12-month ECL is calculated by multiplying the 12-month PD, LGD and EAD. Lifetime ECL is calculated using the lifetime PD instead.
The 12-month and lifetime PDs represent the probability of default occurring over the next 12 months and the remaining maturity of the
instrument respectively.
The EAD represents the expected balance at default, taking into account the repayment of principal and interest from the balance sheet
date to the default event together with any expected drawdowns of committed facilities. The LGD represents expected losses on the EAD
given the event of default, taking into account, among other attributes, the mitigating effect of collateral value at the time it is expected
to be realised and the time value of money.
The group makes use of the Basel II IRB framework where possible, with recalibration to meet the differing HKFRS 9 requirements as set
out in the following table:
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
85
Model
Regulatory capital
HKFRS 9
PD
Through the cycle (represents long-run average PD throughout a
full economic cycle)
The definition of default includes a backstop of 90+ days past
due
Point in time (based on current conditions, adjusted to take into
account estimates of future conditions that will impact PD)
Default backstop of 90+ days past due for all portfolios
EAD
Cannot be lower than current balance.
Amortisation captured for term products
LGD
Downturn LGD (consistent losses expected to be suffered during
a severe but plausible economic downturn)
Regulatory floors may apply to mitigate risk of underestimating
downturn LGD due to lack of historical data
Discounted using cost of capital
All collection costs included
Expected LGD (based on estimate of loss given default including
the expected impact of future economic conditions such as
changes in value of collateral)
No floors
Discounted using the original effective interest rate of the loan
Only costs associated with obtaining/selling collateral included
Other
Discounted back from point of default to balance sheet date
While 12-month PDs are re-calibrated from Basel models where possible, the lifetime PDs are determined by projecting the 12-month PD
using a term structure. For the wholesale methodology, the lifetime PD also takes into account credit migration, i.e. a customer migrating
through the CRR bands over its life.
The ECL for wholesale stage 3 is determined on an individual basis using a discounted cash flow (‘DCF’) methodology. The expected
future cash flows are based on the credit risk officer’s estimates as at the reporting date, reflecting reasonable and supportable
assumptions and projections of future recoveries and expected future receipts of interest. Collateral is taken into account if it is likely that
the recovery of the outstanding amount will include realisation of collateral based on the estimated fair value of collateral at the time of
expected realisation, less costs for obtaining and selling the collateral. The cash flows are discounted at a reasonable approximation of
the original effective interest rate. For significant cases, cash flows under four different scenarios are probability-weighted by reference to
the economic scenarios applied more generally by the group and the judgement of the credit risk officer in relation to the likelihood of the
workout strategy succeeding or receivership being required. For less significant cases, the effect of different economic scenarios and
work-out strategies is approximated and applied as an adjustment to the most likely outcome.
Period over which ECL is measured
ECL is measured from the initial recognition of the financial asset. The maximum period considered when measuring ECL (be it 12-month
or lifetime ECL) is the maximum contractual period over which the group is exposed to credit risk. For wholesale overdrafts, credit risk
management actions are taken no less frequently than on an annual basis and therefore this period is to the expected date of the next
substantive credit review. The date of the substantive credit review also represents the initial recognition of the new facility. However,
where the financial instrument includes both a drawn and undrawn commitment and the contractual ability to demand repayment and
cancel the undrawn commitment does not serve to limit the group’s exposure to credit risk to the contractual notice period, the
contractual period does not determine the maximum period considered. Instead, ECL is measured over the period the group remains
exposed to credit risk that is not mitigated by credit risk management actions. This applies to retail overdrafts and credit cards, where the
period is the average time taken for stage 2 exposures to default or close as performing accounts, determined on a portfolio basis and
ranging from between two and six years. In addition, for these facilities it is not possible to identify the ECL on the loan commitment
component separately from the financial asset component. As a result, the total ECL is recognised in the loss allowance for the financial
asset unless the total ECL exceeds the gross carrying amount of the financial asset, in which case the ECL is recognised as a provision.
Forward-looking economic inputs
The group applies multiple forward-looking global economic scenarios determined with reference to external forecast distributions
representative of its view of forecast economic conditions. This approach is considered sufficient to calculate unbiased expected loss in
most economic environments. In certain economic environments, additional analysis may be necessary and may result in additional/
alternative scenarios or adjustments, to reflect a range of possible economic outcomes sufficient for an unbiased estimate. The detailed
methodology is disclosed in ‘Measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis of ECL estimates’ on pages 35 to 39.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The calculation of the group’s ECL under HKFRS 9 requires the group to make a number of judgements, assumptions and estimates. The most significant
are set out below:
Judgements
Estimates
Defining what is considered to be a significant increase in credit risk
Determining the lifetime and point of initial recognition of overdrafts and credit cards
Selecting and calibrating the PD, LGD and EAD models, which support the calculations,
including making reasonable and supportable judgements about how models react to current
and future economic conditions
Selecting model inputs and economic forecasts, including determining whether sufficient and
appropriately weighted economic forecasts are incorporated to calculate unbiased expected
loss
Making management adjustments to account for late breaking events, model and data
limitations and deficiencies, and expert credit judgements
The sections ‘Measurement uncertainty and
sensitivity analysis of ECL estimates’ marked as
audited from pages 35 to 39, set out the assumptions
used in determining ECL and provide an indication of
the sensitivity of the result to the application of
different weightings being applied to different
economic assumptions.
Notes on the Consolidated Financial Statements
86
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
(j)Insurance contracts
A contract is classified as an insurance contract where the group accepts significant insurance risk from another party by agreeing to
compensate that party on the occurrence of a specified uncertain future event. An insurance contract may also transfer financial risk, but
is accounted for as an insurance contract if the insurance risk is significant. In addition, the group issues investment contracts with
discretionary participation features ('DPF') which are also accounted for as insurance contracts as required by HKFRS 4 ‘Insurance
Contracts’.
Net insurance premium income
Premiums for life insurance contracts are accounted for when receivable, except in unit-linked insurance contracts where premiums are
accounted for when liabilities are established.
Reinsurance premiums are accounted for in the same accounting period as the premiums for the direct insurance contracts to which they
relate.
Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movements in liabilities to policyholders
Gross insurance claims for life insurance contracts reflect the total cost of claims arising during the year, including claim handling costs
and any policyholder bonuses allocated in anticipation of a bonus declaration.
Maturity claims are recognised when due for payment. Surrenders are recognised when paid or at an earlier date on which, following
notification, the policy ceases to be included within the calculation of the related insurance liabilities. Death claims are recognised when
notified.
Reinsurance recoveries are accounted for in the same period as the related claim.
Future profit participation on insurance contracts with DPF
Where contracts provide discretionary profit participation benefits to policyholders, liabilities for these contracts include provisions for the
future discretionary benefits to policyholders. These provisions reflect the actual performance of the investment portfolio to date and
management’s expectation of the future performance of the assets backing the contracts, as well as other experience factors such as
mortality, lapses and operational efficiency, where appropriate. The benefits to policyholders may be determined by the contractual
terms, regulation, or past distribution policy.
Investment contracts with DPF
While investment contracts with DPF are financial instruments, they continue to be treated as insurance contracts as required by
HKFRS 4. The group therefore recognises the premiums for these contracts as revenue and recognises as an expense the resulting
increase in the carrying amount of the liability.
In the case of net unrealised investment gains on these contracts, whose discretionary benefits principally reflect the actual performance
of the investment portfolio, the corresponding increase in the liabilities is recognised in either the income statement or OCI, following the
treatment of the unrealised gains on the relevant assets. In the case of net unrealised losses, a deferred participating asset is recognised
only to the extent that its recoverability is highly probable. Movements in the liabilities arising from realised gains and losses on relevant
assets are recognised in the income statement.
Liabilities under insurance contracts and Present value of in-force long-term insurance business
Liabilities under non-linked life insurance contracts are calculated by each life insurance operation based on local actuarial principles.
Liabilities under unit-linked life insurance contracts are at least equivalent to the surrender or transfer value, which is calculated by
reference to the value of the relevant underlying funds or indices.
The group recognises the value placed on insurance contracts and investment contracts with DPF, which are classified as long-term and
in-force at the balance sheet date, as an asset. The PVIF asset is presented gross of attributable tax in the balance sheet and movements
in the PVIF asset are included in ‘Other operating income’ on a gross of tax basis.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The valuation of the PVIF and insurance contract liabilities are dependent on economic assumptions (e.g. future investment returns) and non-economic
assumptions (e.g. related to policyholder behaviour or demographics).
Judgements
Estimates
The PVIF asset represents the value of the equity holders’ interest in the issuing insurance
companies’ profits expected to emerge from these contracts written at the balance sheet
date. It is determined by discounting those expected future profits using appropriate
assumptions in assessing factors such as future mortality, lapse rates, investment returns and
levels of expenses, and a risk discount rate that reflects the risk premium attributable to the
respective contracts. The PVIF incorporates allowances for both non-market risk and the value
of financial options and guarantees.
Insurance contract liabilities are set in accordance with local actuarial principles in each
market, aligned with local regulatory measurement frameworks.  Core judgements made in
applying these frameworks include demographic and behavioural assumptions, expense
assumptions and investment return assumptions.
The assumptions are reassessed at each reporting
date and changes in the estimates which affect the
value of PVIF and Insurance contract liabilities are
reflected in the income statement. More information
is included in Note 15 for PVIF and Note 3 for
Liabilities under insurance contracts.
The sections marked as audited on pages 62 to 66,
‘Insurance manufacturing operations risk
management’ provide an indication of the sensitivity
of the result to the application of different weightings
being applied to different economic and non-
economic assumptions.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
87
(k)Property
Land and buildings
Land and buildings held for own use are carried at their revalued amount, being the fair value at the date of the revaluation less any
subsequent accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.
Revaluations are performed by professional qualified valuers, on a market basis, with sufficient regularity to ensure that the net carrying
amount does not differ materially from the fair value. Surpluses arising on revaluation are credited firstly to the income statement, to the
extent of any deficits arising on revaluation previously charged to the income statement in respect of the same land and buildings, and
are thereafter taken to the ‘Property revaluation reserve’. Deficits arising on revaluation are first set off against any previous revaluation
surpluses included in the ‘Property revaluation reserve’ in respect of the same land and buildings, and are thereafter recognised in the
income statement.
Leasehold land and buildings are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the unexpired terms of the leases or the
remaining useful lives.
The Government of Hong Kong owns all the land in Hong Kong and permits its use under leasehold arrangements. Similar arrangements
exist in mainland China. The group accounts for its interests in own use leasehold land and land use rights in accordance with HKFRS 16
but discloses these as owned assets when the right of use are considered sufficient to constitute control.
Investment properties
The group holds certain properties as investments to earn rentals or for capital appreciation, or both, and those investment properties are
included on balance sheet at fair value with changes in fair value being recognised in the income statement.
(l)Employee compensation and benefits
Post-employment benefit plans
The group operates a number of pension schemes including defined benefit and defined contribution, and post-employment benefit
schemes.
Payments to defined contribution schemes are charged as an expense as the employees render service.
Defined benefit pension obligations are calculated using the projected unit credit method. The net charge to the income statement mainly
comprises the service cost and the net interest on the net defined benefit asset or liability, and is presented in operating expenses.
Remeasurements of the net defined benefit asset or liability, which comprise actuarial gains and losses, return on plan assets excluding
interest and the effect of the asset ceiling (if any, excluding interest), are recognised immediately in OCI. The net defined benefit asset or
liability represents the present value of defined benefit obligations reduced by the fair value of plan assets, after applying the asset ceiling
test, where the net defined benefit surplus is limited to the present value of available refunds and reductions in future contributions to the
plan.
(m)Tax
Income tax comprises current tax and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates
to items recognised in OCI or directly in equity, in which case the tax is recognised in the same statement as the related item appears.
Current tax is the tax expected to be payable on the taxable profit for the year and on any adjustment to tax payable in respect of
previous years. The group provides for potential current tax liabilities that may arise on the basis of the amounts expected to be paid to
the tax authorities.
Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the balance sheet, and the
amounts attributed to such assets and liabilities for tax purposes. Deferred tax is calculated using the tax rates expected to apply in the
periods in which the assets will be realised or the liabilities settled.
Current and deferred tax are calculated based on tax rates and laws enacted, or substantively enacted, by the balance sheet date.
(n)Provisions, contingent liabilities and guarantees
Provisions
Provisions are recognised when it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle a present legal or
constructive obligation that has arisen as a result of past events and for which a reliable estimate can be made.
Contingent liabilities and guarantees
Contingent liabilities
Contingent liabilities, which include certain guarantees and letters of credit pledged as collateral security, and contingent liabilities related
to legal proceedings or regulatory matters, are not recognised in the Consolidated Financial Statements but are disclosed unless the
probability of settlement is remote.
Financial guarantee contracts
Liabilities under financial guarantee contracts that are not classified as insurance contracts are recorded initially at their fair value, which
is generally the fee received or present value of the fee receivable.
The Bank has issued financial guarantees and similar contracts to other group entities. The group elects to account for certain guarantees
as insurance contracts in the Bank's financial statements, in which case they are measured and recognised as insurance liabilities. This
election is made on a contract-by-contract basis, and is irrevocable.
Notes on the Consolidated Financial Statements
88
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
(o)Impairment of non-financial assets
Software under development is tested for impairment at least annually. Other non-financial assets such as property, plant and equipment,
intangible assets (excluding goodwill) and right-of-use assets are tested for impairment at the individual asset level when there is
indication of impairment at that level, or at the CGU level for assets that do not have a recoverable amount at the individual asset level. In
addition, impairment is also tested at the CGU level when there is indication of impairment at that level. For this purpose, CGUs are
considered to be the principal operating legal entities and branches divided in a similar manner as the group's operating segments.
Impairment testing compares the carrying amount of the non-financial asset or CGU with its recoverable amount, which is the higher of
the fair value less costs of disposal or the value in use. The carrying amount of a CGU comprises the carrying value of its assets and
liabilities, including non-financial assets that are directly attributable to it and non-financial assets that can be allocated to it on a
reasonable and consistent basis. Non-financial assets that cannot be allocated to an individual CGU are tested for impairment at an
appropriate grouping of CGUs. The recoverable amount of the CGU is the higher of the fair value less costs of disposal of the CGU, which
is determined by independent and qualified valuers where relevant, and the value in use, which is calculated based on appropriate inputs.
When the recoverable amount of a CGU is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised in the income statement to the
extent that the impairment can be allocated on a pro-rata basis to the non-financial assets by reducing their carrying amounts to the
higher of their respective individual recoverable amount or nil. This impairment is not allocated to financial assets within a CGU.
Impairment loss recognised in prior periods for non-financial assets is reversed when there has been a change in the estimate used to
determine the recoverable amount. The impairment loss is reversed to the extent that the carrying amount of the non-financial assets
would not exceed the amount that would have been determined (net of amortisation or depreciation) had no impairment loss been
recognised in prior periods.
2
Operating profit
(a)Net interest income
Net interest income includes:
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Interest income recognised on impaired financial assets
315
220
Interest income recognised on financial assets measured at amortised cost
106,916
127,178
Interest income recognised on financial assets measured at FVOCI
14,461
20,167
Interest expense on financial instruments, excluding interest on financial liabilities held for trading or designated or otherwise
mandatorily measured at fair value
(20,907)
(33,135)
(b)Net fee income
Net fee income by reportable segments
Wealth and
Personal
Banking1
Commercial
Banking1
Global
Banking1,2
Markets and
Securities
Services2
Corporate
Centre3
Other (GBM-
other)2
Total
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Account services
809
929
367
70
2,175
Funds under management
5,927
639
16
2,028
8,610
Cards
7,559
207
40
7,806
Credit facilities
409
1,371
1,304
62
3,146
Broking income
5,477
69
869
6,415
Imports/exports
2,462
594
3,056
Unit trusts
7,373
176
1
7,550
Underwriting
1
1
869
683
1,554
Remittances
255
1,843
715
2,813
Global custody
976
50
47
3,414
4,487
Insurance agency commission
1,326
114
1
1,441
Other
2,329
2,675
2,497
3,413
(2,156)
8
8,766
Fee income
32,441
10,536
6,451
10,539
(2,156)
8
57,819
Fee expense
(8,614)
(708)
(705)
(4,809)
2,399
(86)
(12,523)
Year ended 31 Dec 2021
23,827
9,828
5,746
5,730
243
(78)
45,296
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
89
Net fee income by reportable segments (continued)
Wealth and
Personal
Banking1
Commercial
Banking1
Global
Banking1,2
Markets and
Securities
Services2
Corporate
Centre3
Other (GBM-
other)2
Total
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Account services
864
864
297
62
3
8
2,098
Funds under management
5,071
677
8
1,788
7,544
Cards
6,732
171
35
1
6,939
Credit facilities
349
1,347
1,175
2,871
Broking income
5,473
58
682
6,213
Imports/exports
2,176
755
1
2,932
Unit trusts
5,991
142
1
6,134
Underwriting
1
1
838
683
(12)
1,511
Remittances
290
1,630
697
(18)
2,599
Global custody
942
53
70
2,928
3,993
Insurance agency commission
1,308
107
1
1,416
Other
2,312
2,363
2,288
3,263
(2,121)
15
8,120
Fee income
29,333
9,589
6,165
9,406
(2,146)
23
52,370
Fee expense
(7,159)
(587)
(783)
(4,433)
2,308
(46)
(10,700)
Year ended 31 Dec 2020
22,174
9,002
5,382
4,973
162
(23)
41,670
1In 2021, the cards acquiring business has been transferred from Commercial Banking ('CMB') and Global Banking ('GB') to Wealth and Personal
Banking ('WPB') to align with the business model. Comparatives have been re-presented to conform to the current year's presentation.
2In the second half of 2021, the reportable segments have been changed to reflect the change in the management of the Global Banking and
Markets ('GBM') business, with the splitting out of GB and Markets and Securities Services ('MSS') as separate reportable segments, whilst GBM-
Other (previously reported within GBM) is now reported under 'Other (GBM-other)'. Comparatives have been re-presented to conform to the
current year's presentation. Further details on the change in reportable segments are set out in Note 31 'Segmental analysis' in the Consolidated
Financial Statements.
3Includes inter-segment elimination.
Net fee income includes:
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Fees earned on financial assets that are not at fair value through profit and loss (other than amounts included in determining the
effective interest rate)
9,742
9,373
–  fee income
15,173
13,850
–  fee expense
(5,431)
(4,477)
Fee earned on trust and other fiduciary activities
11,242
9,745
–  fee income
12,801
11,012
–  fee expense
(1,559)
(1,267)
(c)Net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Net income/(expense) arising on:
Net trading activities
29,888
35,141
Other instruments managed on a fair value basis
(1,529)
(2,969)
Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis
28,359
32,172
Financial assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts
17,837
15,873
Liabilities to customers under investment contracts
343
(2,745)
Net income from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value
through profit or loss
18,180
13,128
Change in fair value of designated debt issued and related derivatives1
(639)
(171)
Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
(25)
138
Year ended 31 Dec
45,875
45,267
1Includes debt instruments which are issued for funding purposes and are designated under the fair value option to reduce an accounting
mismatch.
(d)Other operating income
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Movement in present value of in-force insurance business
(1,294)
3,840
Gains/(losses) on investment properties
277
(996)
Losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment and assets held for sale
(54)
(61)
Gains/(losses) on disposal of subsidiaries, associates and business portfolios
4
(70)
Rental income from investment properties
393
370
Dividend income
198
165
Other
2,509
2,364
Year ended 31 Dec
2,033
5,612
There was a gain on disposal of loans and receivables of HK$77m in the year (2020: loss of HK$52m). There was a loss on disposal of
financial liabilities measured at amortised cost of HK$136m in the year (2020: nil).
Notes on the Consolidated Financial Statements
90
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
(e)Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges arising from the following asset categories:
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Loans and advances to banks and customers
7,055
16,509
– new allowances net of allowance releases
8,065
17,242
– recoveries of amounts previously written off
(1,010)
(733)
Loan commitments and guarantees
(683)
654
Other financial assets
167
556
Year ended 31 Dec
6,539
17,719
Change in expected credit losses as a percentage of average gross customer advances was 0.18% for 2021 (2020: 0.44%).
(f)General and administrative expenses
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Premises and equipment
2,867
2,804
Marketing and advertising expenses
2,417
1,959
Other administrative expenses1
47,043
41,541
Year ended 31 Dec
52,327
46,304
1  Include recharges from fellow group entities. Further details are set out in Note 32.
Included in operating expenses were direct operating expenses of HK$37m (2020: HK$31m) arising from investment properties that
generated rental income in the year. Direct operating expenses arising from investment properties that did not generate rental income
amounted to HK$4m (2020: HK$3m).
(g)Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Owned property, plant and equipment
6,019
6,059
Other right-of-use assets
2,872
3,346
Year ended 31 Dec
8,891
9,405
(h)Auditors’ remuneration
Auditors’ remuneration amounted to HK$152m (2020: HK$163m).
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
91
3
Insurance business
Net insurance premium Income
Non-linked
insurance
Unit-linked
Total
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Gross insurance premium income
62,937
2,398
65,335
Reinsurers’ share of gross insurance premium income
(3,594)
(19)
(3,613)
Year ended 31 Dec 2021
59,343
2,379
61,722
Gross insurance premium income
61,979
1,693
63,672
Reinsurers’ share of gross insurance premium income
(2,091)
(18)
(2,109)
Year ended 31 Dec 2020
59,888
1,675
61,563
Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders
Non-linked
insurance
Unit-linked
Total
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Gross claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders
78,159
1,898
80,057
– claims, benefits and surrenders paid
18,573
6,735
25,308
– movement in liabilities
59,586
(4,837)
54,749
Reinsurers’ share of claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities
(4,013)
4
(4,009)
– claims, benefits and surrenders paid
(2,048)
(39)
(2,087)
– movement in liabilities
(1,965)
43
(1,922)
Year ended 31 Dec 2021
74,146
1,902
76,048
Gross claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders
74,810
5,594
80,404
– claims, benefits and surrenders paid
25,876
5,990
31,866
– movement in liabilities
48,934
(396)
48,538
Reinsurers’ share of claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities
(2,459)
(34)
(2,493)
– claims, benefits and surrenders paid
(2,773)
(50)
(2,823)
– movement in liabilities
314
16
330
Year ended 31 Dec 2020
72,351
5,560
77,911
Liabilities under insurance contracts
2021
2020
Gross
Reinsurers’
share2
Net
Gross
Reinsurers’
share2
Net
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Non-linked insurance
At 1 Jan
547,058
(25,361)
521,697
494,181
(26,247)
467,934
Claims and benefits paid
(18,573)
2,048
(16,525)
(25,876)
2,773
(23,103)
Increase/(decrease) in liabilities to policyholders
78,159
(4,013)
74,146
74,810
(2,459)
72,351
Exchange differences and other movements1
1,856
(35)
1,821
3,943
572
4,515
At 31 Dec
608,500
(27,361)
581,139
547,058
(25,361)
521,697
Unit-linked
At 1 Jan
34,348
(4)
34,344
34,579
(35)
34,544
Claims and benefits paid
(6,735)
39
(6,696)
(5,990)
50
(5,940)
Increase/(decrease) in liabilities to policyholders
1,898
4
1,902
5,594
(34)
5,560
Exchange differences and other movements1
134
(44)
90
165
15
180
At 31 Dec
29,645
(5)
29,640
34,348
(4)
34,344
Total liabilities to policyholders
638,145
(27,366)
610,779
581,406
(25,365)
556,041
1'Exchange differences and other movements’ includes movements in liabilities arising from net unrealised investment gains recognised in other
comprehensive income.
2Amounts recoverable from reinsurance of liabilities under insurance contracts are included in the consolidated balance sheet in ‘Prepayment,
accrued income and other assets’.
The key factors contributing to the movement in liabilities to policyholders included movements in the market value of assets supporting
policyholder liabilities, death claims, surrenders, lapses, liabilities to policyholders created at the initial inception of the policies, the
declaration of bonuses and other amounts attributable to policyholders.
Notes on the Consolidated Financial Statements
92
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
4
Employee compensation and benefits
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Wages and salaries1
35,736
33,367
Social security costs
1,344
893
Post-employment benefits
2,181
1,923
–  defined contribution pension plans
1,651
1,528
–  defined benefit pension plans
530
395
Year ended 31 Dec
39,261
36,183
1'Wages and salaries’ includes the effect of share-based payments arrangements of HK$951m (2020: HK$694m).
Post-employment benefit plans
The group operates a number of post-employment benefit plans for its employees. Some of these plans are defined benefit plans, of
which the largest plan is The HSBC Group Hong Kong Local Staff Retirement Benefit Scheme (the 'Principal Plan’).
The group's balance sheet includes the net surplus or deficit, being the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the
discounted value of scheme liabilities at the balance sheet date for each plan. Surpluses are only recognised to the extent that they are
recoverable through reduced contributions in the future or through potential future refunds from the schemes. In assessing whether a
surplus is recoverable, the group has considered its current right to obtain a future refund or a reduction in future contributions.
Defined benefit pension plans
Net asset/(liability) under defined benefit pension plans
Fair value of
plan assets
Present value of
defined benefit
obligations
Net defined
benefit liability
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
At 1 Jan 2021
10,453
(13,140)
(2,687)
Service cost
(475)
(475)
–  current service cost
(492)
(492)
–  past service cost and gains/(losses) from settlements
17
17
Net interest income/(expense) on the net defined benefit asset/(liability)
79
(125)
(46)
Re-measurement effects recognised in other comprehensive income
500
385
885
–  return on plan assets (excluding interest income)
500
500
–  actuarial gains
385
385
Contributions by the group
356
356
Benefits paid
(1,340)
1,407
67
Exchange differences and other movements
27
3
30
At 31 Dec 2021
10,075
(11,945)
(1,870)
Retirement benefit liabilities recognised on the balance sheet
(1,890)
Retirement benefit assets recognised on the balance sheet (within ‘Prepayment, accrued income and other
assets’)
20
At 1 Jan 2020
10,302
(12,848)
(2,546)
Service cost
(318)
(318)
–  current service cost
(492)
(492)
–  past service cost and gains/(losses) from settlements
174
174
Net interest income/ (expense) on the net defined benefit asset/(liability)
202
(263)
(61)
Re-measurement effects recognised in other comprehensive income
446
(830)
(384)
–  return on plan assets (excluding interest income)
446
446
–  actuarial losses
(830)
(830)
Contributions by the group
602
602
Benefits paid
(1,097)
1,153
56
Exchange differences and other movements
(2)
(34)
(36)
At 31 Dec 2020
10,453
(13,140)
(2,687)
Retirement benefit liabilities recognised on the balance sheet
(2,701)
Retirement benefit assets recognised on the balance sheet (within ‘Prepayment, accrued income and other
assets’)
14
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
93
Fair value of plan assets by asset classes
At 31 Dec 2021
At 31 Dec 2020
Value
Quoted market
price in active
market
Thereof HSBC
Value
Quoted market
price in active
market
Thereof HSBC
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Fair value of plan assets
10,075
10,075
257
10,453
10,453
219
–  equities
1,232
1,232
1,547
1,547
–  bonds
5,676
5,676
5,562
5,562
–  alternative investments
2,490
2,490
2,838
2,838
–  other1
677
677
257
506
506
219
1  Other mainly consists of cash and cash deposits.
The Principal Plan
In Hong Kong, the HSBC Group Hong Kong Local Staff Retirement Benefit Scheme (‘LSRBS’), the Principal Plan, covers employees of the
group and HSBC Global Services (Hong Kong) Limited (the 'ServCo'), which is a fellow subsidiary of the Group set up in Hong Kong as
part of the recovery and resolution planning to provide functional support services to the group, as well as certain other local employees
of the Group. The Principal Plan comprises a funded defined benefit scheme (which provides a lump sum benefit on retirement and is
now closed to new members) and a defined contribution scheme. The latter was established on 1 January 1999 for new employees, and
the group has been providing defined contribution plans to all new employees. Since the defined benefit scheme of the Principal Plan is a
final salary lump sum scheme, its exposure to longevity risk and interest rate risk is limited compared to a scheme that provides annuity
payments.
The Principal Plan is a funded plan with assets which are held in trust funds separate from the group. The investment strategy of the
defined benefit scheme of the Principal Plan is to hold the majority of assets in fixed income investments, with a smaller portion in
equities. The target asset allocation for the portfolio is as follows: Fixed income investments 75% and Equity 25%. Each investment
manager has been assigned a benchmark applicable to their respective asset class. The actuarial funding valuation of the Principal Plan is
conducted at least on a triennial basis in accordance with the local practice and regulations. The actuarial assumptions used to conduct
the actuarial funding valuation of the Principal Plan vary according to the economic conditions.
The trustee, which is a subsidiary of the Bank, assumes the overall responsibility for the Principal Plan and the group has established a
management committee and a number of sub-committees to broaden the governance and manage the concomitant issues.
Both the group and ServCo participate in the Principal Plan that shares risks between the entities which are under common control of the
Group. As agreed between the group and ServCo, the net defined benefit cost of the defined benefit scheme of the Principal Plan shall be
charged separately. Details on the defined benefit scheme of the Principal Plan are disclosed below.
Net asset/(liability) under the defined benefit scheme of the Principal Plan
Included within the group
Included within ServCo
Fair value
of plan
assets
Present
value of
defined
benefit
obligations
Net
defined
benefit
liability
Fair value
of plan
assets
Present
value of
defined
benefit
obligations
Net
defined
benefit
liability
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
At 1 Jan 2021
4,486
(5,330)
(844)
4,288
(5,001)
(713)
Service cost
(179)
(179)
(171)
(171)
–  current service cost
(179)
(179)
(171)
(171)
Net interest income/(expense) on the net defined benefit asset/(liability)
22
(26)
(4)
21
(24)
(3)
Re-measurement effects recognised in other comprehensive income
265
118
383
250
240
490
–  return on plan assets (excluding interest income)
265
265
250
250
–  actuarial gains
118
118
240
240
Contributions
166
166
149
149
Benefits paid
(585)
585
(682)
682
Exchange differences and other movements
70
(83)
(13)
(81)
83
2
At 31 Dec 2021
4,424
(4,915)
(491)
3,945
(4,191)
(246)
Retirement benefit liabilities recognised on the balance sheet
(491)
(246)
At 1 Jan 2020
4,654
(5,252)
(598)
4,445
(4,960)
(515)
Service cost
(182)
(182)
(175)
(175)
–  current service cost
(182)
(182)
(175)
(175)
Net interest income/ (expense) on the net defined benefit asset/(liability)
80
(89)
(9)
76
(84)
(8)
Re-measurement effects recognised in other comprehensive income
114
(325)
(211)
110
(297)
(187)
–  return on plan assets (excluding interest income)
114
114
110
110
–  actuarial losses
(325)
(325)
(297)
(297)
Contributions
183
183
174
174
Benefits paid
(549)
549
(484)
484
Exchange differences and other movements
4
(31)
(27)
(33)
31
(2)
At 31 Dec 2020
4,486
(5,330)
(844)
4,288
(5,001)
(713)
Retirement benefit liabilities recognised on the balance sheet
(844)
(713)
The group expects to make HK$160m of contributions to the defined benefit scheme of the Principal Plan and ServCo expects to make
HK$136m contributions to the defined benefit scheme of the Principal Plan during 2022. This is determined separately by the group and
ServCo by reference to the actuarial funding valuation carried out by the Principal Plan's local actuary.
Notes on the Consolidated Financial Statements
94
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Benefits expected to be paid from the defined benefit scheme of the Principal Plan over each of the next five years, and in aggregate for
the five years thereafter, are as follows:
Benefits expected to be paid from the defined benefit scheme of the Principal Plan1
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027-2031
As reported by:
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
–  The group
381
467
383
362
396
1,896
–  ServCo
286
284
333
365
287
1,785
1The duration of the defined benefit obligation is seven years for the Principal Plan under the disclosure assumptions adopted (2020: seven years).
Fair value of plan assets of the defined benefit scheme of the Principal Plan by asset classes
At 31 Dec 2021
At 31 Dec 2020
Value
Quoted market
price in active
market
Thereof HSBC
Value
Quoted market
price in active
market
Thereof HSBC
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Fair value of plan assets
8,369
8,369
76
8,775
8,775
124
–  equities
1,839
1,839
2,448
2,448
–  bonds
4,731
4,731
4,537
4,537
–  alternative investments
1,723
1,723
1,676
1,676
–  other1
76
76
76
114
114
124
1Other mainly consists of cash and cash deposits.
The Principal Plan’s key actuarial financial assumptions
The group and ServCo determine the discount rate to be applied to the defined benefit scheme's obligations in consultation with the
Principal Plan’s local actuary, on the basis of the current average yields of Hong Kong Government bonds and Hong Kong Exchange
Fund Notes, with maturities consistent with that of the defined benefit obligations.
The key actuarial assumptions used to calculate the group’s obligations for the defined benefit scheme of the Principal Plan for the
year, and used as the basis for measuring the expenses were as follows:
Key actuarial assumptions for the defined benefit scheme of the Principal Plan
Discount rate
Rate of pay increase
% p.a.
% p.a.
At 31 Dec 2021
1.30
3.00
At 31 Dec 2020
0.50
2% p.a. for 2020 and 2021
and 3% p.a. thereafter
Actuarial assumption sensitivities
The discount rate and rate of pay increase are sensitive to changes in market conditions arising during the reporting period. The
following table shows the financial impact of assumption changes on the defined benefit scheme of the Principal Plan at year end:
The effect of changes in key assumptions on the defined benefit scheme of the Principal Plan
Impact on HSBC Group Hong Kong Local Staff Retirement Benefit
Scheme obligation
Financial impact of increase
Financial impact of decrease
2021
2020
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Discount rate – increase/decrease of 0.25%
(158)
(180)
162
185
Pay – increase/decrease of 0.25%
160
182
(157)
(178)
Directors’ emoluments
The aggregate emoluments of the Directors of the Bank disclosed pursuant to section 4 of the Companies (Disclosure of Information
about Benefits of Directors) Regulation were HK$131m (2020: HK$106m). This comprises fees (which represent the aggregate
emoluments paid to or receivable by directors in respect of their services as a director) of HK$30m (2020: HK$26m) and other
emoluments of HK$101m (2020: HK$80m) which includes contributions to pension schemes of HK$1m (2020: nil). Non-cash benefits
which are included in other emoluments mainly relate to share-based payment awards, and the provision of housing and furnishing.
Details on loans to directors are set out in Note 32.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
95
5
Tax
The Bank and its subsidiaries in Hong Kong have provided for Hong Kong profits tax at the rate of 16.5% (2020: 16.5%) on the profits for
the year assessable in Hong Kong. Overseas branches and subsidiaries have similarly provided for tax in the countries in which they
operate at the appropriate rates of tax in force in 2021. Deferred taxation is provided for in accordance with the group’s accounting policy
in Note 1.2(m).
Tax expense
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Current tax
12,489
14,279
–  Hong Kong taxation – on current year profit
5,719
7,316
–  Hong Kong taxation – adjustments in respect of prior years
(158)
(457)
–  overseas taxation – on current year profit
7,151
7,668
–  overseas taxation – adjustments in respect of prior years
(223)
(248)
Deferred tax
1,526
226
–  origination and reversal of temporary differences
1,209
(414)
–  effect of changes in tax rates
9
36
–  adjustments in respect of prior years
308
604
Year ended 31 Dec
14,015
14,505
Tax reconciliation
The tax charged to the income statement differs from the tax charge that would apply if all profits had been taxed at the applicable tax
rates in the countries concerned as follows:
Reconciliation between taxation charge and accounting profit at applicable tax rates
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Profit before tax
86,563
90,196
Notional tax on profit before tax, calculated at the rates applicable to profits in the countries concerned
17,463
18,058
Effects of profits in associates and joint ventures
(3,186)
(2,523)
Non-taxable income and gains
(3,181)
(3,291)
Local taxes and overseas withholding taxes
2,695
2,270
Permanent disallowables
577
523
Others
(353)
(532)
Year ended 31 Dec
14,015
14,505
Movements of deferred tax assets and liabilities
Accelerated
capital
allowances
Insurance
business
Expense
provisions
Impairment
allowance on
financial
instruments
Revaluation
of properties
Other2
Total
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Assets
102
1,294
2,676
3,088
7,160
Liabilities
(358)
(10,662)
(14,645)
(9,167)
(34,832)
At 1 Jan 2021
(256)
(10,662)
1,294
2,676
(14,645)
(6,079)
(27,672)
Exchange and other adjustments
(6)
2
(42)
(75)
(1)
(11)
(133)
Charge/(credit) to income statement
(142)
232
286
80
524
(2,506)
(1,526)
Charge/(credit) to other comprehensive
income
1
(1)
(863)
1,025
162
At 31 Dec 2021
(404)
(10,428)
1,539
2,680
(14,985)
(7,571)
(29,169)
Assets1
176
1,557
2,680
2,106
6,519
Liabilities1
(580)
(10,428)
(18)
(14,985)
(9,677)
(35,688)
Assets
183
1,290
1,478
2,280
5,231
Liabilities
(332)
(10,140)
(16,462)
(6,007)
(32,941)
At 1 Jan 2020
(149)
(10,140)
1,290
1,478
(16,462)
(3,727)
(27,710)
Exchange and other adjustments
6
(19)
81
23
(52)
73
112
Charge/(credit) to income statement
(113)
(503)
(63)
1,176
729
(1,452)
(226)
Charge/(credit) to other comprehensive
income
(14)
(1)
1,140
(973)
152
At 31 Dec 2020
(256)
(10,662)
1,294
2,676
(14,645)
(6,079)
(27,672)
Assets1
102
1,294
2,676
3,088
7,160
Liabilities1
(358)
(10,662)
(14,645)
(9,167)
(34,832)
1 After netting off balances within countries, the balances as disclosed in the Consolidated Financial Statements are as follows: deferred tax assets
HK$3,353m (2020: HK$3,325m); and deferred tax liabilities HK$32,522m (2020: HK$30,997m).
2Other included deferred tax of HK$5,523m (2020: HK$4,295m) provided in respect of distributable reserves or post-acquisition reserves of
associates that, on distribution or sale, would attract withholding tax.
The amount of unused tax losses for which no deferred tax asset is recognised in the balance sheet is HK$3,130m (2020: HK$3,969m). Of
this amount, HK$733m (2020: HK$1,917m) has no expiry date and the remaining will expire within 10 years.
Notes on the Consolidated Financial Statements
96
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Deferred tax is not recognised in respect of the group‘s investments in subsidiaries and branches where remittance or other realisation is
not probable, and for those associates and interests in joint ventures where it has been determined that no additional tax will arise.
6
Dividends
Dividends to shareholders of the parent company
2021
2020
HK$ per share
HK$m
HK$ per share
HK$m
Dividends paid on ordinary shares
In respect of previous year:
–  fourth interim dividend
0.47
21,665
0.58
27,026
In respect of current year:
–  first interim dividend paid
0.26
12,211
0.13
5,814
–  second interim dividend paid
0.24
11,153
0.19
8,915
–  third interim dividend paid
0.24
11,361
0.22
10,063
Total
1.21
56,390
1.12
51,818
Distributions on other equity instruments
2,715
2,450
Dividends to shareholders
59,105
54,268
On 15 February 2022, the Directors declared a fourth interim dividend in respect of the financial year ended 31 December 2021 of
HK$0.23 per ordinary share (HK$10,584m) (2020: HK$0.47 per ordinary share (HK$21,665m)). No liability was recorded in the financial
statements in respect of the fourth interim dividend for 2021.
Total coupons on other equity instruments
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
US$900m Fixed rate perpetual subordinated loan (interest rate fixed at 6.510%)1
456
454
US$900m Fixed rate perpetual subordinated loan (interest rate fixed at 6.030%)1
422
420
US$1,000m Fixed rate perpetual subordinated loan (interest rate fixed at 6.090%)1
474
370
US$1,200m Fixed rate perpetual subordinated loan (interest rate fixed at 6.172%)1
576
445
US$600m Fixed rate perpetual subordinated loan (interest rate fixed at 5.910%)1
275
249
US$1,100m Fixed rate perpetual subordinated loan (interest rate fixed at 6.000%)1
512
512
Total
2,715
2,450
1    These subordinated loans were issued in May and June 2019 and discretionary coupons are paid annually.
7
Trading assets
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Treasury and other eligible bills
132,104
113,668
Debt securities
274,508
265,255
Equity securities
299,420
166,385
Other1
71,418
55,106
At 31 Dec
777,450
600,414
1'Other' includes reverse repos, stock borrowing, term lending and other accounts with banks and customers.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
97
8
Derivatives
Notional contract amounts and fair values of derivatives by product contract type
Notional contract amount
Fair value – Assets
Fair value – Liabilities
Trading
Hedging
Trading
Hedging
Total
Trading
Hedging
Total
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Foreign Exchange
17,721,333
74,732
155,110
3,401
158,511
150,034
523
150,557
Interest rate
30,392,783
218,885
368,523
4,321
372,844
372,342
1,406
373,748
Equity
845,058
18,611
18,611
14,800
14,800
Credit
413,340
3,446
3,446
4,437
4,437
Commodity and other
146,377
1,884
1,884
2,378
2,378
Gross total
49,518,891
293,617
547,574
7,722
555,296
543,991
1,929
545,920
Offset
(190,129)
(190,129)
At 31 Dec 2021
365,167
355,791
Foreign Exchange
18,274,306
100,371
238,746
232
238,978
261,792
2,625
264,417
Interest rate
26,906,526
304,554
357,195
6,099
363,294
327,675
6,718
334,393
Equity
591,614
13,810
13,810
19,072
19,072
Credit
553,790
5,381
5,381
5,955
5,955
Commodity and other
115,673
2,138
2,138
5,030
5,030
Gross total
46,441,909
404,925
617,270
6,331
623,601
619,524
9,343
628,867
Offset
(200,656)
(200,656)
At 31 Dec 2020
422,945
428,211
The notional contract amounts of derivatives held for trading purposes and derivatives designated in hedge accounting relationships
indicate the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date. They do not represent amounts at risk.
Use of derivatives
The group transacts derivatives for three primary purposes: to create risk management solutions for clients, to manage the portfolio risk
arising from client business, and to manage and hedge the group’s own risks. Derivatives (except for derivatives which are designated as
effective hedging instruments) are held for trading. Within the held for trading classification are two types of derivative instruments:
those used in sales and trading activities, and those used for risk management purposes but which for various reasons do not meet the
qualifying criteria for hedge accounting. The second category includes derivatives managed in conjunction with financial instruments
designated at fair value. These activities are described more fully below.
The group’s derivative activities give rise to significant open positions in portfolios of derivatives. These positions are managed constantly
to ensure that they remain within acceptable risk levels. When entering into derivative transactions, the group employs the same credit
risk management framework to assess and approve potential credit exposures that it uses for traditional lending.
Trading derivatives
Most of the group’s derivative transactions relate to sales and trading activities. Sales activities include the structuring and marketing of
derivative products to customers to enable them to take, transfer, modify or reduce current or expected risks. Trading activities include
market-making and risk management. Market-making entails quoting bid and offer prices to other market participants for the purpose of
generating revenues based on spread and volume. Risk management activity is undertaken to manage the risk arising from client
transactions, with the principal purpose of retaining client margin. Other derivatives classified as held for trading include non-qualifying
hedging derivatives.
Derivatives valued using models with unobservable inputs
Any initial gain or loss on financial instruments where the valuation is dependent on unobservable parameters is deferred over the life of
the contract or until the instrument is redeemed, transferred or sold or the fair value becomes observable. All derivatives that are part of
qualifying hedging relationships have valuations based on observable market parameters.
The aggregate unobservable inception profit yet to be recognised in the income statement is immaterial.
Hedge accounting derivatives
The group applies hedge accounting to manage the following risks: interest rate and foreign exchange. The group uses derivatives
(principally interest rate and currency swaps) for hedging purposes in the management of its own asset and liability portfolios and
structural positions. This enables the group to optimise its overall costs of accessing debt capital markets, and to mitigate the market risk
which would otherwise arise from structural imbalances in the maturity and other profiles of its assets and liabilities. The accounting
treatment of hedging transactions varies according to the nature of the instrument hedged and the type of hedging transaction.
Derivatives may qualify as hedges for accounting purposes if they are fair value hedges, or cash flow hedges.
Fair value hedges
The group enters into to fixed-for-floating-interest-rate swaps to manage the exposure to changes in fair value due to movements in
market interest rates on certain fixed rate financial instruments which are not measured at fair value through profit or loss, including debt
securities held and issued.
Sources of hedge ineffectiveness may arise from basis risk including but not limited to the discount rates used for calculating the fair
value of derivatives, hedges using instruments with a non-zero fair value and notional and timing differences between the hedged items
and hedging instruments.
For some debt securities held, the group manages interest rate risk in a dynamic risk management strategy. The assets in scope of this
strategy are high quality fixed-rate debt securities, which may be sold to meet liquidity and funding requirements.
The interest rate risk of the group's fixed rate debt securities issued is managed in a non-dynamic risk management strategy.
Notes on the Consolidated Financial Statements
98
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Cash flow hedges
The group’s cash flow hedging instruments consist principally of interest rate swaps and cross-currency swaps that are used to manage
the variability in future interest cash flows of non-trading financial assets and liabilities, arising due to changes in market interest rates
and foreign-currency basis.
The group applies macro cash flow hedging for interest-rate risk exposures on portfolios of replenishing current and forecasted issuances
of non-trading assets and liabilities that bear interest at variable rates, including rolling such instruments. The amounts and timing of
future cash flows, representing both principal and interest flows, are projected for each portfolio of financial assets and liabilities on the
basis of their contractual terms and other relevant factors, including estimates of prepayments and defaults. The aggregate cash flows
representing both principal balances and interest cash flows across all portfolios are used to determine the effectiveness and
ineffectiveness. Macro cash flow hedges are considered to be dynamic hedges.
The group also hedges the variability in future cash-flows on foreign-denominated financial assets and liabilities arising due to changes in
foreign exchange market rates with cross-currency swaps; these are considered non-dynamic hedges. 
Interest rate benchmark reform
At 31 December 2021, HK$99,608m (2020: HK$192,048m) of the notional amounts of interest rate derivatives designated in hedge
accounting relationships do not represent the extent of the risk exposure managed by the group but they are expected to be directly
affected by market-wide Ibors reform and in scope of HKFRS Interest Rate Benchmark Reform Phase 1 amendments.
Further details regarding the impact of the market-wide benchmarks reform is set out in the 'Top and emerging risks' section on page 20
as specified as 'Audited'.
9
Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit
or loss
2021
2020
Designated at
fair value
Mandatorily
measured at
fair value
Total
Designated at
fair value
Mandatorily
measured at
fair value
Total
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Treasury and other eligible bills
241
241
94
200
294
Debt securities
12,847
11,066
23,913
14,400
8,455
22,855
Equity securities
169,125
169,125
143,815
143,815
Other1
9,120
9,120
11,996
11,996
At 31 Dec
12,847
189,552
202,399
14,494
164,466
178,960
1 ‘Other’ includes loans and advance to banks and customers, and default fund contribution.
10
Loans and advances to customers
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Gross loans and advances to customers
3,872,956
3,697,568
Expected credit loss allowances
(32,017)
(28,887)
At 31 Dec
3,840,939
3,668,681
The following table provides an analysis of gross loans and advances to customers by industry sector based on the Statistical
Classification of economic activities in the European Community (‘NACE’).
Analysis of gross loans and advances to customers
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Residential mortgages
1,167,487
1,097,760
Credit card advances
89,005
86,735
Other personal
275,819
267,852
Total personal
1,532,311
1,452,347
Real estate
635,217
638,560
Wholesale and retail trade
428,785
394,624
Manufacturing
410,033
379,853
Transportation and storage
111,388
97,204
Other
471,988
489,737
Total corporate and commercial
2,057,411
1,999,978
Non-bank financial institutions
283,234
245,243
At 31 Dec
3,872,956
3,697,568
By geography1
Hong Kong
2,447,799
2,357,375
Rest of Asia Pacific
1,425,157
1,340,193
1The geographical information shown above is classified by the location of the principal operations of the subsidiary or the branch responsible for
advancing the funds.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
99
Finance lease receivables and hire purchase contracts
The group leases a variety of assets to third parties under finance leases. At the end of lease terms, assets may be sold to third parties or
leased for further terms. Rentals are calculated to recover the cost of assets less their residual value, and earn finance income. Loans and
advances to customers include receivables under finance leases and hire purchase contracts having the characteristics of finance leases.
Net investment in finance leases and hire purchase contracts
2021
2020
Total future
minimum
payments
Unearned
finance
income
Present value
Total future
minimum
payments
Unearned
finance
income
Present value
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Amounts receivable
–  within one year
4,205
(1,213)
2,992
3,715
(811)
2,904
–  one to two years
3,543
(1,051)
2,492
3,439
(678)
2,761
–  two to three years
2,757
(912)
1,845
2,717
(554)
2,163
–  three to four years
2,357
(762)
1,595
2,135
(475)
1,660
–  four to five years
2,200
(647)
1,553
1,913
(415)
1,498
–  after five years
22,133
(3,203)
18,930
22,186
(3,014)
19,172
37,195
(7,788)
29,407
36,105
(5,947)
30,158
Expected credit loss allowances
(378)
(392)
At 31 Dec
29,029
29,766
11
Financial investments
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Financial investments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
1,549,011
1,700,406
–  treasury and other eligible bills
653,245
790,627
–  debt securities
888,664
899,193
–  equity securities
7,102
10,586
Debt instruments measured at amortised cost
502,564
475,026
–  treasury and other eligible bills
6,900
4,443
–  debt securities
495,664
470,583
At 31 Dec
2,051,575
2,175,432
Equity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
2021
2020
Fair value
Dividends
recognised
Fair value
Dividends
recognised
Type of equity instruments
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Business facilitation
6,540
189
9,826
157
Investments required by central institutions
420
3
413
3
Others
142
6
347
6
At 31 Dec
7,102
198
10,586
166
Notes on the Consolidated Financial Statements
100
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
12
Assets pledged, assets transferred and collateral received
Assets pledged
Financial assets pledged to secure liabilities
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Treasury bills and other eligible securities
57,631
46,846
Loans and advances to banks
3,211
1,830
Loans and advances to customers
30,975
28,307
Debt securities
134,747
76,913
Equity securities
47,453
17,608
Cash collateral included in other assets
75,951
86,240
Assets pledged at 31 Dec
349,968
257,744
Amount of liabilities secured
275,815
210,185
The table above shows assets where a charge has been granted to secure liabilities on a legal and contractual basis. These transactions
are conducted under terms that are usual and customary to collateralised transactions including repurchase agreements, securities
lending, derivative margining, and include assets pledged to cover short positions and to facilitate settlement processes with clearing
houses as well as swaps of equity and debt securities. The group places both cash and non-cash collateral in relation to derivative
transactions.
Hong Kong currency notes in circulation are secured by the deposit of funds in respect of which the Hong Kong Government certificates
of indebtedness are held.
Financial assets pledged as collateral which the counterparty has the right to sell or repledge was HK$85,162m (2020: HK$30,386m).
Assets transferred
Transferred financial assets not qualifying for full derecognition and associated financial liabilities
2021
2020
Carrying amount of:
Carrying amount of:
Transferred
assets
Associated
liabilities
Transferred
assets
Associated
liabilities
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Repurchase agreements
135,994
124,663
85,715
77,322
Securities lending agreements
44,171
282
18,946
35
180,165
124,945
104,661
77,357
The assets pledged include transfers to third parties that do not qualify for derecognition, notably secured borrowings such as debt
securities held by counterparties as collateral under repurchase agreements and equity securities lent under securities lending
agreements, as well as swaps of equity and debt securities. For secured borrowings, the transferred asset collateral continues to be
recognised in full while a related liability, reflecting the group’s obligation to repurchase the assets for a fixed price at a future date, is
also recognised on the balance sheet. Where securities are swapped, the transferred asset continues to be recognised in full. There is no
associated liability as the non-cash collateral received is not recognised on the balance sheet. The group is unable to use, sell or pledge
the transferred assets for the duration of the transaction, and remains exposed to interest rate risk and credit risk on these pledged
assets.
Collateral received
Assets accepted as collateral relate primarily to standard securities borrowing, reverse repurchase agreements, swaps of securities and
derivative margining. The group is obliged to return equivalent securities. These transactions are conducted under terms that are usual
and customary to standard securities borrowing, reverse repurchase agreements and derivative margining.
Fair value of collateral accepted as security for assets
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Fair value of collateral permitted to sell or repledge in the absence of default
1,134,296
709,091
Fair value of collateral actually sold or repledged
377,117
128,783
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
101
13
Investments in subsidiaries
Main subsidiaries of the Bank
Place of incorporation
Principal activity
The group’s interest in
issued share capital/
registered or charter capital
Hang Seng Bank Limited
Hong Kong
Banking
62.14%
HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited
People's Republic of China
Banking
100%
HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad
Malaysia
Banking
100%
HSBC Bank Australia Limited1
Australia
Banking
100%
HSBC Bank (Taiwan) Limited1
Taiwan
Banking
100%
HSBC Bank (Singapore) Limited
Singapore
Banking
100%
HSBC Life (International) Limited1
Bermuda
Retirement benefits and
life insurance
100%
1Held indirectly.
All the above subsidiaries are included in the group’s consolidated financial statements. All these subsidiaries make their financial
statements up to 31 December.
The principal places of business are the same as the places of incorporation except for HSBC Life (International) Limited which operates
mainly in Hong Kong.
The proportion of voting rights held is the same as the proportion of ownership interest held.
The main subsidiaries are regulated banking and insurance entities in the Asia-Pacific region and, as such, are required to maintain
certain minimum levels of capital and liquid assets to support their operations. The effect of these regulatory requirements is to limit the
extent to which the subsidiaries may transfer funds to the Bank in the form of repayment of shareholder loans or cash dividends.
Subsidiary with significant non-controlling interest
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Hang Seng Bank Limited
Proportion of ownership interests and voting rights held by non-controlling interests
37.86%
37.86%
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests
5,272
6,300
Accumulated non-controlling interests of the subsidiary
65,431
64,975
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
4,415
4,849
Summarised financial information (before intra-group eliminations):
–  total assets
1,820,185
1,759,787
–  total liabilities
1,635,769
1,576,592
–  net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
33,265
35,433
–  profit for the year
13,946
16,670
–  other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year
(357)
1,079
–  total comprehensive income for the year
13,589
17,749
14
Interests in associates and joint ventures
Associates
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Share of net assets
184,402
164,767
Goodwill
4,141
4,011
Impairment
(58)
(24)
At 31 Dec
188,485
168,754
The above balance represented the group’s interests in associates.
Principal associate
Place of incorporation
The group’s interest in issued share capital
Bank of Communications Co., Ltd
People’s Republic of China
19.03%
Bank of Communications Co., Ltd. is listed on recognised stock exchanges. The fair value represents valuation based on the quoted
market price of the shares held (Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy) and amounted to HK$66,579m at 31 December 2021
(2020: HK$57,815m).
Bank of Communications Co., Ltd (‘BoCom’)
The group’s investment in BoCom is classified as an associate. Significant influence in BoCom was established with consideration of all
relevant factors, including representation on BoCom’s Board of Directors and participation in a Resource and Experience Sharing
agreement (‘RES’). Under the RES, HSBC staff have been seconded to assist in the maintenance of BoCom’s financial and operating
policies. Investments in associates are recognised using the equity method of accounting in accordance with HKAS 28, whereby the
investment is initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter for the post-acquisition change in the group’s share of BoCom’s net
assets. An impairment test is required if there is any indication of impairment.
Notes on the Consolidated Financial Statements
102
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Impairment testing
At 31 December 2021, the fair value of the group’s investment in BoCom had been below the carrying amount for approximately ten
years. As a result, the group performed an impairment test on the carrying amount, which confirmed that there was no impairment at.
31 December 2021 as the recoverable amount as determined by a value-in-use (‘VIU’) calculation was higher than the carrying value.
At
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
VIU
Carrying
value
Fair
value
VIU
Carrying
value
Fair
value
HK$bn
HK$bn
HK$bn
HK$bn
HK$bn
HK$bn
BoCom
193.0
184.8
66.6
169.3
165.4
57.8
Compared with 31 December 2020, the extent to which the VIU exceeds the carrying value (‘headroom’) increased by HK$4.3bn. The
increase in headroom was principally due to the impact on the VIU from BoCom's actual performance, which was better than earlier
estimates, revisions to management's best estimates of BoCom's future earnings in the short to medium term, and the net impact of
revisions to certain long-term assumptions.
In future periods, the VIU may increase or decrease depending on the effect of changes to model inputs. The main model inputs are
described below and are based on factors observed at period-end. The factors that could result in a change in the VIU and an impairment
include a short-term underperformance by BoCom, a change in regulatory capital requirements or an increase in uncertainty regarding
the future performance of BoCom resulting in a downgrade of the forecast of future asset growth or profitability. An increase in the
discount rate could also result in a reduction of VIU and an impairment. At the point where the carrying value exceeds the VIU,
impairment would be recognised.
If the group did not have significant influence in BoCom, the investment would be carried at fair value rather than the current carrying
value.
Basis of recoverable amount
The impairment test was performed by comparing the recoverable amount of BoCom, determined by a VIU calculation, with its carrying
amount. The VIU calculation uses discounted cash flow projections based on management’s best estimates of future earnings available
to ordinary shareholders prepared in accordance with HKAS 36. Significant management judgement is required in arriving at the best
estimate. There are two main components to the VIU calculation. The first component is management’s best estimate of BoCom’s
earnings, which is based on explicit forecasts over the short to medium term. This results in forecast earnings growth that is lower than
recent historical actual growth and also reflects the uncertainty arising from the current economic outlook. Reflecting management's
intent to continue to retain its investment, earnings beyond the short to medium term are then extrapolated into perpetuity using a long-
term growth rate to derive a terminal value, which comprises the majority of the VIU. The second component is the capital maintenance
charge (‘CMC’), which is management’s forecast of the earnings that need to be withheld in order for BoCom to meet capital
requirements over the forecast period, meaning that CMC is deducted when arriving at management’s estimate of future earnings
available to ordinary shareholders. The principal inputs to the CMC calculation include estimates of asset growth, the ratio of risk-
weighted assets to total assets and the expected capital requirements. An increase in the CMC as a result of a change to these principal
inputs would reduce VIU. Additionally, management considers other qualitative factors, to ensure that the inputs to the VIU calculation
remain appropriate.
Key assumptions in value-in-use calculation
We used a number of assumptions in our VIU calculation, in accordance with the requirements of HKAS 36:
Long-term profit growth rate: 3% (2020: 3%) for periods after 2025, which does not exceed forecast GDP growth in mainland China
and is consistent with forecasts by external analysts.
Long-term asset growth rate: 3% (2020: 3%) for periods after 2025, which is the rate that assets are expected to grow to achieve
long-term profit growth of 3%.
Discount rate: 10.03% (2020: 11.37%) based on a capital asset pricing model (‘CAPM’), using market data. The discount rate used is
within the range of 8.7% to 10.1% (2020 equivalent range: 10.9% to 11.9%) indicated by the CAPM. The lower rate reflects the
impact of a relative reduction in the volatility of Chinese banks equity prices and a decrease in mainland China’s credit risk due to its
relatively quick recovery from the impact of the Covid-19 outbreak. While the CAPM range sits at the lower end of the range adopted
by selected external analysts of 9.9% to 13.5% (2020: 10.3% to 15.0%), we continue to regard the CAPM range as the most
appropriate basis for determining this assumption.
Expected credit losses as a percentage of customer advances (‘ECLs’): ranges from 0.98% to 1.12% (2020: 0.98% to 1.22%) in the
short to medium term, reflecting reported credit experience through the ongoing Covid-19 outbreak in mainland China followed by an
expected reversion to recent historical levels. For periods after 2025, the ratio is 0.97% (2020: 0.88%), which is higher than BoCom’s
average ECLs in recent years prior to the Covid-19 outbreak.
Risk-weighted assets as a percentage of total assets: ranges from 61.0% to 62.4% (2020: 61.0% to 62.0%) in the short to medium
term, reflecting reductions that may arise from a subsequent lowering of ECLs and a continuation of the trend of strong retail loan
growth. For periods after 2025, the ratio is 61.0% (2020: 61.0%). These rates are similar to BoCom’s actual results in recent years and
forecasts disclosed by external analysts.
Operating income growth rate: ranges from 5.1% to 6.2% (2020: 3.5% to 6.7%) in the short to medium term, and is lower than
BoCom’s actual results in recent years and the forecasts disclosed by external analysts, reflecting BoCom’s most recent actual
results, global trade tensions and industry developments in mainland China.
Cost-income ratio: ranges from 35.5% to 36.1% (2020: 36.3% to 36.8%) in the short to medium term. These ratios are similar to
BoCom's actual results in recent years and forecasts disclosed by external analysts.
Effective tax rate (‘ETR’): ranges from 6.8% to 15.0% (2020: 7.8% to 16.5%) in the short to medium term, reflecting BoCom’s actual
results and an expected increase towards the long-term assumption through the forecast period. For periods after 2025, the rate is
15.0% (2020: 16.8%), which is higher than the recent historical average, and aligned to the minimum tax rate as proposed by the
OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting. 
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
103
Capital requirements: capital adequacy ratio ('CAR') of 12.5% (2020: 11.5%) and tier 1 capital adequacy ratio of 9.5% (2020: 9.5%),
based on BoCom’s capital risk appetite and capital requirements respectively. The CAR assumption was updated to 12.5% from
11.5% following the approval of BoCom's capital management plan in March 2021.
The following table shows the change to each key assumption in the VIU calculation that on its own would reduce the headroom to nil:
Key assumption
Changes to key assumption to reduce headroom to nil
Long-term profit growth rate
Long-term asset growth rate
Discount rate
Expected credit losses as a percentage of customer advances
Risk-weighted assets as a percentage of total assets
Operating income growth rate
Cost-income ratio
Long-term effective tax rate
Capital requirements – capital adequacy ratio
Capital requirements – tier 1 capital adequacy ratio
Decrease by 26 basis points
Increase by 22 basis points
Increase by 34 basis points
Increase by 4 basis points
Increase by 183 basis points
Decrease by 37 basis points
Increase by 102 basis points
Increase by 301 basis points
Increase by 37 basis points
Increase by 193 basis points
The following table further illustrates the impact on VIU of reasonably possible changes to key assumptions. This reflects the sensitivity
of the VIU to each key assumption on its own and it is possible that more than one favourable and/or unfavourable change may occur at
the same time. The selected rates of reasonably possible changes to key assumptions are largely based on external analysts’ forecasts
which can change period to period.
Favourable change
Unfavourable change
Increase in
VIU
VIU
Decrease in
VIU
VIU
bps
HK$bn
HK$bn
bps
HK$bn
HK$bn
At 31 December 2021
Long-term profit growth rate1
+87
33.1
226.1
-69
(20.5)
172.5
Long-term asset growth rate1
-69
22.9
215.9
+87
(36.2)
156.8
Discount rate2
-133
42.2
235.2
+207
(40.8)
152.2
Expected credit losses as a percentage of customer advances
2021 to 2025: 103           
2026 onwards: 91
11.9
204.9
2021 to 2025: 121
2026 onwards: 105
(21.0)
172.0
Risk-weighted assets as a percentage of total assets
-111
2.2
195.2
+280
(15.8)
177.2
Operating income growth rate
+37
8.2
201.2
-58
(13.6)
179.4
Cost-income ratio
-152
13.6
206.6
+174
(12.7)
180.3
Long-term effective tax rate
-104
2.9
195.9
+1000
(27.4)
165.6
Capital requirements – capital adequacy ratio
193.0
+325
(77.6)
115.4
Capital requirements – tier 1 capital adequacy ratio
193.0
+364
(50.0)
143.0
At 31 December 2020
Long-term profit growth rate1
169.3
-50
(10.0)
159.3
Long-term asset growth rate1
-50
11.0
180.3
169.3
Discount rate
-47
9.4
178.7
+53
(9.3)
160.0
Expected credit losses as a percentage of customer advances
2020 to 2024: 96           
2025 onwards: 76
17.7
187.0
2020 to 2024: 122
2025 onwards: 95
(16.5)
152.8
Risk-weighted assets as a percentage of total assets
-40
0.4
169.7
+166
(6.7)
162.6
Operating income growth rate
+2
0.9
170.2
-69
(11.8)
157.5
Cost-income ratio
-149
9.9
179.2
+120
(9.6)
159.7
Long-term effective tax rate
-316
6.9
176.2
+820
(17.7)
151.6
Capital requirements – capital adequacy ratio
169.3
+297
(61.0)
108.3
Capital requirements – tier 1 capital adequacy ratio
169.3
+263
(41.5)
127.8
1  The reasonably possible ranges of the long-term profit growth rate and long-term asset growth rate assumptions reflect the close relationship
between these assumptions, which would result in offsetting changes to each assumption.
2  The unfavourable change in the reasonably possible ranges of the discount rate assumption reflects the impact of adopting the average of the rates
adopted by selected external analysts.
Considering the interrelationship of the changes set out in the table above, management estimates that the reasonably possible range of
VIU is HK$148.3bn to HK$228.4bn (2020 equivalent range: HK$133.4bn to HK$199.1bn). The range is based on impacts set out in the
table above arising from the favourable/unfavourable change in the earnings in the short to medium term, the long-term expected credit
losses as a percentage of customer advances and a 50bps increase/decrease in the discount rate. The discount rate has been included
this year reflecting the relative materiality of movements in this assumption. All other long-term assumptions, and the basis of the CMC
have been kept unchanged when determining the reasonably possible range of the VIU.
Selected financial information of BoCom
The statutory accounting reference date of BoCom is 31 December. For the year ended 31 December 2021, the group included the
associate’s results on the basis of financial statements made up for the 12 months to 30 September 2021, but taking into account the
financial effect of significant transactions or events in the period from 1 October 2021 to 31 December 2021.
Notes on the Consolidated Financial Statements
104
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Selected balance sheet information of BoCom
At 30 Sep
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Cash and balances at central banks
960,732
945,836
Loans and advances to banks and other financial institutions
771,522
832,226
Loans and advances to customers
7,751,362
6,751,280
Other financial assets
4,223,488
3,941,375
Other assets
375,073
349,120
Total assets
14,082,177
12,819,837
Deposits by banks and other financial institutions
2,238,612
2,122,220
Customer accounts
8,572,625
7,852,322
Other financial liabilities
1,779,110
1,605,846
Other liabilities
312,486
241,177
Total liabilities
12,902,833
11,821,565
Total equity
1,179,344
998,272
Reconciliation of BoCom’s net assets to carrying amount in the group’s consolidated financial statements
At 30 Sep
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
The group’s share of ordinary shareholders' equity
180,738
161,433
Goodwill
4,044
3,912
Carrying amount
184,782
165,345
Selected income statement information of BoCom
For the 12 months ended 30 Sep
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Net interest income
191,076
170,586
Net fee and commission income
55,735
49,624
Change in expected credit losses
(75,402)
(75,220)
Depreciation and amortisation
(17,851)
(16,069)
Tax expense
(8,119)
(6,656)
–  profit for the year
110,370
79,585
–  other comprehensive income
(2,861)
(5,965)
Total comprehensive income
107,509
73,620
Dividends received from BoCom
5,386
4,907
Using the latest period for which BoCom has disclosed this information (at 30 June 2021), the group's share of associates' contingent liabilities was
HK$432,259m (2020: HK$356,609m).
15
Goodwill and intangible assets
Goodwill and intangible assets include goodwill arising on business combinations, the present value of in-force long-term insurance
business, and other intangible assets.
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Goodwill
7,116
7,109
Present value of in-force long-term insurance business
63,765
65,052
Other intangible assets1
24,300
17,807
At 31 Dec
95,181
89,968
1Included within other intangible assets is internally generated software with a net carrying value of HK$21,670m (2020: HK$15,283m). During the
year, capitalisation of internally generated software was HK$10,681m (2020: HK$7,241m), amortisation charge was HK$4,115m (2020:
HK$3,233m) and impairment charge was HK$184m (2020: HK$603m).
The present value of in-force long-term insurance business
When calculating the present value of in-force long term ('PVIF') insurance business, expected cash flows are projected after adjusting for
a variety of assumptions made by each insurance operation to reflect local market conditions and management’s judgement of future
trends, and uncertainty in the underlying assumptions is reflected by applying margins (as opposed to a cost of capital methodology).
Variations in actual experience and changes to assumptions can contribute to volatility in the results of the insurance business.
Actuarial Control Committees of each key insurance entity meet on a quarterly basis to review and approve PVIF assumptions. All
changes to non-economic assumptions, economic assumptions that are not observable and model methodology must be approved by
the Actuarial Control Committee.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
105
Movements in PVIF
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
At 1 Jan
65,052
61,075
Changes in PVIF of long-term insurance business
(1,294)
3,840
–  value of new business written during the year
7,381
5,360
–  expected return1
(5,950)
(6,743)
–  assumption changes and experience variances (see below)
(2,873)
5,268
–  other adjustments
148
(45)
Exchange differences and other
7
137
At 31 Dec
63,765
65,052
1‘Expected return’ represents the unwinding of the discount rate and reversal of expected cash flows for the period.
Assumption changes and experience variances
Included within this line item are:
HK$440m (2020: HK$1,022m), directly offsetting interest rate-driven changes to the valuation of liabilities under insurance contracts.
HK$(2,519)m (2020: HK$1,916m), reflecting the future expected sharing of returns with policyholders on contracts with discretionary
participation features (‘DPF’), to the extent this sharing is not already included in liabilities under insurance contracts.
HK$(794)m (2020: HK$2,330m), driven by other assumptions changes and experience variances.
Key assumptions used in the computation of PVIF for the main life insurance operations
Economic assumptions are set in a way that is consistent with observable market values. The valuation of PVIF is sensitive to observed
market movements. The following are the key long-term assumptions used in the computation of PVIF for Hong Kong insurance entities,
being the main life insurance operations:
2021
2020
%
%
Weighted average risk free rate
1.40
0.71
Weighted average risk discount rate
5.20
4.96
Expense inflation
3.00
3.00
Sensitivity to changes in economic assumptions
The group sets the risk discount rate applied to the PVIF calculation by starting from a risk-free rate curve and adding explicit allowances
for risks not reflected in the best-estimate cash flow modelling. Where the insurance operations provide options and guarantees to
policyholders, the cost of these options and guarantees is an explicit reduction to PVIF, unless it is already allowed for as an explicit
addition to the technical provisions required by regulators. See page 65 for further details of these guarantees and the impact of changes
in economic assumptions on our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries.
Sensitivity to changes in non-economic assumptions
Policyholder liabilities and PVIF are determined by reference to non-economic assumptions, including mortality and/or morbidity, lapse
rates and expense rates. See page 66 for further details on the impact of changes in non-economic assumptions on our insurance
manufacturing operations.
16
Property, plant and equipment
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Owned property, plant and equipment1
121,072
118,747
Other right-of-use assets
8,755
9,790
At 31 Dec
129,827
128,537
1Included leasehold land and buildings of HK$110,458m (2020: HK$108,320m) for which the right of use are considered sufficient to constitute
control. They are therefore presented as owned assets.
Notes on the Consolidated Financial Statements
106
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Movement in owned property, plant and equipment
2021
2020
Land and
buildings
Investment
properties
Equipment
Total
Land and
buildings
Investment
properties
Equipment
Total
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Cost or valuation
At 1 Jan
100,791
13,167
15,266
129,224
111,473
13,335
16,922
141,730
Exchange and other adjustments
(67)
16
(112)
(163)
453
31
365
849
Additions
667
2
2,049
2,718
770
635
2,363
3,768
Disposals
(58)
(1,456)
(1,514)
(12)
(4,384)
(4,396)
Transfers
Elimination of accumulated depreciation on
revalued land and buildings
(4,633)
(4,633)
(4,737)
(4,737)
Surplus/(deficit) on revaluation
5,643
277
5,920
(6,914)
(996)
(7,910)
Reclassifications
24
3
27
(242)
162
(80)
At 31 Dec
102,367
13,465
15,747
131,579
100,791
13,167
15,266
129,224
Accumulated depreciation
At 1 Jan
90
10,387
10,477
84
13,043
13,127
Exchange and other adjustments
30
(46)
(16)
10
305
315
Charge for the year
4,645
1,374
6,019
4,734
1,325
6,059
Disposals
(45)
(1,295)
(1,340)
(1)
(4,286)
(4,287)
Transfers
Elimination of accumulated depreciation on
revalued land and buildings
(4,633)
(4,633)
(4,737)
(4,737)
At 31 Dec
87
10,420
10,507
90
10,387
10,477
Net book value at 31 Dec
102,280
13,465
5,327
121,072
100,701
13,167
4,879
118,747
The carrying amount of land and buildings, had they been stated at cost less accumulated depreciation, would have been as follows:
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Cost less accumulated depreciation
17,121
17,085
Valuation of land and buildings and investment properties
The group’s land and buildings and investment properties were revalued as at 31 December 2021. The basis of valuation for land and
buildings and investment properties was open market value. The resultant values are Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The fair values for
land and buildings are determined by using a direct comparison approach which values the properties in their respective existing states
and uses, assuming sale with immediate vacant possession and by making reference to comparable sales evidence. The valuations take
into account the characteristics of the properties (unobservable inputs) which include the location, size, shape, view, floor level, year of
completion and other factors collectively. The premium or discount applied to the characteristics of the properties is within minus 20%
and plus 20%. In determining the open market value of investment properties, expected future cash flows have been discounted to their
present values. The net book value of ‘Land and buildings’ includes HK$6,854m (2020: HK$7,189m) in respect of properties which were
valued using the depreciated replacement cost method.
Valuation of land and buildings and investment properties in Hong Kong, Macau and mainland China were largely carried out by
Cushman & Wakefield Limited, who have recent experience in the location and type of properties and who are members of the Hong
Kong Institute of Surveyors. This represents 92% by value of the group’s properties subject to valuation. Other properties were valued by
different independent professionally qualified valuers.
17
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Prepayments and accrued income
24,986
24,301
Bullion
52,986
61,269
Acceptances and endorsements
55,789
46,705
Reinsurers’ share of liabilities under insurance contracts (Note 3)
27,366
25,365
Current tax assets
2,674
2,783
Settlement accounts
24,577
33,796
Cash collateral and margin receivables
44,177
58,584
Other assets
37,188
35,807
At 31 Dec
269,743
288,610
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets included HK$180,757m (2020: HK$197,362m) of financial assets, the majority of which
were measured at amortised cost.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
107
18
Customer accounts
Customer accounts by country/territory
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Hong Kong
4,284,719
4,120,955
Mainland China
462,187
440,608
Singapore
448,976
427,537
Australia
220,233
227,072
India
191,116
156,615
Malaysia
128,673
124,036
Taiwan
120,744
124,375
Indonesia
46,938
40,304
Other
273,596
249,894
At 31 Dec
6,177,182
5,911,396
19
Trading liabilities
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Deposits by banks1
1,005
222
Customer accounts1
6,091
835
Net short positions in securities
85,627
59,755
At 31 Dec
92,723
60,812
1‘Deposits by banks’ and ‘Customer accounts’ include repos, stock lending and other amounts.
20
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Deposits by banks and customer accounts
59,611
77,822
Debt securities in issue
43,928
49,673
Liabilities to customers under investment contracts
35,426
39,518
At 31 Dec
138,965
167,013
The carrying amount of financial liabilities designated at fair value was HK$1,385m lower than the contractual amount at maturity
(2020: HK$735m higher). The cumulative loss in fair value attributable to changes in credit risk was HK$62m (2020: HK$25m).
21
Debt securities in issue
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Bonds and medium-term notes
79,852
94,894
Other debt securities in issue
31,440
34,198
Total debt securities in issue
111,292
129,092
Included within:
–  financial liabilities designated at fair value (Note 20)
(43,928)
(49,673)
At 31 Dec
67,364
79,419
22
Accruals and deferred income, other liabilities and provisions
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Accruals and deferred income
23,020
21,588
Acceptances and endorsements
55,824
46,775
Settlement accounts
26,158
30,056
Cash collateral and margin payables
53,541
60,714
Share-based payment liability to HSBC Holdings plc
1,431
1,124
Lease liabilities
9,165
10,057
Other liabilities1
48,668
43,881
Provisions for liabilities and charges
1,399
1,792
At 31 Dec
219,206
215,987
1  Mainly includes marginal deposit on letter of credit and credit card settlement account.
Accruals and deferred income, other liabilities and provisions included HK$209,441m (2020: HK$207,899m) of financial liabilities which
were measured at amortised cost.
Notes on the Consolidated Financial Statements
108
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Movement in provisions
Restructuring
costs
Other
Total
Provisions (excluding contractual commitments)
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
At 31 Dec 2020
116
419
535
Additions
357
333
690
Amounts utilised
(309)
(258)
(567)
Unused amounts reversed
(59)
(24)
(83)
Exchange and other movements
43
(4)
39
At 31 Dec 2021
148
466
614
Contractual commitments1
At 31 Dec 2020
1,257
Net change in expected credit loss provision and other movements
(472)
At 31 Dec 2021
785
Total Provisions at 31 Dec 2021
1,399
At 31 Dec 2019
208
812
1,020
Additions
222
296
518
Amounts utilised
(269)
(356)
(625)
Unused amounts reversed
(42)
(361)
(403)
Exchange and other movements
(3)
28
25
At 31 Dec 2020
116
419
535
Contractual commitments
At 31 Dec 2019
776
Net change in expected credit loss provision and other movements
481
At 31 Dec 2019
1,257
Total Provisions at 31 Dec 2020
1,792
1  Contractual commitments include provisions for contingent liabilities measured under HKFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ in respect of financial
guarantees and expected credit loss provisions in relation to off-balance sheet guarantees and commitments.
23
Subordinated liabilities
Subordinated liabilities issued to third parties measured at amortised cost consist of undated primary capital notes and other loan capital
having an original term to maturity of five years or more. Subordinated liabilities issued to Group entities are not included in the table
below.
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
US$400m
Undated floating rate primary capital notes
3,119
3,101
MYR500m
Fixed rate (5.050%) subordinated bonds due 2027, callable from 20221
935
964
At 31 Dec
4,054
4,065
1The interest rate on the MYR500m 5.05% callable subordinated bonds due 2027 will increase by 1% from November 2022.
24
Share capital
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Paid up share capital in HK$
116,103
116,103
Paid up share capital in US$1
56,232
56,232
At 31 Dec
172,335
172,335
Ordinary shares issued and fully paid
2021
2020
HK$m
Number
HK$m
Number
At 31 Dec
172,335
46,440,991,798
172,335
46,440,991,798
1  Paid up share capital in US$ represents preference shares which were redeemed or bought back via payment out of distributable profits and for
which the amount was transferred from retained earnings to share capital in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Ordinance.
There were no new ordinary shares issued in 2021 (2020: nil). The holder of the ordinary shares is entitled to receive dividends as
declared from time to time, rank equally with regard to the Bank’s residual assets and are entitled to one vote per share at shareholder
meetings of the Bank.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
109
25
Other equity instruments
Other equity instruments comprise additional tier 1 capital instruments in issue which are accounted for as equity.
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
US$1,000m  Fixed rate perpetual subordinated loan, callable from Mar 20251
7,834
7,834
US$900m    Fixed rate perpetual subordinated loan, callable from Sep 20262
7,063
7,063
US$700m    Fixed rate perpetual subordinated loan, callable from Mar 20253
5,467
5,467
US$500m    Fixed rate perpetual subordinated loan, callable from Mar 20253
3,905
3,905
US$600m    Fixed rate perpetual subordinated loan, callable from May 20274
4,685
4,685
US$900m    Fixed rate perpetual subordinated loan, callable from Sep 20245
7,044
7,044
US$1,100m  Fixed rate perpetual subordinated loan, callable from  Jun 20246
8,617
8,617
At 31 Dec
44,615
44,615
1Interest rate fixed at 6.090%.
2Interest rate fixed at 6.510%.
3Interest rate fixed at 6.172%.
4Interest rate fixed at 5.910%.
5Interest rate fixed at 6.030%.
6Interest rate fixed at 6.000%.
The additional tier 1 capital instruments are perpetual subordinated loans on which coupon payments may be cancelled at the sole
discretion of the Bank. The subordinated loans will be written down at the point of non-viability on the occurrence of a trigger event as
defined in the Banking (Capital) Rules. They rank higher than ordinary shares in the event of a wind-up.
26
Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities
The following tables provide an analysis of consolidated total assets and liabilities by residual contractual maturity at the balance sheet
date. These balances are included in the maturity analysis as follows:
Trading assets and liabilities (including trading derivatives but excluding reverse repos, repos and debt securities in issue) are included
in the ‘Due not more than 1 month’ time bucket, because trading balances are typically held for short periods of time.
Financial assets and liabilities with no contractual maturity (such as equity securities) are included in the ‘Due over 5 years’ time
bucket. Undated or perpetual instruments are classified based on the contractual notice period which the counterparty of the
instrument is entitled to give. Where there is no contractual notice period, undated or perpetual contracts are included in the ‘Due over
5 years’ time bucket.
Non-financial assets and liabilities with no contractual maturity are included in the ‘Due over 5 years’ time bucket.
Liabilities under insurance contracts are irrespective of contractual maturity included in the ‘Due over 5 years’ time bucket in the
maturity table provided below. An analysis of the expected maturity of liabilities under insurance contracts based on undiscounted
cash flows is provided on page 65. Liabilities under investment contracts are classified in accordance with their contractual maturity.
Undated investment contracts are included in the ‘Due over 5 years’ time bucket, however, such contracts are subject to surrender
and transfer options by the policyholders.
Notes on the Consolidated Financial Statements
110
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities
Due not
more than
1 month
Due over
1 month
but not
more than
3 months
Due over
3 months
but not
more than
6 months
Due over
6 months
but not
more than
9 months
Due over
9 months
but not
more than
1 year
Due over
1 year but
not more
than 2
years
Due over
2 years but
not more
than 5
years
Due over
5 years
Total
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Financial assets
Cash and balances at central banks
276,857
276,857
Items in the course of collection from other
banks
21,632
21,632
Hong Kong Government certificates of
indebtedness
332,044
332,044
Trading assets
768,376
7,082
208
431
815
538
777,450
Derivatives
361,447
1,079
466
769
131
441
713
121
365,167
Financial assets designated and otherwise
mandatorily measured at fair value through
profit or loss
5,880
172
1,636
884
1,561
3,781
11,244
177,241
202,399
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
528,832
223,041
34,435
5,081
1,865
9,384
1,137
803,775
Loans and advances to banks
277,060
80,547
20,767
7,667
7,532
20,248
17,908
518
432,247
Loans and advances to customers
605,216
402,921
312,336
177,577
171,989
410,594
731,226
1,029,080
3,840,939
Financial investments
247,163
405,109
187,038
107,329
118,029
232,350
307,753
446,804
2,051,575
Amounts due from Group companies
84,688
1,302
1,189
2,227
2,441
6,138
5,857
17
103,859
Accrued income and other financial assets
119,499
31,449
19,062
3,708
2,034
805
750
3,450
180,757
Financial assets at 31 Dec 2021
3,628,694
1,152,702
577,137
305,673
305,582
684,556
1,077,126
1,657,231
9,388,701
Non-financial assets
514,692
514,692
Total assets at 31 Dec 2021
3,628,694
1,152,702
577,137
305,673
305,582
684,556
1,077,126
2,171,923
9,903,393
Financial liabilities
Hong Kong currency notes in circulation
332,044
332,044
Items in the course of transmission to other
banks
25,701
25,701
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
231,463
4,713
368
1,104
7,570
2,904
7,252
255,374
Deposits by banks
269,405
2,140
6,780
1,019
526
440
280,310
Customer accounts
5,722,470
272,462
88,483
34,813
32,417
11,792
14,741
4
6,177,182
Trading liabilities
92,723
92,723
Derivatives
354,567
304
74
212
79
241
274
40
355,791
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
32,086
21,849
11,059
4,967
5,574
8,789
18,899
35,742
138,965
Debt securities in issue
4,304
5,509
17,363
12,374
3,963
9,320
12,324
2,207
67,364
Amounts due to Group companies
114,388
17,504
1,401
222
223
21,699
66,205
134,534
356,176
Accruals and other financial liabilities
124,346
40,286
24,070
5,135
3,820
4,802
5,197
1,785
209,441
Subordinated liabilities1
4,054
4,054
Total financial liabilities at 31 Dec 2021
7,303,497
364,767
149,598
58,742
47,706
64,653
120,544
185,618
8,295,125
Non-financial liabilities
684,757
684,757
Total liabilities at 31 Dec 2021
7,303,497
364,767
149,598
58,742
47,706
64,653
120,544
870,375
8,979,882
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
111
Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities (continued)
Due not
more than1
month
Due over 1
month but
not more
than 3
months
Due over 3
months but
not more
than 6
months
Due over 6
months but
not more
than 9
months
Due over 9
months but
not more
than 1 year
Due over 1
year but not
more than 2
years
Due over 2
years but
not more
than 5 years
Due over 5
years
Total
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Financial assets
Cash and balances at central banks
347,999
347,999
Items in the course of collection from other
banks
21,943
21,943
Hong Kong Government certificates of
indebtedness
313,404
313,404
Trading assets
594,141
4,561
476
431
805
600,414
Derivatives
422,692
23
16
13
26
101
74
422,945
Financial assets designated and otherwise
mandatorily measured at fair value through
profit or loss
7,318
1,240
1,334
1,214
1,033
4,648
11,967
150,206
178,960
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
372,199
113,000
19,150
2,869
1,000
4,143
7,983
520,344
Loans and advances to banks
239,097
81,318
22,587
19,576
16,278
8,792
15,186
1,050
403,884
Loans and advances to customers
641,990
313,288
277,385
180,152
159,612
411,350
693,898
991,006
3,668,681
Financial investments
248,651
488,129
251,982
75,127
127,736
218,219
330,863
434,725
2,175,432
Amounts due from Group companies
72,856
3,741
464
2
3,814
2,326
83,203
Accrued income and other financial assets
140,788
30,145
16,209
2,754
1,748
797
431
4,490
197,362
Financial assets at 31 Dec 2020
3,423,078
1,035,445
589,603
282,138
307,433
652,669
1,062,728
1,581,477
8,934,571
Non-financial assets
481,832
481,832
Total assets at 31 Dec 2020
3,423,078
1,035,445
589,603
282,138
307,433
652,669
1,062,728
2,063,309
9,416,403
Financial liabilities
Hong Kong currency notes in circulation
313,404
313,404
Items in the course of transmission to other
banks
25,699
25,699
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
109,062
4,816
1,187
5,223
8,024
7,845
136,157
Deposits by banks
237,905
3,157
2,782
3,621
76
1,087
248,628
Customer accounts
5,396,286
332,854
89,287
39,727
27,186
18,676
7,376
4
5,911,396
Trading liabilities
60,812
60,812
Derivatives
421,829
1,566
1,207
176
404
1,281
1,436
312
428,211
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
40,325
28,300
11,481
7,517
7,176
8,930
17,024
46,260
167,013
Debt securities in issue
5,056
11,234
12,556
13,611
3,991
16,025
14,374
2,572
79,419
Amounts due to Group companies
78,046
20,135
766
33
332
24,397
55,860
116,705
296,274
Accruals and other financial liabilities
128,880
37,418
20,038
3,326
4,565
4,516
5,357
3,799
207,899
Subordinated liabilities1
4,065
4,065
Financial liabilities at 31 Dec 2020
6,817,304
439,480
138,117
69,198
48,953
74,912
109,451
181,562
7,878,977
Non-financial liabilities
625,895
625,895
Total liabilities at 31 Dec 2020
6,817,304
439,480
138,117
69,198
48,953
74,912
109,451
807,457
8,504,872
1The maturity for subordinated liabilities is based on the earliest date on which the group is required to pay, i.e. the callable date.
Notes on the Consolidated Financial Statements
112
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
27
Analysis of cash flows payable under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities
Due not more
than 1 month
Due over 1
month but not
more than 3
months
Due between
3 and
12 months
Due between
1 and 5 years
Due after
5 years
Total
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
At 31 Dec 2021
Hong Kong currency notes in circulation
332,044
332,044
Items in the course of transmission to other banks
25,701
25,701
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
231,531
4,714
1,517
10,530
7,289
255,581
Deposits by banks
269,681
2,140
8,341
451
280,613
Customer accounts
5,723,441
273,282
157,735
28,638
4
6,183,100
Trading liabilities
92,723
92,723
Derivatives
354,584
416
384
621
40
356,045
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
33,288
22,323
21,903
28,536
35,768
141,818
Debt securities in issue
4,336
5,667
34,629
22,632
2,370
69,634
Amounts due to Group companies
113,944
19,523
7,301
108,035
147,000
395,803
Other financial liabilities
123,460
39,607
31,486
10,630
1,854
207,037
Subordinated liabilities
15
44
236
4,207
4,502
7,304,733
367,687
263,340
210,309
198,532
8,344,601
Loan and other credit-related commitments
2,945,560
2,945,560
Financial guarantees
41,843
41,843
10,292,136
367,687
263,340
210,309
198,532
11,332,004
Proportion of cash flows payable in period
91%
3%
2%
2%
2%
At 31 Dec 2020
Hong Kong currency notes in circulation
313,404
313,404
Items in the course of transmission to other banks
25,699
25,699
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
109,090
4,818
6,602
8,076
7,885
136,471
Deposits by banks
238,153
3,263
6,630
1,238
249,284
Customer accounts
5,397,993
333,682
158,267
28,007
16
5,917,965
Trading liabilities
60,812
60,812
Derivatives
421,811
1,462
1,561
2,840
312
427,986
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
40,602
29,077
26,457
26,549
46,371
169,056
Debt securities in issue
5,121
11,445
31,445
31,699
2,686
82,396
Amounts due to Group companies
78,063
21,920
5,873
97,021
122,569
325,446
Other financial liabilities
127,644
36,648
26,098
9,208
3,792
203,390
Subordinated liabilities
16
47
249
5,225
5,537
6,818,392
442,331
262,980
204,887
188,856
7,917,446
Loan and other credit-related commitments
2,815,447
136
2,815,583
Financial guarantees
39,923
39,923
9,673,762
442,331
262,980
205,023
188,856
10,772,952
Proportion of cash flows payable in period
90%
4%
2%
2%
2%
The balances in the above tables incorporate all cash flows relating to principal and future coupon payments on an undiscounted basis.
Trading liabilities and trading derivatives have been included in the ‘On demand’ time bucket as they are typically held for short periods
of time. The undiscounted cash flows payable under hedging derivative liabilities are classified according to their contractual maturity.
Investment contract liabilities have been included in financial liabilities designated at fair value, whereby the policyholders have the
options to surrender or transfer at any time, and are reported in the ‘Due after 5 years’ time bucket. A maturity analysis prepared on the
basis of the earliest possible contractual repayment date (assuming that all surrender and transfer options are exercised) would result in
all investment contracts being presented as falling due within one year or less. The undiscounted cash flows potentially payable under
loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts are classified on the basis of the earliest date they can be called. Cash flows
payable in respect of customer accounts are primarily contractually repayable on demand or at short notice.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
113
28
Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments and guarantees
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Guarantees and contingent liabilities:
–  financial guarantees1
41,843
39,923
–  performance and other guarantees2
335,849
286,139
–  other contingent liabilities
1,751
3,644
At 31 Dec
379,443
329,706
Commitments3:
–  documentary credits and short-term trade-related transactions
32,284
29,581
–  forward asset purchases and forward forward deposits placed
40,745
38,246
–  undrawn formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend
2,872,531
2,747,756
At 31 Dec
2,945,560
2,815,583
1Financial guarantees are contracts that require the issuer to make specified payments to reimburse the holder for a loss incurred because a
specified debtor fails to make payment when due in accordance with the original or modified terms of a debt instrument.
2Performance and other guarantees include re-insurance letters of credit related to particular transactions, trade-related letters of credit issued
without provision for the issuing entity to retain title to the underlying shipment, performance bonds, bid bonds, standby letters of credit and other
transaction-related guarantees.
3Includes HK$1,826,335m of commitments at 31 December 2021 (2020: HK$1,725,963m) to which the impairment requirements in HKFRS 9 are
applied where the group has become party to an irrevocable commitment.
The above table discloses the nominal principal amounts of commitments (excluding other commitments as disclosed in Note 29),
guarantees and other contingent liabilities, which represent the amounts at risk should contracts be fully drawn upon and clients default.
The amount of the commitments shown above reflects, where relevant, the expected level of take-up of pre-approved facilities. As a
significant proportion of guarantees and commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total of the nominal
principal amounts is not representative of future liquidity requirements.
It also reflects the group’s maximum exposure under a large number of individual guarantee undertakings. The risks and exposures from
guarantees are captured and managed in accordance with HSBC’s overall credit risk management policies and procedures. Guarantees
are subject to an annual credit review process.
Other contingent liabilities at 31 December 2021 included amounts in relation to legal and regulatory matters as set out in
Note 37.
29
Other commitments
Capital commitments
At 31 December 2021, capital commitments, mainly related to the commitment for purchase of properties, were HK$4,826m
(2020: HK$8,531m).
30
Offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities
Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable
right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realise the asset and settle the liability
simultaneously (‘the offset criteria’).
The ‘Amounts not set off in the balance sheet’ include transactions where:
the counterparty has an offsetting exposure with the group and a master netting or similar arrangement is in place with a right to set
off only in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy, or the offset criteria are otherwise not satisfied; and
in the case of derivatives and reverse repurchase/repurchase, stock borrowing/lending and similar agreements, cash and non-cash
collateral has been received/pledged.
For risk management purposes, the net amounts of loans and advances to customers are subject to limits, which are monitored and the
relevant customer agreements are subject to review and updated, as necessary, to ensure that the legal right to set off remains
appropriate.
Notes on the Consolidated Financial Statements
114
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities
Amounts subject to enforceable netting arrangements
Amounts not offset in the
balance sheet
Gross
amounts
Amounts
offset
Net
amounts
reported in
the balance
sheet
Financial
instruments
Non-cash
collateral
Cash
collateral
Net
amount
Amounts not
subject to
enforceable
netting
arrange-
ments1
Balance
sheet total
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
At 31 Dec 2021
Financial assets2
Derivatives
524,603
(190,129)
334,474
(267,072)
(12,886)
(36,005)
18,511
30,693
365,167
Reverse repos, stock borrowing and similar
agreements classified as:
867,597
(71,412)
796,185
(794,195)
(749)
1,241
90,247
886,432
–  trading assets
60,417
(79)
60,338
(59,771)
(552)
15
7,393
67,731
–  non-trading assets4
807,180
(71,333)
735,847
(734,424)
(197)
1,226
82,854
818,701
1,392,200
(261,541)
1,130,659
(267,072)
(807,081)
(36,754)
19,752
120,940
1,251,599
Financial liabilities3
Derivatives
516,525
(190,129)
326,396
(267,072)
(10,552)
(27,837)
20,935
29,395
355,791
Repos, stock lending and similar agreements
classified as:
330,366
(71,412)
258,954
(258,523)
(3)
428
68,664
327,618
–  trading liabilities
6,807
(79)
6,728
(6,721)
7
6,728
–  non-trading liabilities5
323,559
(71,333)
252,226
(251,802)
(3)
421
68,664
320,890
846,891
(261,541)
585,350
(267,072)
(269,075)
(27,840)
21,363
98,059
683,409
At 31 Dec 2020
Financial assets2
Derivatives
583,241
(200,656)
382,585
(290,517)
(11,009)
(45,001)
36,058
40,360
422,945
Reverse repos, stock borrowing and similar
agreements classified as:
532,974
(19,276)
513,698
(513,476)
(166)
56
61,715
575,413
–  trading assets
46,922
46,922
(46,892)
30
4,680
51,602
–  non-trading assets4
486,052
(19,276)
466,776
(466,584)
(166)
26
57,035
523,811
1,116,215
(219,932)
896,283
(290,517)
(524,485)
(45,167)
36,114
102,075
998,358
Financial liabilities3
Derivatives
584,214
(200,656)
383,558
(290,517)
(15,977)
(47,483)
29,581
44,653
428,211
Repos, stock lending and similar agreements
classified as:
146,768
(19,276)
127,492
(127,281)
(21)
190
51,205
178,697
–  trading liabilities
1,605
1,605
(1,595)
10
1,605
–  non-trading liabilities5
145,163
(19,276)
125,887
(125,686)
(21)
180
51,205
177,092
730,982
(219,932)
511,050
(290,517)
(143,258)
(47,504)
29,771
95,858
606,908
1These exposures continue to be secured by financial collateral, but the group may not have sought or been able to obtain a legal opinion
evidencing enforceability of the offsetting right.
2Amounts presented in the balance sheet included balances due from Group companies of HK$167,054m (2020: HK$79,027m).
3Amounts presented in the balance sheet included balances due to Group companies of HK$217,572m (2020: HK$129,230m).
4Amounts presented in the balance sheet included reverse repos with third parties of HK$803,775m (2020: HK$520,344m).
5Amounts presented in the balance sheet included repos with third parties of HK$255,374m (2020: HK$136,157m).
31
Segmental analysis
The Executive Committee (‘EXCO’) is considered the Chief Operating Decision Maker ('CODM') for the purpose of identifying the group’s
operating segments. Operating segment results are assessed by the CODM on the basis of performance measured in accordance with
HKFRSs. Although the CODM reviews information on a number of bases, business performance is assessed and capital resources are
allocated by operating segments, and the segmental analysis is presented based on reportable segments as assessed under HKFRS 8
'Operating Segments'.
Our operations are closely integrated and, accordingly, the presentation of data includes internal allocations of certain items of income
and expenses. These allocations include the costs of certain support services and global functions to the extent that they can be
meaningfully attributed to operational business lines and geographical regions. While such allocations have been made on a systematic
and consistent basis, they necessarily involve a degree of subjectivity. Costs which are not allocated to other operating segments are
included in the ‘Corporate Centre’.
Where relevant, income and expense amounts presented include the results of inter-segment funding along with inter-company and
inter-business line transactions. All such transactions are undertaken on arm’s length terms. The intra-group elimination items for the
operating segments are presented in the Corporate Centre.
Change in operating and reportable segments
Effective from the second half of 2021, the operating and reportable segments have been changed to reflect the change in management
of the Global Banking and Markets business, with the splitting out of Global Banking, Markets and Securities Services and Global
Banking and Markets – Other as separate operating segments following realignments within our internal reporting to the CODM. Global
Banking and Markets and Securities Services are separate reportable segments. Global Banking and Markets – Other, which mainly
comprises of business activities which are jointly managed by GB and MSS, is reported under 'Other (GBM-other)'. Comparatives have
been re-presented to conform to the current year's presentation.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
115
Our global businesses and reportable segments
The group provides a comprehensive range of banking and related financial services to our customers in our global businesses: Wealth
and Personal Banking (‘WPB’), Commercial Banking (‘CMB’) and Global Banking and Markets ('GBM'). The products and services offered
to customers are organised by these global businesses.
WPB provides a full range of retail banking and wealth products to our customers from personal banking to ultra high net worth
individuals. Typically, customer offerings include retail banking products, such as current and savings accounts, mortgages and
personal loans, credit cards, debit cards and local and international payment services. We also provide wealth management services,
including insurance and investment products, global asset management services, investment management and Private Wealth
Solutions for customers with more sophisticated and international requirements.
CMB offers a broad range of products and services to serve the needs of our commercial customers, including small and medium-
sized enterprises, mid-market enterprises and corporates. These include credit and lending, international trade and receivables
finance, treasury management and liquidity solutions (payments and cash management and commercial cards), commercial insurance
and investments. CMB also offers its customers access to products and services offered by other global businesses, such as GBM,
which include foreign exchange products, raising capital on debt and equity markets and advisory services.
GBM comprises of two separate reportable segments: Global Banking ('GB') and Markets and Securities Services ('MSS'). GB provides
tailored financial solutions to major government, corporate and institutional clients and private investors worldwide. The client-focused
business lines deliver a full range of banking capabilities including financing, advisory and transaction services. MSS provides services
in credit, rates, foreign exchange, equities, money markets and securities services, and principal investment activities.
Corporate Centre includes strategic investments such as our investment in BoCom, Central Treasury revenue, and costs which are not
allocated to global businesses, mainly in relation to investments in technology.
Performance by reportable segments is presented in the ‘Financial Review’ on page 10 as specified as 'Audited'.
Information by geographical region
Hong Kong
Rest of
Asia-Pacific
Intra-segment
elimination
Total
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
For the year ended 31 Dec 2021
Total operating income
174,859
79,067
780
254,706
Profit before tax
41,043
45,520
86,563
At 31 Dec 2021
Total assets
7,035,497
3,696,064
(828,168)
9,903,393
Total liabilities
6,559,271
3,248,779
(828,168)
8,979,882
Credit commitments and contingent liabilities (contract amounts)
1,792,675
1,532,328
3,325,003
For the year ended 31 Dec 2020
Total operating income
190,128
76,955
166
267,249
Profit before tax
57,937
32,259
90,196
At 31 Dec 2020
Total assets
6,636,693
3,487,821
(708,111)
9,416,403
Total liabilities
6,141,296
3,071,687
(708,111)
8,504,872
Credit commitments and contingent liabilities (contract amounts)
1,727,502
1,417,787
3,145,289
Information by country/territory
Revenue1
Non-current assets2
For the year ended 31 Dec
At 31 Dec
2021
2020
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Hong Kong
106,966
120,873
134,400
126,286
Mainland China
19,381
16,974
196,477
176,462
Australia
7,351
6,665
1,837
2,229
India
10,614
10,296
2,534
2,241
Indonesia
3,242
3,649
3,584
3,701
Malaysia
5,174
5,415
2,022
1,932
Singapore
10,671
9,924
2,933
3,040
Taiwan
3,124
2,932
2,802
2,687
Other
12,135
12,610
3,140
3,627
Total
178,658
189,338
349,729
322,205
1Revenue (defined as ‘Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other impairment charges') is attributable to countries
based on the location of the principal operations of the branch, subsidiary, associate or joint venture.
2Non-current assets consist of property, plant and equipment, goodwill, other intangible assets, interests in associates and joint ventures and
certain other assets.
Notes on the Consolidated Financial Statements
116
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
32
Related party transactions
The group’s related parties include the parent, fellow subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures, post-employment benefit plans for the
group’s employees, Key Management Personnel (‘KMP’) as defined by HKAS 24, close family members of KMP and entities that are
controlled or jointly controlled by KMP or their close family members.
Particulars of transactions with related parties are set out below.
(a)Inter-company
The group is wholly owned by HSBC Asia Holdings Limited, which in turn is a wholly-owned subsidiary of HSBC Holdings plc
(incorporated in England).
The group entered into transactions with its fellow subsidiaries in the normal course of business, including the acceptance and placement
of interbank deposits, correspondent banking transactions and off-balance sheet transactions. The Bank also acted as agent for the
distribution of retail investment funds for fellow subsidiaries and paid professional fees for services provided by fellow subsidiaries.
The group shared the costs of certain IT projects and also used certain processing services of fellow subsidiaries. These costs are
reported under ‘General and administrative expenses – other administrative expenses in the income statement.
The aggregate amount of income and expenses arising from these transactions during the year and the balances of amounts due to and
from the relevant parties at the year end were as follows:
2021
2020
Immediate
holding company
Ultimate holding
company
Fellow
subsidiaries
Immediate
holding company
Ultimate holding
company
Fellow
subsidiaries
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Income and expenses for the year
Interest income
220
480
Interest expense1
6,773
(651)
(286)
6,489
(339)
39
Fee income
2,538
2,744
Fee expense
1
1,428
1,272
Net income from financial instruments held for
trading or managed on a fair value basis
1
(19)
2
18
Net insurance premium income
249
Other operating income
129
1,770
787
916
Net insurance claims and benefits paid and
movement in liabilities to policyholders
(179)
General and administrative expenses2
(141)
47,842
5,270
33,632
At 31 Dec
Assets
9
1,147
260,256
2,707
157,916
–  trading assets3
22
4,232
14
159
–  derivative assets
989
147,704
2,488
74,932
–  other assets3,6
9
136
108,320
205
82,825
Liabilities
223,565
1,069
283,630
198,211
3,676
182,145
–  trading liabilities3
25
11
572
–  financial liabilities designated at fair value3,4
175,655
7
131,370
8
–  derivative liabilities
18
152,013
87,724
–  other liabilities3,6
1,388
980
131,585
1,448
3,593
93,841
–  subordinated liabilities3,5,6
46,522
71
65,393
72
Guarantees
22,815
19,907
Commitments
2,076
2,189
1The amount includes interest expenses on debt instruments issued by the group for funding purposes that are designated under the fair value
option to reduce an accounting mismatch, and interest expenses/(income) on derivatives managed in conjunction with those debt instruments.
Comparatives have been re-presented to conform to the current year's presentation.
2This includes reimbursement of amount from ultimate holding company in accordance to the billing arrangement of the Group.
3These balances are presented under ‘Amounts due from/to Group companies’ in the consolidated balance sheet.
4The balance at 31 December 2021 included subordinated liabilities of HK$175,655m to meet Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (‘TLAC’) requirements
(2020: HK$131,370m). During the year, there were repayment of HK$4,437m and issuance of HK$54,460m (2020: no movement).The carrying
amount of financial liabilities designated at fair value was HK$7,211m higher than the contractual amount at maturity (2020: HK$12,518m). The
cumulative loss in fair value attributable to changes in credit risk was HK$1,815m (2020: HK$2,490m). The balances are largely under Level 2.
5The balance at 31 December 2021 included subordinated liabilities of HK$46,522m to meet TLAC requirements (2020: HK$65,393m).During the
year, there were repayment of HK$19,665m and issuance of HK$3,304m (2020: no movement).
6The fair value hierarchy of assets and liabilities at amortised cost are under level 2 and the fair value has no material difference with carrying value.
The above outstanding balances arose in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates
and security, as for comparable transactions with third-party counterparties.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
117
(b)Share option and share award schemes
The group participates in various share option and share plans operated by HSBC whereby share options or shares of HSBC are granted
to employees of the group. The group recognises an expense in respect of these share options and share awards. The cost borne by the
ultimate holding company in respect of share options is treated as a capital contribution and is recorded within ‘Other reserves’. In
respect of share awards, the group recognises a liability to the ultimate holding company over the vesting period. This liability is
measured at the fair value of the shares at each reporting date, with changes since the award dates adjusted through the capital
contribution account within ‘Other reserves’. The balances of the capital contribution and the liability at 31 December 2021 amounted to
HK$3,436m and HK$1,431m respectively (2020: HK$3,609m and HK$1,124m respectively).
(c)Post-employment benefit plans
At 31 December 2021, HK$9.2bn (2020: HK$9.3bn) of the group’s post-employment plan assets were under management by group
companies, earning management fees of HK$65m in 2021 (2020: HK$59m). At 31 December 2021, the group’s post-employment benefit
plans had placed deposits of HK$783m (2020: HK$641m) with its banking subsidiaries, earning interest payable to the schemes of
HK$0.5m (2020: HK$0.2m). The above outstanding balances arose from the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same
terms, including interest rates and security, as comparable transactions with third-party counterparties.
(d)Associates and joint ventures
The group provides certain banking and financial services to associates and joint ventures, including loans, overdrafts, interest and non-
interest bearing deposits and current accounts. Details of interests in associates and joint ventures are set out in Note 14.
The disclosure of the year-end balance and the highest amounts outstanding during the year is considered to be the most meaningful
information to represent the amount of transactions and outstanding balances during the year.
Transactions and balances during the year with associates and joint ventures
2021
2020
Highest balance
during the year
Balance at
31 December
Highest balance
during the year
Balance at
31 December
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Amounts due from associates – unsubordinated
35,304
32,663
33,577
22,811
Amounts due to associates
26,490
8,348
42,377
17,263
Commitments
4,722
1,479
1
1
The above outstanding balances arose in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates
and security, as comparable transactions with third‑party counterparties.
(e)Key Management Personnel
Key Management Personnel are defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the
activities of the Bank and the group. It includes members of the Board of Directors and Executive Committee of the Bank and the Board
of Directors and Group Executive Committee members of HSBC Holdings plc.
Compensation of Key Management Personnel
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Salaries and other short-term benefits
314
315
Post employment benefits
9
9
Termination benefits
5
4
Share-based payments
123
103
Total
451
431
Transactions, arrangements and agreements involving Key Management Personnel
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
During the year
Highest average assets1
107,317
100,834
Highest average liabilities1
71,516
71,488
Contribution to group‘s profit before tax
1,510
1,733
At the year end
Guarantees
13,263
12,452
Commitments
13,624
16,701
1The disclosure of the highest average balance during the year is considered the most meaningful information to represent transactions during the
year.
Transactions, arrangements and agreements are entered into by the group with companies that may be controlled by Key Management
Personnel of the group and their immediate relatives. These transactions are primarily loans and deposits, and were entered into in the
ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and security, as comparable transactions with
persons or companies of a similar standing or, where applicable, with other employees. The transactions did not involve more than the
normal risk of repayment or present other unfavourable features. Change in expected credit losses recognised for the year, and expected
credit loss allowances against balances outstanding at the end of the year, in respect of Key Management Personnel were insignificant
(2020: insignificant).
On 8 October 2019, the group acted as Joint Global Co-ordinator and Underwriter on aggregated EUR4.25bn and GBP800m Senior Note
issuances for CK Hutchison Group Telecom Finance S.A. in 6 tranches, with tenors of 4 to 15 years and coupon rates of 0.375% to
2.625%. CK Hutchison Group Telecom Finance S.A. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of an associated body corporate (CK Hutchison
Holdings Limited) of Mr Victor Li, a non-executive Director of the Bank.
Notes on the Consolidated Financial Statements
118
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
(f)Loans to directors
Directors are defined as the Directors of the Bank, its ultimate holding company, HSBC Holdings plc and intermediate holding
companies. Loans to directors also include loans to companies that are controlled by, and entities that are connected with these
directors. Particulars of loans to directors disclosed pursuant to section 17 of the Companies (Disclosure of Information about Benefits of
Directors) Regulation are as follows:
Aggregate amount outstanding at
31 Dec
Maximum aggregate amount
outstanding during the year
2021
2020
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
By the Bank
3,755
2,690
3,967
4,291
By subsidiaries
13
4
14
9
3,768
2,694
3,981
4,300
These amounts include principal and interest, and the maximum liability that may be incurred under guarantees.
33
Fair values of financial instruments carried at fair value
Control framework
Fair values are subject to a control framework designed to ensure that they are either determined, or validated, by a function independent
of the risk taker.
Where fair values are determined by reference to externally quoted prices or observable pricing inputs to models, independent price
determination or validation is utilised. For inactive markets, the group sources alternative market information, with greater weight given
to information that is considered to be more relevant and reliable. Examples of the factors considered are price observability, instrument
comparability, consistency of data sources, underlying data accuracy and timing of prices.
Fair value of investment funds are sourced from the underlying fund managers which are based upon an assessment of the underlying
investees’ financial positions, results, risk profile and prospects.
For fair values determined using valuation models, the control framework includes development or validation by independent support
functions of the model logic, inputs, model outputs and adjustments. Valuation models are subject to a process of due diligence before
becoming operational and are calibrated against external market data on an ongoing basis.
Changes in fair value are generally subject to a profit and loss analysis process and are disaggregated into high-level categories including
portfolio changes, market movements and other fair value adjustments.
The majority of financial instruments measured at fair value are in MSS and Insurance. The group's fair value governance structure
comprises its Finance function and Valuation Committees. Finance is responsible for establishing procedures governing valuation and
ensuring fair values are in compliance with accounting standards. The fair values are reviewed by the group's relevant Valuation
Committees, which consist of independent support functions. Within MSS and Insurance, these Committees are overseen by the Group's
Valuation Committee Review Group and the Group Insurance Valuation and Impairment Committee respectively. These two Group
Committees considers all material subjective valuations.
Financial liabilities measured at fair value
In certain circumstances, the group records its own debt in issue at fair value, based on quoted prices in an active market for the specific
instrument. When quoted market prices are unavailable, the own debt in issue is valued using valuation techniques, the inputs for which
are either based on quoted prices in an inactive market for the instrument or are estimated by comparison with quoted prices in an active
market for similar instruments. In both cases, the fair value includes the effect of applying the credit spread which is appropriate to the
group's liabilities. The change in fair value of issued debt securities attributable to the group’s own credit spread is computed as follows:
for each security at each reporting date, an externally verifiable price is obtained or a price is derived using credit spreads for similar
securities for the same issuer. Then, using discounted cash flow, each security is valued using a Libor-based discount curve. The
difference in the valuations is attributable to the group’s own credit spread. This methodology is applied consistently across all securities.
Structured notes issued and certain other hybrid instruments are included within ‘Financial liabilities designated at fair value’ and are
measured at fair value. The credit spread applied to these instruments is derived from the spreads at which the group issues structured
notes.
Gains and losses arising from changes in the credit spread of liabilities issued by the group reverse over the contractual life of the debt,
provided that the debt is not repaid at a premium or a discount.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
119
Fair value hierarchy
Fair values of financial assets and liabilities are determined according to the following hierarchy:
Level 1 – valuation technique using quoted market price: financial instruments with quoted prices for identical instruments in active
markets that the group can access at the measurement date.
Level 2 – valuation technique using observable inputs: financial instruments with quoted prices for similar instruments in active
markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in inactive markets and financial instruments valued using models where
all significant inputs are observable.
Level 3 – valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs: financial instruments valued using valuation techniques where one
or more significant inputs are unobservable.
Financial instruments carried at fair value and bases of valuation
Fair Value Hierarchy
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Third-party
total
Inter-
company2
Total
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
At 31 Dec 2021
Assets
Trading assets1
537,816
236,388
3,246
777,450
777,450
Derivatives
440
212,740
3,294
216,474
148,693
365,167
Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily
measured at fair value through profit or loss
93,544
34,203
74,652
202,399
202,399
Financial investments
1,153,521
391,816
3,674
1,549,011
1,549,011
Liabilities
Trading liabilities1
73,647
19,076
92,723
92,723
Derivatives
963
200,667
2,130
203,760
152,031
355,791
Financial liabilities designated at fair value1
118,516
20,449
138,965
138,965
At 31 Dec 2020
Assets
Trading assets1
403,730
195,447
1,237
600,414
600,414
Derivatives
2,140
342,357
1,028
345,525
77,420
422,945
Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily
measured at fair value through profit or loss
97,590
31,836
49,534
178,960
178,960
Financial investments
1,315,696
378,075
6,635
1,700,406
1,700,406
Liabilities
Trading liabilities1
52,504
8,308
60,812
60,812
Derivatives
2,015
334,934
3,538
340,487
87,724
428,211
Financial liabilities designated at fair value1
146,529
20,484
167,013
167,013
1Amounts with HSBC Group entities are not reflected here.
2Derivatives balances with HSBC Group entities are largely under ‘Level 2’.
Transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 fair values
Assets
Liabilities
Financial
investments
Trading
assets
Designated
and otherwise
mandatorily
measured at
fair value
Derivatives
Trading
liabilities
Designated at
fair value
Derivatives
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
At 31 Dec 2021
Transfers from Level 1 to Level 2
57,471
29,852
1,970
802
1,012
1,652
Transfers from Level 2 to Level 1
36,073
20,948
1,679
3,452
At 31 Dec 2020
Transfers from Level 1 to Level 2
31,809
20,534
1,901
236
Transfers from Level 2 to Level 1
37,387
26,796
1,860
5
191
Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are deemed to occur at the end of each Group's quarterly reporting period. Transfers
into and out of levels of the fair value hierarchy are primarily attributable to changes in observability of valuation inputs and price
transparency.
Notes on the Consolidated Financial Statements
120
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Fair value adjustments
Fair value adjustments are adopted when the group determines there are additional factors considered by market participants that are
not incorporated within the valuation model. Movements in the level of fair value adjustments do not necessarily result in the recognition
of profits or losses within the income statement, such as when models are enhanced and therefore fair value adjustments may no longer
be required.
Bid-offer
HKFRS 13 requires use of the price within the bid-offer spread that is most representative of fair value. Valuation models will typically
generate mid-market values. The bid-offer adjustment reflects the extent to which bid-offer costs would be incurred if substantially all
residual net portfolio market risks were closed using available hedging instruments or by disposing of, or unwinding the position.
Uncertainty
Certain model inputs may be less readily determinable from market data, and/or the choice of model itself may be more subjective. In
these circumstances, an adjustment may be necessary to reflect the likelihood that market participants would adopt more conservative
values for uncertain parameters and/or model assumptions, than those used in the group’s valuation model.
Credit valuation adjustment (‘CVA’) and debit valuation adjustment (‘DVA’)
The CVA is an adjustment to the valuation of over-the-counter (‘OTC’) derivative contracts to reflect the possibility that the counterparty
may default and the group may not receive the full market value of the transactions.
The DVA is an adjustment to the valuation of OTC derivative contracts to reflect the possibility that the group may default, and that the
group may not pay the full market value of the transactions.
The group calculates a separate CVA and DVA for each legal entity, and for each counterparty to which the entity has exposure. With the
exception of central clearing parties, all third-party counterparties are included in the CVA and DVA calculations, and these adjustments
are not netted across group entities.
The group calculates the CVA by applying the probability of default (‘PD’) of the counterparty, conditional on the non-default of the
group, to the group’s expected positive exposure to the counterparty and multiplying the result by the loss expected in the event of
default. Conversely, the group calculates the DVA by applying the PD of the group, conditional on the non-default of the counterparty, to
the expected positive exposure of the counterparty to the group and multiplying the result by the loss expected in the event of default.
Both calculations are performed over the life of the potential exposure.
For most products the group uses a simulation methodology, which incorporates a range of potential exposures over the life of the
portfolio, to calculate the expected positive exposure to a counterparty. The simulation methodology includes credit mitigants, such as
counterparty netting agreements and collateral agreements with the counterparty.
The methodologies do not, in general, account for ‘wrong-way risk’ which arises when the underlying value of the derivative prior to any
CVA is positively correlated to the PD of the counterparty. When there is significant wrong-way risk, a trade-specific approach is applied
to reflect this risk in the valuation.
Funding fair value adjustment (‘FFVA’)
The FFVA is calculated by applying future market funding spreads to the expected future funding exposure of any uncollateralised
component of the OTC derivative portfolio. The expected future funding exposure is calculated by a simulation methodology, where
available and is adjusted for events that may terminate the exposure, such as the default of the group or the counterparty. The FFVA and
DVA are calculated independently.
Model limitation
Models used for portfolio valuation purposes may be based upon a simplifying set of assumptions that do not capture all material market
characteristics. In these circumstances, model limitation adjustments are adopted.
Inception profit (Day 1 profit or loss reserves)
Inception profit adjustments are adopted when the fair value estimated by a valuation model is based on one or more significant
unobservable inputs.
Effects of changes in significant unobservable assumptions to reasonably possible alternatives
The key unobservable inputs to Level 3 financial instruments include volatility and correlation for structured notes and deposits valued
using option models, bid quotes for corporate bonds valued using approaches that take into account market comparables, and multiple
items for private equity and related investments. In the absence of an active market, the fair value of private equity and strategic
investments is estimated on the basis of an analysis of the investee’s financial position and results, risk profile, prospects and other
factors, as well as by reference to market valuations for similar entities quoted in an active market, or the price at which similar
companies have changed ownership. The change in fair values due to changes in reasonably possible alternative assumptions for these
unobservable inputs is not significant.
Favourable and unfavourable changes are determined on the basis of sensitivity analysis. The sensitivity analysis aims to measure a
range of fair values consistent with the application of a 95% confidence interval. Methodologies take account of the nature of the
valuation technique employed, the availability and reliability of observable proxies and historical data. When the available data is not
amenable to statistical analysis, the quantification of uncertainty is judgemental, but remains guided by the 95% confidence interval. The
sensitivity of Level 3 fair values to reasonably possible alternative assumptions is not significant.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
121
Fair value valuation bases
Financial instruments measured at fair value using a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs – Level 3
Assets
Liabilities
Financial
investments
Trading
assets
Designated
and
otherwise
mandatorily
measured at
fair value
through
profit or
loss
Derivatives
Total
Designated
at fair value
Derivatives
Total
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Private equity and related investments
3,121
4
74,295
77,420
Structured notes
20,449
20,449
Others
553
3,242
357
3,294
7,446
2,130
2,130
At 31 Dec 2021
3,674
3,246
74,652
3,294
84,866
20,449
2,130
22,579
Private equity and related investments
6,167
49,274
55,441
Structured notes
20,484
20,484
Others
468
1,237
260
1,028
2,993
3,538
3,538
At 31 Dec 2020
6,635
1,237
49,534
1,028
58,434
20,484
3,538
24,022
Private equity and related investments
The fair value of a private equity investment (including private equity, infrastructure and private credit, primarily held to support our
Insurance business, and strategic investments) is estimated on the basis of an analysis of the investee’s financial position and results, risk
profile, prospects and other factors; by reference to market valuations for similar entities quoted in an active market; the price at which
similar companies have changed ownership; or from published net asset values (‘NAVs’) received. If necessary, adjustments are made to
the NAV of funds to obtain the best estimate of fair value.
Structured notes
The fair value of Level 3 structured notes is derived from the fair value of the underlying debt security, and the fair value of the embedded
derivative is determined as described in the paragraph below on derivatives. These structured notes comprise principally equity-linked
notes issued by HSBC, which provide the counterparty with a return linked to the performance of equity securities and other portfolios.
Examples of the unobservable parameters include long-dated equity volatilities and correlations between equity prices, and interest and
foreign exchange rates.
Derivatives
OTC derivative valuation models calculate the present value of expected future cash flows, based upon ‘no arbitrage’ principles. For
many vanilla derivative products, the modelling approaches used are standard across the industry. For more complex derivative products,
there may be some differences in market practice. Inputs to valuation models are determined from observable market data wherever
possible, including prices available from exchanges, dealers, brokers or providers of consensus pricing. Certain inputs may not be
observable in the market directly, but can be determined from observable prices via model calibration procedures or estimated from
historical data or other sources.
Notes on the Consolidated Financial Statements
122
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Reconciliation of fair value measurements in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy
Movement in Level 3 financial instruments
Assets
Liabilities
Financial
investments
Trading
assets
Designated
and otherwise
mandatorily
measured at
fair value
through profit
or loss
Derivatives
Designated
at fair value
Derivatives
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
At 1 Jan 2021
6,635
1,237
49,534
1,028
20,484
3,538
Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss
(7)
(2,211)
11,700
4,002
(3,207)
3,082
–  net income/(losses) from financial instruments held for trading or
managed on a fair value basis
(2,211)
4,002
3,082
–  changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured
at fair value through profit or loss
11,700
(3,207)
–  gains less losses from financial investments at fair value through other
comprehensive income
(7)
Total gains recognised in other comprehensive income (‘OCI’)
(3,013)
10
11
18
386
23
–  financial investments: fair value (losses)
(3,002)
(3)
–  exchange differences
(11)
10
11
18
389
23
Purchases
1,383
5,082
22,232
New issuances
9,196
Sales
(35)
(561)
(6)
Settlements
(1,289)
(87)
(7,898)
(1,247)
(7,165)
(4,060)
Transfers out
(691)
(921)
(614)
(2,895)
(878)
Transfers in
467
107
3,650
425
At 31 Dec 2021
3,674
3,246
74,652
3,294
20,449
2,130
Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss relating to assets and
liabilities held at 31 Dec 2021
(2,278)
11,236
2,686
113
(34)
–  net income/(losses) from financial instruments held for trading or
managed on a fair value basis
(2,278)
2,686
(34)
–  changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured
at fair value through profit or loss
11,236
113
At 1 Jan 2020
5,622
557
32,291
833
20,571
2,422
Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss
43
3,205
2,627
(2,113)
3,401
–  net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a
fair value basis
43
2,627
3,401
–  changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured
at fair value through profit or loss
3,205
(2,113)
–  gains less losses from financial investments at fair value through other
comprehensive income
Total gains/(losses) recognised in other comprehensive income (‘OCI’)
1,529
(2)
(6)
6
857
–  financial investments: fair value gains/(losses)
1,485
(24)
–  exchange differences
44
(2)
(6)
6
881
Purchases
554
852
16,714
New issuances
6,468
Sales
(335)
Settlements
(1,070)
(2,484)
(1,244)
(3,896)
(1,620)
Transfers out
(266)
(189)
(1,216)
(2,735)
(1,070)
Transfers in
388
3
22
1,332
405
At 31 Dec 2020
6,635
1,237
49,534
1,028
20,484
3,538
Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss relating to assets and
liabilities held at 31 Dec 2020
5
2,741
587
(13)
(1,838)
–  net income/(losses) from financial instruments held for trading or
managed on a fair value basis
5
587
(1,838)
–  changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured
at fair value through profit or loss
2,741
(13)
Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are deemed to occur at the end of each Group's quarterly reporting period. Transfers
into and out of levels of the fair value hierarchy are primarily attributable to observability of valuation inputs and price transparency.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
123
Effect of changes in significant unobservable assumptions to reasonably possible alternatives
Sensitivity of fair values to reasonably possible alternative assumptions
2021
2020
Reflected in profit or loss
Reflected in OCI
Reflected in profit or loss
Reflected in OCI
Favourable
changes
Un-
favourable
changes
Favourable
changes
Un-
favourable
changes
Favourable
changes
Un-
favourable
changes
Favourable
changes
Un-
favourable
changes
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Derivatives, trading assets and trading
liabilities1
158
(162)
211
(211)
Financial assets and liabilities designated and
otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value
through profit or loss
3,741
(3,742)
2,478
(2,478)
Financial investments
157
(157)
309
(309)
At 31 Dec
3,899
(3,904)
157
(157)
2,689
(2,689)
309
(309)
1    ‘Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities’ are presented as one category to reflect the manner in which these instruments are risk-
managed.
The sensitivity analysis aims to measure a range of fair values consistent with the application of a 95% confidence interval.
Methodologies take account of the nature of the valuation technique employed, as well as the availability and reliability of observable
proxy and historical data.
When the fair value of a financial instrument is affected by more than one unobservable assumption, the above table reflects the most
favourable or the most unfavourable change from varying the assumptions individually.
Key unobservable inputs to Level 3 financial instruments
The following table lists key unobservable inputs to Level 3 financial instruments and provides the range of those inputs at 31 December
2021.
Quantitative information about significant unobservable inputs in Level 3 valuations
Fair value
2021
2020
Assets
Liabilities
Valuation
techniques
Key unobservable
inputs
Full range
of inputs
Full range
of inputs
HK$m
HK$m
Lower
Higher
Lower
Higher
Private equity and related investments
77,420
See below
See below
Structured notes
20,449
–  equity-linked notes
15,517
Model – Option model
Equity volatility
6%
90%
6%
72%
Model – Option model
Equity correlation
22%
97%
39%
88%
–  FX-linked notes
4,733
Model – Option model
FX volatility
2%
36%
3%
36%
–  other
199
Others1
7,446
2,130
At 31 Dec 2021
84,866
22,579
1‘Others’ includes a range of smaller asset holdings.
Private equity and related investments
Given the bespoke nature of the analysis in respect of each holding, it is not practical to quote a range of key unobservable inputs.
Volatility
Volatility is a measure of the anticipated future variability of a market price. It varies by underlying reference market price, and by strike
and maturity of the option. Certain volatilities, typically those of a longer-dated nature, are unobservable and are estimated from
observable data. The range of unobservable volatilities reflects the wide variation in volatility inputs by reference market price.
Correlation
Correlation is a measure of the inter-relationship between two market prices and is expressed as a number between minus one and one.
It is used to value more complex instruments where the payout is dependent upon more than one market price. There is a wide range of
instruments for which correlation is an input, and consequently a wide range of both same-asset correlations and cross-asset correlations
is used. In general, the range of same-asset correlations will be narrower than the range of cross-asset correlations.
Unobservable correlations may be estimated based upon a range of evidence, including consensus pricing services, group's trade prices,
proxy correlations and examination of historical price relationships. The range of unobservable correlations quoted in the table reflects
the wide variation in correlation inputs by market price pair.
Inter-relationships between key unobservable inputs
Key unobservable inputs to Level 3 financial instruments may not be independent of each other. As described above, market variables
may be correlated. This correlation typically reflects the manner in which different markets tend to react to macroeconomic or other
events. Furthermore, the effect of changing market variables on the group's portfolio will depend on the group’s net risk position in
respect of each variable.
Notes on the Consolidated Financial Statements
124
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
34
Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value
Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value and bases of valuation
Fair Value Hierarchy
Carrying
amount
Quoted
market price
Level 1
Observable
inputs
Level 2
Significant
unobservable
inputs
Level 3
Total
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
At 31 Dec 2021
Assets1
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
803,775
802,881
947
803,828
Loans and advances to banks
432,247
424,175
8,356
432,531
Loans and advances to customers
3,840,939
65,268
3,765,148
3,830,416
Financial investments – at amortised cost
502,564
89,050
449,284
2,142
540,476
Liabilities1
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
255,374
255,366
255,366
Deposits by banks
280,310
280,408
280,408
Customer accounts
6,177,182
6,177,676
6,177,676
Debt securities in issue
67,364
67,842
67,842
Subordinated liabilities
4,054
3,864
3,864
At 31 Dec 2020
Assets1
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
520,344
518,295
2,106
520,401
Loans and advances to banks
403,884
393,953
10,374
404,327
Loans and advances to customers
3,668,681
61,885
3,588,431
3,650,316
Financial investments – at amortised cost
475,025
81,912
450,962
2,012
534,886
Liabilities1
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
136,157
136,157
136,157
Deposits by banks
248,628
248,629
248,629
Customer accounts
5,911,396
5,911,813
5,911,813
Debt securities in issue
79,419
80,066
80,066
Subordinated liabilities
4,065
3,749
3,749
1  Amounts with HSBC Group entities are not reflected here. Further details are set out in Note 32.
The fair values above are stated at a specific date and may be significantly different from the amounts which will actually be paid on the
maturity or settlement dates of the instruments. In many cases, it would not be possible to realise immediately the estimated fair values
given the size of the portfolios measured. Accordingly, these fair values do not represent the value of these financial instruments to the
group as a going concern.
Other financial instruments not carried at fair value are typically short term in nature or re-priced to current market rates frequently.
Accordingly, their carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value. They include cash and balances at central banks, items in
the course of collection from and transmission to other banks, Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness, Hong Kong currency
notes in circulation, other financial assets and other financial liabilities, all of which are measured at amortised cost.
Valuation
Fair value is an estimate of the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between
market participants at the measurement date. It does not reflect the economic benefits and costs that the group expects to flow from an
instrument’s cash flow over its expected future life. Our valuation methodologies and assumptions in determining fair values for which no
observable market prices are available may differ from those of other companies.
Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
Fair values approximate carrying amounts as these balances are generally short dated.
Loans and advances to banks and customers
To determine the fair value of loans and advances to banks and customers, loans are segregated, as far as possible, into portfolios of
similar characteristics. Fair values are based on observable market transactions, when available. When they are unavailable, fair values
are estimated using valuation models incorporating a range of input assumptions. These assumptions may include: value estimates from
third-party brokers reflecting over-the-counter trading activity; forward-looking discounted cash flow models, taking account of expected
customer prepayment rates, using assumptions that the group believes are consistent with those that would be used by market
participants in valuing such loans; new business rates estimates for similar loans; and trading inputs from other market participants
including observed primary and secondary trades. From time to time, we may engage a third-party valuation specialist to measure the
fair value of a pool of loans.
The fair value of loans reflects expected credit losses at the balance sheet date and estimates of market participants’ expectations of
credit losses over the life of the loans, and the fair value effect of repricing between origination and the balance sheet date. For credit
impaired loans, fair value is estimated by discounting the future cash flows over the time period they are expected to be recovered.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
125
Financial investments
The fair values of listed financial investments are determined using bid market prices. The fair values of unlisted financial investments are
determined using valuation techniques that incorporate the prices and future earnings streams of equivalent quoted securities.
Deposits by banks and customer accounts
The fair values of on-demand deposits are approximated by their carrying value. For deposits with longer-term maturities, fair values are
estimated using discounted cash flows, applying current rates offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.
Debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities
Fair values are determined using quoted market prices at the balance sheet date where available, or by reference to quoted market prices
for similar instruments.
35
Structured entities
The group is involved with both consolidated and unconsolidated structured entities through the securitisation of financial assets,
conduits and investment funds, established either by the group or a third party.
Consolidated structured entities
The group uses consolidated structured entities to securitise customer loans and advances it originates to diversify its sources of funding
for asset origination and capital efficiency purposes. The loans and advances are transferred by the group to the structured entities for
cash or synthetically through credit default swaps, and the structured entities issue debt securities to investors. The group's transactions
with these entities are not significant.
Unconsolidated structured entities
The term ‘unconsolidated structured entities’ refers to all structured entities not controlled by the group. The group enters into
transactions with unconsolidated structured entities in the normal course of business to facilitate customer transactions and for specific
investment opportunities.
Nature and risks associated with the group’s interests in unconsolidated structured entities
Securitisations
HSBC
managed funds
Non-HSBC
managed funds
Other
Total
Total asset values of the entities (HK$bn)
0–4
65
65
114
21
265
4–15
11
37
130
178
15–39
15
91
106
39–196
1
50
51
196+
1
3
4
Number of entities at 31 Dec 2021
76
119
388
21
604
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Total assets in relation to the group's interests in the unconsolidated
structured entities
35,225
32,223
86,044
10,140
163,632
–  trading assets
1,041
432
1,473
–  financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair
value through profit or loss
31,182
86,044
117,226
–  derivatives
–  loans and advances to customers
35,225
9,625
44,850
–  financial investments
–  other assets
83
83
Total liabilities in relation to the group's interests in the unconsolidated
structured entities
60
60
–  derivatives
60
60
Other off balance sheet commitments
402
6,999
26,246
5,939
39,586
The group’s maximum exposure at 31 Dec 2021
35,627
39,222
112,290
16,019
203,158
Notes on the Consolidated Financial Statements
126
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Nature and risks associated with the group’s interests in unconsolidated structured entities (continued)
Securitisations
HSBC
managed funds
Non-HSBC
managed funds
Other
Total
Total asset values of the entities (HK$bn)
0–4
52
62
104
25
243
4–15
9
34
107
1
151
15–39
18
56
74
39–196
3
46
49
196+
1
5
6
Number of entities at 31 Dec 2020
61
118
318
26
523
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
Total assets in relation to the group's interests in the unconsolidated
structured entities
26,808
26,476
71,481
8,521
133,286
–  trading assets
204
1,653
1,857
–  financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair
value through profit or loss
24,823
71,481
96,304
–  derivatives
–  loans and advances to customers
26,604
8,218
34,822
–  financial investments
–  other assets
303
303
Total liabilities in relation to the group's interests in the unconsolidated
structured entities
56
56
–  derivatives
56
56
Other off balance sheet commitments
539
3,822
23,024
7,137
34,522
The group's maximum exposure at 31 Dec 2020
27,347
30,298
94,505
15,602
167,752
The maximum exposure to loss from the group’s interests in unconsolidated structured entities represents the maximum loss it could
incur as a result of its involvement with these entities regardless of the probability of the loss being incurred.
For commitments, guarantees and written credit default swaps, the maximum exposure to loss is the notional amount of potential
future losses.
For retained and purchased investments in and loans to unconsolidated structured entities, the maximum exposure to loss is the
carrying value of these interests at the balance sheet reporting date.
The maximum exposure to loss is stated gross of the effects of hedging and collateral arrangements entered into to mitigate the group’s
exposure to loss.
Securitisations
The group has interests in unconsolidated securitisation vehicles through holding notes issued by these entities.
HSBC managed funds
The group establishes and manages money market funds and non-money market investment funds to provide customers with
investment opportunities. The group, as fund manager, may be entitled to receive management and performance fees based on the
assets under management. The group may also retain units in these funds.
Non-HSBC managed funds
The group purchases and holds units of third-party managed funds in order to facilitate business and meet customer needs.
Other
The group has established structured entities in the normal course of business, such as structured credit transactions for customers, to
provide finance to public and private sector infrastructure projects, and for asset and structured finance transactions. In addition to the
interest disclosed above, the group enters into derivative contracts, reverse repos and stock borrowing transactions with structured
entities. These interests arise in the normal course of business for the facilitation of third-party transactions and risk management
solutions.
Structured entities sponsored by the group
The amount of assets transferred to and income received from such sponsored entities during 2021 and 2020 were not significant.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
127
36
Bank balance sheet and statement of changes in equity
Bank balance sheet at 31 December 2021
2021
2020
HK$m
HK$m
Assets
Cash and balances at central banks
203,988
291,071
Items in the course of collection from other banks
17,825
16,836
Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness
332,044
313,404
Trading assets
647,625
486,764
Derivatives
346,937
396,126
Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
3,246
5,945
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
488,312
299,876
Loans and advances to banks
230,592
243,107
Loans and advances to customers
1,984,297
1,928,622
Financial investments
893,848
950,866
Amounts due from Group companies
544,587
400,073
Investments in subsidiaries
101,535
95,241
Interests in associates and joint ventures
39,830
39,830
Goodwill and intangible assets
19,226
14,009
Property, plant and equipment
72,312
71,523
Deferred tax assets
1,275
1,266
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets
145,729
165,667
Total assets
6,073,208
5,720,226
Liabilities
Hong Kong currency notes in circulation
332,044
313,404
Items in the course of transmission to other banks
19,101
18,404
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
175,476
73,606
Deposits by banks
224,650
194,778
Customer accounts
3,816,715
3,610,409
Trading liabilities
46,585
29,039
Derivatives
337,010
396,212
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
36,397
41,507
Debt securities in issue
25,393
29,452
Retirement benefit liabilities
1,098
1,574
Amounts due to Group companies
482,995
413,865
Accruals and deferred income, other liabilities and provisions
120,846
121,091
Current tax liabilities
481
616
Deferred tax liabilities
9,339
9,192
Subordinated liabilities
3,119
3,101
Total liabilities
5,631,249
5,256,250
Equity
Share capital
172,335
172,335
Other equity instruments
44,615
44,615
Other reserves
19,218
25,726
Retained earnings
205,791
221,300
Total equity
441,959
463,976
Total equity and liabilities
6,073,208
5,720,226
Notes on the Consolidated Financial Statements
128
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Bank statement of changes in equity for the year ended 31 December 2021
Other reserves
Share
capital1
Other
equity
instruments
Retained
earnings
Property
revaluation
reserve
Financial
assets at
FVOCI
reserve
Cash
flow
hedge
reserve
Foreign
exchange
reserve
Other2
Total
equity
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
HK$m
At 1 Jan 2021
172,335
44,615
221,300
35,196
6,364
605
(12,679)
(3,760)
463,976
Profit for the year
40,815
40,815
Other comprehensive income/(expense) (net
of tax)
912
3,453
(4,834)
(542)
(2,690)
(3,701)
–  debt instruments at fair value through
other comprehensive income
(3,289)
(3,289)
–  equity instruments designated at fair value
through other comprehensive income
(1,545)
(1,545)
–  cash flow hedges
(542)
(542)
–  changes in fair value of financial liabilities
designated at fair value upon initial
recognition arising from changes in own
credit risk
524
524
–  property revaluation
3,453
3,453
–  remeasurement of defined benefit asset/
liability
388
388
–  exchange differences
(2,690)
(2,690)
Total comprehensive income/(expense)
for the year
41,727
3,453
(4,834)
(542)
(2,690)
37,114
Dividends paid3
(59,105)
(59,105)
Movement in respect of share-based
payment arrangements
115
(140)
(25)
Transfers and other movements4
1,754
(1,749)
(6)
(1)
At 31 Dec 2021
172,335
44,615
205,791
36,900
1,524
63
(15,369)
(3,900)
441,959
At 1 Jan 2020
172,335
44,615
223,538
40,976
3,504
(119)
(13,327)
(3,933)
467,589
Profit for the year
50,414
50,414
Other comprehensive income/(expense) (net
of tax)
2
(4,255)
2,860
724
648
(21)
–  debt instruments at fair value through
other comprehensive income
2,149
2,149
–  equity instruments designated at fair value
through other comprehensive income
711
711
–  cash flow hedges
724
724
–  changes in fair value of financial liabilities
designated at fair value upon initial
recognition arising from changes in own
credit risk
306
306
–  property revaluation
(4,255)
(4,255)
–  remeasurement of defined benefit asset/
liability
(304)
(304)
–  exchange differences
648
648
Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the
year
50,416
(4,255)
2,860
724
648
50,393
Dividends paid3
(54,268)
(54,268)
Movement in respect of share-based
payment arrangements
103
173
276
Transfers and other movements4
1,511
(1,525)
(14)
At 31 Dec 2020
172,335
44,615
221,300
35,196
6,364
605
(12,679)
(3,760)
463,976
1Ordinary share capital includes preference shares which have been redeemed or bought back via payments out of distributable profits in previous
years.
2The other reserves mainly comprise purchase premium arising from transfer of business from fellow subsidiaries, property revaluation reserve
relating to transfer of properties to a fellow subsidiary and the share-based payment reserve. The share-based payment reserve is used to record
the amount relating to share awards and options granted to employees of the group directly by HSBC Holdings plc.
3Including distributions paid on perpetual subordinated loans classified as equity under HKFRS.
4The movements include transfers from the property revaluation reserve to retained earnings in relation to depreciation of revalued properties.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
129
37
Legal proceedings and regulatory matters
The group is party to legal proceedings and regulatory matters in a number of jurisdictions arising out of its normal business operations.
Apart from the matters described below, the group considers that none of these matters are material. The recognition of provisions is
determined in accordance with the accounting policies set out in Note 1.2(n). While the outcomes of legal proceedings and regulatory
matters are inherently uncertain, management believes that, based on the information available to it, appropriate provisions have been
made in respect of these matters as at 31 December 2021. Any provision recognised does not constitute an admission of wrongdoing or
legal liability. It is not practicable to provide an aggregate estimate of potential liability for our legal proceedings and regulatory matters
as a class of contingent liabilities.
Anti-money laundering and sanctions-related matters
In December 2012, HSBC Holdings plc ('HSBC Holdings') entered into a number of agreements, including an undertaking with the UK
Financial Services Authority (replaced with a Direction issued by the UK Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’) in 2013 and again in 2020) as
well as a cease-and-desist order with the US Federal Reserve Board (‘FRB’), both of which contained certain forward-looking anti-money
laundering (‘AML’) and sanctions-related obligations. Over the past several years, HSBC has retained a Skilled Person under section 166
of the Financial Services and Markets Act and an Independent Consultant, under the FRB cease-and-desist order to produce periodic
assessments of the Group’s AML and sanctions compliance programme. The Skilled Person completed its engagement in the second
quarter of 2021, and the FCA has determined that no further Skilled Person work is required. Separately, the Independent Consultant
continues to work  pursuant to the FRB cease-and-desist order.
Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable to predict the resolution of these matters, including the timing or any possible
impact on HSBC, which could be significant.
Singapore Interbank Offered Rate (‘Sibor’), Singapore Swap Offer Rate (‘SOR’) and Australia Bank Bill
Swap Rate (‘BBSW’)
In July and August 2016, HSBC and other panel banks were named as defendants in two putative class actions filed in the New York
District Court on behalf of persons who transacted in products related to the Sibor, SOR and BBSW benchmark rates. The complaints
allege, among other things, misconduct related to these benchmark rates in violation of US antitrust, commodities and racketeering laws,
and state law.
In the Sibor/SOR litigation, in October 2021, the Bank reached a settlement in principle with the plaintiffs to resolve this action. The
settlement remains subject to court approval.
In the BBSW litigation, in November 2018, the court dismissed all foreign defendants, including all HSBC entities, on personal jurisdiction
grounds. In April 2019, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint, which the defendants moved to dismiss. In February 2020, the court
again dismissed the plaintiffs’ amended complaint against all HSBC entities.
There are many factors that may affect the range of outcomes, and the resulting financial impact of these matters, which could be
significant.
Foreign exchange-related investigations
In January 2018, following the conclusion of the US Department of Justice's ('DoJ') investigation into HSBC’s historical foreign exchange
activities, HSBC Holdings entered into a three-year deferred prosecution agreement with the Criminal Division of the DoJ (the ‘FX DPA’),
regarding fraudulent conduct in connection with two particular transactions in 2010 and 2011. In January 2021, the FX DPA expired and,
in August 2021, the charges deferred by the FX DPA were dismissed.
Other regulatory investigations, reviews and litigation
The Bank and/or certain of its affiliates are subject to a number of other investigations and reviews by various regulators and competition
and law enforcement authorities, as well as litigation, in connection with various matters relating to the firm’s businesses and operations,
including investigations by tax administration, regulatory and law enforcement authorities in India and elsewhere in connection with
allegations of tax evasion or tax fraud, money laundering and unlawful cross-border banking solicitation.
There are many factors that may affect the range of outcomes, and the resulting financial impact, of these matters, which could be
significant.
38
Ultimate holding company
The ultimate holding company of the Bank is HSBC Holdings plc, which is incorporated in England.
The largest group in which the accounts of the Bank are consolidated is that headed by HSBC Holdings plc. The consolidated accounts of
HSBC Holdings plc are available to the public on the HSBC Group’s website at www.hsbc.com or may be obtained from 8 Canada
Square, London E14 5HQ, United Kingdom.
Notes on the Consolidated Financial Statements
130
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
39
Events after the balance sheet date
The following recently announced acquisitions form part of our strategy to grow our insurance business, helping to deliver on our
strategic priority to become a market leader in Asian wealth management. 
On 11 February 2022, following the completion of all regulatory approvals, HSBC Insurance (Asia-Pacific) Holdings Ltd, a wholly-
owned subsidiary of the group, acquired 100% of the issued share capital of AXA Insurance Pte Limited for HK$4.1bn, subject to
adjustment for closing items. This will be reflected in our 2022 results by which time determination of the initial acquisition accounting
will have been completed.
On 30 December 2021, HSBC Insurance (Asia) Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the group, received approval from the China
Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission to acquire the remaining 50% equity interest in HSBC Life Insurance Company Limited
(HSBC Life China). Completion is expected to occur during the first half of 2022. Headquartered in Shanghai, HSBC Life China offers a
comprehensive range of insurance solutions covering annuity, whole life, critical illness and unit-linked insurance products and in
2021 reported gross written premiums of approximately HK$3.0bn (2020: HK$2.2bn).
On 28 January 2022, HSBC Insurance (Asia–Pacific) Holdings Limited notified the shareholders of Canara HSBC Oriental Bank of
Commerce Life Insurance Company Limited ('CHOICe') of its intention to increase its shareholding in CHOICe up to 49%. The group
currently has a 26% shareholding which is accounted for as an associate. Any increase in shareholding is subject to agreement with
other shareholders in CHOICe, as well as internal and regulatory approvals. Established in 2008, CHOICe is a life insurance company
based in India with reported gross written premiums of approximately HK$5.4bn for the year to 31 March 2021 (31 March 2020:
HK$4.1bn).
40
Approval of financial statements
The Consolidated Financial Statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 22 February 2022.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2021
131
© The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking
Corporation Limited 2021
Printed by Asia One Printing Limited, Hong Kong,
on Nautilus SuperWhite board and paper using
vegetable oil-based inks. Made in Austria, the
paper comprises 100% de-inked post-consumer
waste. Pulps used are totally chlorine-free.
The FSCTM recycled label means that the materials
used for this product come from recycled material
certified in accordance with the rules of the Forest
Stewardship Council®.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
HSBC Main Building
1 Queen's Road Central, Hong Kong
Telephone: (852) 2822 1111
www.hsbc.com.hk